Issuu

INSIDE: Registration Opens for the UK's Agricultural Event of the Year! Pages: 68-69

Farming MONTHLY National

September 2026

FENDT'S most powerful CVT yet Pages: 136 - 137

PLUS: Grass shortages put fresh focus on controlled outdoor bale feeding

347 09

Late-cut Silage Risks

Dairy Lighting in the Spotlight

Award Success for FarmWater

September 2026 £7.95

Also inside this month..

Pages: 118 - 119

Don't miss a thing! Tune in to our Farming Monthly Podcast every month for in-depth discussions on all the topics found in this month's magazine, available on all major podcast platforms listed below.

CONTENTS

s e p t e m b e r 2026

FEATURES

26 Arable

130 Muck & Slurry

186 Tyres

•

44 Sprayers 46 Grain 50 Silage

52 Mental Health & Well Being

FM REGULARS National

56 Potatoes & Root Crops 66 Groundcare 68 Shows

6 News

136 Machinery

80 Farm Safety & Security

72 Energy

160 ATV

84 Livestock

76 Buildings

188 Motors

Farming

•

Farming MONTHLY National

Agriculture. Covered. EDITOR editor@farmingmonthly.com EDITORIAL ENQUIRIES editorial@farmingmonthly.com ADVERTISING ENQUIRIES

Tel: +44 (0) 2476 353537 DIRECTOR Shona Beedham shona@farmingmonthly.com ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE Jennifer Mills jennifer.mills@farmingmonthly.com ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE Vicky Smith vicky.smith@farmingmonthly.com PRODUCTION production@farmingmonthly.com

Front cover credit:

PGRO.ORG

Mill Dairy Service Delivers Practical MilkPlan Solutions

Subscribe today!

Call us on 02476 353537 or visit our secure website at www.farmingmonthly.co.uk

Available in

DIGITAL & WEB

For editorial, general enquiries or to advertise please call +44 (0) 2476 353537 or email sales@farmingmonthly.com Farming Monthly National is published monthly in the UK by Farming Monthly Ltd, Tel: +44 (0) 2476 353537 UK based Digital Farming Magazine. No part of this magazine may be reproduced without permission from the publisher. Whilst every attempt is made to ensure accuracy, the opinions expressed in the magazine are not necessarily those of the Editor or publication. The Editor also reserves the right to alter or edit material as required and no responsibility is accepted for inaccuracies. Full copyright applies. All rights reserved. ISSN 2044-0190 (print) ISSN 2044-0200 (digital)

JCB 3CX Sitemaster Proves Its Farming Credentials Farming

| News

SARAH TOMLINSON NAMED DAIRY INDUSTRY WOMAN OF THE YEAR 2026 ovine TB expert and AHDB Lead Veterinary Science Expert, Sarah Tomlinson has been named Dairy Industry Woman of the Year 2026, beating off stiff competition from one of the strongest fields of entries in the award’s history.

empathy and understanding of the human impact of the disease on farming families. “Above all, Sarah inspired the judges with her sense of purpose, drive, impact and humility in the face of such achievement.” Hayley Campbell-Gibbons, RABDF CEO and member of the judging panel, said: “Sarah embodies everything Women in Dairy is about. She shares her knowledge and views on a very political and emotive issue with care, passion and authority, but also manages to engage with people from every walk of industry with a sensitivity and authenticity that few others can. “Through her influential work on bTB, Sarah has provided hope, support and kindness to thousands of farmers facing some of the most difficult times of their lives. Because of this, and her industry profile, Sarah is an inspiration to women across the industry, and a very humble one at that. The dairy industry is lucky to have Sarah and we are delighted to recognise her contribution with this award.” This year saw a particularly strong field of high-quality entries, with four finalists selected by the judging panel.

Organised by Women in Dairy, an initiative of the Royal Association of British Dairy Farmers (RABDF), and sponsored by HSBC, the award was announced at The Cream Awards 2026 on 3 September. Now in its 10th year, it celebrates women making a significant contribution to the dairy industry and championing its future. Claire Hodge, Agriculture Relationship Manager at HSBC and judge said: “I was so struck by Sarah’s story and journey. All of the judges had a tear in their eye at one point as Sarah shared her personal and professional experiences –- which go beyond her leading work on bovine TB and demonstrate a deep Farming

Alongside Sarah, the finalists were Lorna Burdge of Waterhayne Farms, recognised for connecting farming with the wider community through Open Farm Sunday, educational visits and the farm’s vending machine; Leanne Bertram of Grahams Family Dairy, for her leadership and work inspiring the next generation of women in agriculture; and Vicky Sloane-Masson of Ballacricket Farm, for her determination, commitment to animal welfare, adoption of innovation and support for young people and women in agriculture. The Dairy Industry Woman of the Year award is a key part of Women in Dairy’s work to connect women across the sector through discussion groups, networking and industry events. For more information on Women in Dairy, visit www.rabdf.co.uk/women-in-dairy/

| News

SRUC ranked second in UK for Animal Science and Agriculture

RUC has been ranked second in the UK for Animal Science and Agriculture in The Guardian University Guide 2027.

The ranking places SRUC ahead of a number of leading UK universities with an overall Guardian score of 89.4. SRUC scored particularly strongly for student satisfaction with teaching (80.9), career prospects (71) and student continuation (88.2). The Guardian University Guide ranks universities by subject using a range of measures designed to reflect the student experience, including teaching, feedback, student-to-staff ratios, entry requirements, career prospects and continuation. The result highlights SRUC's strength in delivering education across animal science and agriculture, combining academic study with practical learning and links to industries in which graduates go on to build their careers. SRUC offers a wide range of courses across animal science, agriculture and related subjects, including BSc (Hons) Applied Animal Science, BSc (Hons) Animal Welfare Science, BSc (Hons)

Agriculture, HND Agriculture and HND Rural Animal Health. Professor Wayne Powell, Principal and Chief Executive of SRUC, said: "Being ranked second in the UK for Animal Science and Agriculture is a fantastic achievement and a real reflection of the dedication of our staff and students. "At SRUC, our students benefit from specialist teaching, practical experience and strong connection with the agriculture and animal industries. We give our students the knowledge, skills and experience the need to succeed in their chosen careers. "We are delighted to see this recognised in The Guardian University Guide and proud of the contribution our staff and students make to our continued success." SRUC's 89.4 score puts it ahead of the University of Bristol (81.7), Queen's University Belfast (75.9). Anglia Ruskin (68.3) and the Royal Veterinary College (67.3). Harper Adams University, another institution with a strong focus on Agriculture and related subjects, ranked eighth in the UK.

MPs investigate how Defra can support upland farming he EFRA Committee will question experts and representatives of upland farmers and land managers to understand the support they need and the challenges they face from government policy.

MPs will examine problems affecting the viability of upland farming, such as difficulties in accessing funding from environmental schemes and the impact of cuts to direct payments. The cross-party Committee will also look at land designations, such as National Park, National Landscape and Site of Special Scientific Interest, and consider whether the protections strike the right balance in supporting the environment without overly burdening farmers. The Committee has also consistently heard evidence of tension between land managers

and Natural England. Witnesses may be asked for their views on the organisation's interventions on livestock numbers, consents for farming operations and its understanding of upland community life. There may also be questions on anecdotal evidence that tenant farmers and farmers on common land have been displaced by landowners changing their business models. Witnesses from 10.00: •

Baroness Julia Aglionby, Executive Director, Foundation for Common Land

•

Adam Day, Managing Director, The Farmer Network

•

Lisa Bennett, Member of Westmorland Agricultural Society's Management Committee and Farmer

Farming

| News

Champion launches new plug-and-play DPP Airstation with integrated dryer

hampion has introduced its new DPP Airstation, a compact, plug-and-play compressed air system comprising an air compressor, desiccant dryer, receiver, oil-water separator and filtration in a small footprint.

The new 2.2 to 3 kW DPP Airstation range is ideal for a wide range of commercial applications where air purity, equipment longevity and ease of maintenance are essential including food and beverage, chemical and electronics manufacturing, dairy farming and laboratories. Operators typically need to purchase and commission a separate dryer alongside their air compressor. The DPP Airstation is different. Designed for sites needing extra-dry compressed

All components are mounted onto an air receiver and incorporated into the footprint of a standard Champion Airstation, already well proven in the industry for its robust and reliable operation, alongside a filtration kit. The integrated heatless dryer with pressure dew point of -40°C removes 99.8 percent of water to meet ISO 8573-1 standards and reduces the risk of corrosion and contamination in the compressed air line. An activated carbon filter further treats the air, delivering oil and odour-free air that is ideal for hygienic applications in the food and beverage, pharmaceutical and electronics industry, where risk of contamination could lead to product spoilage. The food grade lubricant used is non-toxic and meets the NSF H1 international safety standard for lubricants used in food processing environments. Compressed air condensate management is also compliant to meet local regulations. An oil-water separator ensure that discharge water can be disposed of safely, with best-in-class 5 ppm of oil residual at discharge. As a complete system, the unit is also fully tested for air leaks. This means that users do not have to carry out further pipework or filter testing and the compressed air station is ready for use as soon as it is plugged in. All components are assembled into a single, easy-access unit with removable panels, helping to make service and maintenance quick and simple. An integrated electronic controller helps users manage important compressor parameters easily, including pressure, flow rates and running temperatures to name a few. Mariagrazia Panaccio, Commercial Director for Champion said:

air, the new Airstation has been purpose built for installation where space is at a premium, helping reduce both installation time and costs.

Farming

“Installing a conventional compressed air system can be time and labour intensive. Our Champion DPP Airstation is a true plug-and-play alternative that incorporates all standard elements into a full air solution. "The result is a system that is quick and easy to install, that takes up less floorspace and that can deliver very clean and dry air."

| News

ClimaRack: for faster, more scalable climate-focused seed research

n 22 September 2026, during Seed Meets Technology, PhenoKey and Certhon will introduce ClimaRack: a modular research platform for climate-focused seed research. The system makes it possible to investigate several independently controllable climate conditions in parallel within a single compact set-up. ClimaRack thereby helps seed companies translate reliable insights more quickly into better-informed decisions across research, breeding and quality control.

“We see that seed companies must respond even more quickly to changing growing conditions and market demand,” says Edwin Vanlaerhoven, Commercial Director at Certhon. “That calls for research solutions that are flexible, scalable and practical to apply. ClimaRack fits that need well and is a valuable addition to the greenhouses and climate rooms we design and build for seed breeders.” Developed with expertise in cultivation, climate and data

The launch comes at a time when seed companies need to respond more quickly to changing growing conditions, stricter quality requirements and a growing need for reliable data. Breeders want to compare varieties, seed lots and treatments under a wide range of conditions, while research space, capacity and labour are limited. “ClimaRack has been developed for exactly that reality,” says Bas van Eerdt, Director at PhenoKey. “It gives users the flexibility to build more variation into their trials, without research immediately becoming larger, more complex or more labourintensive.” Multiple test conditions in one compact set-up ClimaRack combines independently controllable layers with digital control and can be linked to automated research processes. Each layer can be set separately, allowing users to apply different research conditions simultaneously within the same infrastructure. Thanks to its modular design, capacity can be expanded layer by layer or scaled up across multiple ClimaRack units. Greater confidence in decisions “The strength of ClimaRack lies not only in the number of testing options, but above all in the quality of the insights they produce,” says Van Eerdt. “By investigating different climate and stress scenarios side by side, seed companies can see more quickly how seed performance develops. That provides a stronger basis for choices in research, breeding and market introduction.”

ClimaRack has been developed from the combined expertise of Certhon and PhenoKey. Certhon contributes knowledge of controlled cultivation and climate environments, while PhenoKey adds expertise in plant research, data and phenotyping. That combination has resulted in a platform that matches the day-to-day research practice of seed companies as well as their need to gather reliable data more quickly. Prototype on show at Seed Meets Technology The ClimaRack prototype can be seen on 22 September 2026 during Seed Meets Technology in Zwaagdĳk-Oost. The official launch will take place at booth 33 at 11:00 AM. Visitors can take a close look at the system there and discover what it offers for seed research under variable conditions. Until then, anyone interested can learn more at www. climarack.com.

Farming

| News

Experienced board member John Deane to take over from Jim McLaren MBE as NFU Mutual Chair

ohn Deane has been announced as the new Chair of NFU Mutual, taking over from Jim McLaren MBE, who will step down from his role on 31 December, 2026.

Jim McLaren will end his term after 15 years on NFU Mutual's Board and seven years as Chair. During his tenure, NFU Mutual has continued to grow sustainably while supporting its members and the wider rural community through significant geopolitical challenges.

experience in mutual, listed and private companies, and has been a member of NFU Mutual's Board since 2022. An experienced director, John has held senior positions at several financial services businesses, including mutual insurer Royal London, and is a Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries. He will be supported by a new Vice-Chair, Sarah Simpson, who will also succeed Jim McLaren as Chair and Trustee of the NFU Mutual Charitable Trust. As well as being a codirector of a dairy farm in Scotland, Sarah is a Fellow of the Royal Agricultural Societies and has held senior positions within NFU Scotland alongside other high-profile roles within the farming industry.

He will also leave his roles as Chair and Trustee of the NFU Mutual Charitable Trust, a body which supports charities in the UK connected with agriculture, the countryside and the insurance industry. John Deane, who will become NFU Mutual Chair on 1 January 2027, has over 30 years' board

tel: 01724 850224 fax: 01724 289317

Nick Turner, Chief Executive of NFU Mutual, said: "I'd like to thank Jim for all he has done for NFU Mutual during his impressive tenure. From backing good causes through the NFU Mutual Charitable Trust to helping keep farmers safe through our support of the Farm Safety Foundation, and all the work we do to pay claims, I have seen first-hand Jim's commitment to shaping the lives of our customers for the better." Jim McLaren MBE said: "It has been an honour to serve as Chair of NFU Mutual and to help shape the vital work we do in the rural community. During my time at NFU Mutual, we have continued to strengthen and evolve, delivering the products and services our customers need while safeguarding the Mutual and supporting our membership. Having worked with both John and Sarah, I know that as Chair and Vice-Chair they will make sure NFU Mutual continues to deliver the high levels of service and support for which we are known." John Deane added:

www.neilvessey.com sales@neilvessey.com

Farming

"Under Jim's stewardship, NFU Mutual has cemented its place as the UK's leading rural insurer, going beyond simply providing cover, to help support rural lives and livelihoods. "I look forward to continuing this work with my colleagues in the service of our membership, employees, agents and communities."

| News

CEA launches new industry awards for 2027

Inaugural CEA Awards to take place at the National Conference Centre during Plantworx 2027

he CEA (Construction Equipment Association) has announced the launch of the CEA Awards 2027, a new industry awards programme celebrating achievement across the construction equipment sector.

The inaugural awards will take place on the evening of Wednesday 23 June 2027 at the National Conference Centre, Birmingham, during the second day of Plantworx 2027. Hosted in the venue's Britannia Suite, the CEA Awards will build on the success of the Plantworx Innovation Awards, while broadening the opportunity to recognise excellence across the industry.

fantastic platform to recognise new products, ideas and technologies, but there is so much more happening across our industry that deserves recognition. "The CEA Awards give us the opportunity to broaden that spotlight and celebrate the companies, teams and individuals making a real difference across the construction equipment sector. "Holding the awards during Plantworx makes complete sense. Much of the industry will already be together in Birmingham, and the National Conference Centre gives us a venue where we can create a really special evening in its own right.

The new awards will continue to be held in association with Plantworx, creating an opportunity for exhibitors, CEA members and the wider construction equipment community to come together away from the show floor for an evening dedicated to celebrating the people, businesses, products and achievements helping to move the sector forward. Plantworx 2027 takes place from 22–24 June at the NEC Birmingham, bringing construction equipment manufacturers, suppliers, plant hirers, contractors, operators and technology businesses together for three days of machinery, live demonstrations, new products and industry networking. The CEA Awards on the second evening of the show will let visitors and exhibitors already in Birmingham continue conversations from the show floor in a dedicated evening setting. The National Conference Centre, located at the National Motorcycle Museum, provides a fitting backdrop for the new event. Its Britannia Suite is one of the venue's largest event spaces and will give the CEA scope to develop the awards into a major industry occasion. Viki Bell, CEO of the CEA, said:

"This is the first CEA Awards, and we want to build an event that the industry genuinely looks forward to being part of." The move marks a new chapter for the CEA's awards programme while retaining its established connection with Plantworx. Further details covering award categories, entry criteria, judging, sponsorship opportunities and tickets will be announced over the coming months. The CEA Awards 2027, in association with PlantWorx, will take place on Wednesday 23 June 2027 in the Britannia Suite at the National Conference Centre, Birmingham. Plantworx 2027 takes place at the NEC Birmingham from 22–24 June 2027.

"The Plantworx Innovation Awards have given us a Farming

| News

Love British Food changemakers inspired at Madresfield he eleventh cohort of Love British Food’s ‘change-makers’ visited Madresfield Estate in Worcestershire for an on-farm training day, designed to influence procurement frameworks and strengthen relationships between British farming and public sector caterers.

Leading industry representatives from the NHS, school food and the wider food and farming sector including Public Sector Catering Alliance (PSCA) chair Anita Brown and Neil Porter, director of The School Food People, came together to explore how British produce can play a greater role in creating healthy, sustainable and resilient food systems. An introduction from Lucy Chenevix-Trench, the 28th generation of her family to live at Madresfield, explained how the Estate is working closely with nature by taking a longterm view of nurturing its soils. She emphasised the wider role farming can play, describing the ambition for British agriculture to be a force for good for ‘the nation’s economy’, ‘our collective health’ and ‘the environment’. The farm walk – guided by farm manager, Tim Hassell and stockman, Mike Lane – gave first-hand insight into how the Estate’s regenerative practices are enhancing its resilience to increasingly variable weather while producing high-quality beef, lamb and pork from slow-growing British heritage breeds. After visiting the onsite butchery unit led by John Hearn, attendees participated in a working-lunch discussion about the opportunities to drive positive change in the sector. Love British Food founder and CEO Alexia Robinson described how the change-makers had been “deeply inspired” by Madresfield’s approach. Alexia Robinson said: “What made the day such a success was seeing genuinely useful conversations turn into commitments to act. Attendees left saying they would ask their suppliers much more about where their food comes from and how it is produced, NHS teams are looking at how they can influence tendering, and there is a real appetite to Farming

find ways of putting British sourcing more firmly into procurement frameworks. “John the butcher’s advice to focus on the quality of the meat rather than simply the price resonated enormously. That gets to the heart of what these visits are about – encouraging people to look at the true value of the food they buy. “With 224 change-makers now having taken part in our farm visits, we are building a network of people with the knowledge, confidence and enthusiasm to make that change happen.” Neil Porter, director of The School Food People, highlighted the importance of breaking down barriers that can prevent British produce from moving through procurement systems, while Anita Brown, chair of the Public Sector Catering Alliance, identified the opportunity to “embed British sourcing into frameworks”. The visit will also help shape a cross-industry roundtable later this year bringing farming and food service representatives together to explore some of the systemic barriers to sourcing more British produce. Topics identified by delegates include building stronger long-term supplier relationships; examining misconceptions around beef and carbon; using dynamic purchasing systems to improve accessibility for suppliers; and understanding the role sustainability should play in public sector procurement. The strongest measure of the day’s success came in what change-makers took back to their respective workplaces. Joanne Fitzgerald, Deputy General Manager Hotel Services at NHS Northampton, reflected on the impact the visit had on her team, saying; “My team came back absolutely passionate, energised and full of ideas.” Love British Food’s on-farm training programme will continue to connect public sector caterers with British farmers and producers, find out more about the programme here: Farm Visits for Caterers

| News

New research: enough brownfield for 1.54 million homes as Rayner's target falters

ew research from the Campaign to Protect Rural England (CPRE) shows that there is now enough brownfield land in England for more than 1.54 million new homes, enough to exceed the government's entire 1.5 million

target. The findings come days after Housing Secretary Angela Rayner admitted there is only a 'slim chance' of the government meeting its 1.5 million homes pledge. The government should treat this as a chance to rethink how the target is distributed across the country. Big housebuilders successfully lobbied the government for a formula for calculating housing numbers that would maximise their profits, piling pressure on to rural areas without the people or infrastructure to justify new development. The result is a slew of car-dependent 'executive' homes in the countryside that will do nothing to address the UK's crisis of housing affordability. Ministers should instead prioritise the plentiful supply of previously developed land, much of it close to where people already live, work and go to school. Homes on these sites could be delivered without the delays, infrastructure costs and environmental damage of building on unspoilt countryside. Much of the brownfield potential identified by CPRE is concentrated in exactly the areas, including London and the South East, where demand for new homes is greatest. This undermines the argument, often made by developers, that the Green Belt and other countryside must be sacrificed to meet housing need. CPRE's latest State of Brownfield research has been compiled from local authority brownfield registers across England, which also reveal that 846,000 potential new homes on previously developed land have been granted planning permission but have not yet been built. The number of brownfield sites identified as available for development has grown every year since 2018, when CPRE first carried out its audit. This shows how, even with an explicit brownfieldfirst policy, there are still far too few homes being built on previously developed sites. This is unsurprising given changes to the National Planning Policy Framework, including the introduction of the 'grey belt' policy and a presumption in favour of development close to train

stations, that make it easier for developers to build on greenfield land. Last week, Angela Rayner told the BBC's Sunday with Laura Kuenssberg that the government was unlikely to hit its target of 1.5 million new homes by the next election, citing 'headwinds' including the war in Iran and rising construction costs. Government figures show only around 203,000 homes were delivered in the year to June 2026, far short of the 300,000 required. Further CPRE research on the economic benefits of brownfield development, produced by Pragmatix Advisory and due to be published ahead of the Budget next month, will demonstrate that the majority of brownfield sites are viable and can deliver decent profits to developers. CPRE is calling on the government to: • Enforce a genuine brownfield-first policy for new housing, including by focusing Homes England investment on brownfield sites and rejecting speculative greenfield development. •

Give mayors and strategic authorities the power to set local housing targets – including for social and brownfield homes.

•

Provide targeted investment to unlock brownfield sites that are not yet commercially viable, rather than defaulting to countryside release.

•

Set ambitious and enforceable targets for affordable and social homes on shovel-ready brownfield sites.

CPRE chief executive Roger Mortlock said: 'Angela Rayner introduced a target-setting formula that prioritises big housebuilders' profits over people and the environment. Our new research shows that there's more than enough land to build 1.5 million new homes without sacrificing yet more countryside in the process. 'The housing crisis is one of affordability, not supply. Building more detached homes on the Green Belt won't get families out of bed and breakfast accommodation. 'In the spirit of devolution, it's time to hand targetsetting to mayors, asking them to set housing targets based on local need and demand. They know their own areas and communities, giving them clear mandates to deliver the social and brownfield homes their communities actually need.' Farming

| News

Scottish biotech firm breaks ground on peat-free growing media

Livingston biotechnology company is preparing to open its first production facility as demand grows for its peat and coir-free growing media, made entirely from UK-sourced materials including sheep's wool.

SilviBio develops sustainable propagation mixes for the horticulture and forestry sectors, using a patentpending process to turn underutilised British wool and other UK-sourced materials into a growing substrate that performs as well as, or better than, the peat-based products it's replacing.

drive sustainable productions, bio-based products and industrial bio-technology growth across Scotland. Pressure to move away from peat continues to build, but many commercial growers operate on tight margins and can't afford the risk of adopting untested materials. SilviBio has focused on developing products that work within the cultivation methods and equipment growers already use, rather than asking them to redesign their production systems.

The company has worked closely with growers from the start, with the aim of cutting emissions without asking them to sacrifice reliability or margins in a market where both are already under increasing pressure.

In commercial forestry, the growing media has shown promise in supporting young Scots pine and Sitka spruce seedlings. Because it holds its shape during handling and transplanting, it helps protect delicate root systems and cuts the losses that can occur when other growing media break apart.

The technology's development has been supported by the Industrial Biotechnology Innovation Centre (IBioIC) through its role as the Cluster Management Organisation for the Scottish Bio-based Manufacturing Launchpad, led by Innovate UK, which invests in regional innovation clusters to

SilviBio is also developing the technology for salad crop production. Its growing blocks are designed to hold their structure throughout automated production and transplanting, so growers can adopt peat-free materials without overhauling existing infrastructure.

Farming

| News One of SilviBio's key differentiators is its use of British wool, a resource that often generates limited value for farmers due to competition from cheap synthetic fibres. By finding a new use for lowergrade wool, SilviBio is helping to create demand for this material while keeping the supply chain within the UK. The environmental impact matters too. Peatlands store huge amounts of carbon, but harvesting peat releases it back into the atmosphere and damages fragile ecosystems in the process. SilviBio's growing media is estimated to cut emissions by around 90% compared with peat, and by roughly 50% against some existing peat-free alternatives. SilviBio is now preparing to open its first production facility in Scotland ahead of the next growing season in early 2027, moving from pilot-scale production to commercially viable volumes. It's a step that will support wider adoption across horticulture and forestry, while creating skilled jobs and contributing to Scotland's growing bioeconomy. Dr Alicja Dzieciol, Founder and CEO of SilviBio, said: "After years of research and collaboration with growers, we are building our first factory here in Scotland to commercialise PROPA, our 100% UK sourced peat-free solution. This represents the next step in our vision for a more resilient and circular food, forestry and horticulture sector."

Philip Shelton, COO at SilviBio, said: "Growers have been using peat for longer than most of us have been alive, so asking them to switch isn't a small change when entire production systems have been built around it for decades. We've always started by listening to growers, rather than developing a solution and hoping it fits. Sustainability on its own isn't enough - growers need products that help them grow plants reliably and profitably too. "At SilviBio, we're showing that peat-free alternatives can deliver in the real world. The next step is scaling up and getting more product into growers' hands." Kirsty Neilson, Programme Manager, UKRI Launchpad Cluster Management Organisation at IBioIC said: "SilviBio demonstrates exactly the kind of innovation we're working to support through the Launchpad programme. "The company has built something that directly addresses the challenges growers face as the industry moves away from peat, while creating new opportunities for farmers and strengthening supply chains here in the UK. It's been fantastic to watch the team's progress, and we're looking forward to supporting the next stage of their growth." Following the launch, SilviBio will focus on increasing output and proving the technology works at larger commercial scales to support wider adoption of peat-free growing systems across the UK.

Farming

| News

Trinity research shows agricultural fungicides drive evolution of multidrug resistance in soil microbes Separate Trinity study �nds that the combination of warming temperatures and fungicides disrupts microscopic life beneath our feet, negatively impacting plants growing in the soil

wo newly published studies from Trinity College Dublin scientists raise significant concerns about the use of agricultural fungicides. That is because they show fungicides can drive soil microbes to evolve multidrug resistance to clinically important drugs, in rapid time, and because warmer temperatures are combining with fungicide use to disrupt soil microbes in such a way that negatively impacts plant growth [Friday 11th September 2026].

In one study, just published in the journal Evolutionary Applications, the scientists found that fungicides can drive the spread of multidrug resistance in soil bacteria. This refutes the common assumption that misuse and overuse of antibiotics is the near sole factor driving the antimicrobial resistance pandemic, and instead underlines that fungicides are probably very important too. In controlled laboratory experiments the scientists exposed soil communities to Fubol Gold, a common fungicide formulation, under varying conditions for 16 weeks. Fubol Gold is now banned in Ireland (and the EU) but was previously common and is likely still present in soils here. They found that exposure rapidly selected for increased fungicide resistance, which was detectable after genome comparisons as early as the fourth week, Additionally, this exposure "co-selected" for resistance to chloramphenicol, sulphatriad and nalidixic acid (antibiotics), which are broad spectrum antibiotics commonly used to treat eye, urinary tract, and intestinal infections. An in the second study, just published in The ISME Journal, the scientists found that the combination of warmer temperatures and fungicide exposure causes a far greater disruption to the microscopic communities living in soil than either stressor causes on its own. The findings are significant because these microbial communities are essential to healthy soils, helping to recycle nutrients, support plant growth and maintain ecosystem functioning.

highlight a significant blind spot in just how important fungicides are in negatively impacting ecosystems and, potentially, human health. "We tend to automatically link the misuse and overuse of antibiotics to the growing antimicrobial resistance crisis, and while that's not wrong, this work suggests our use of fungicides in agricultural settings is also very important in driving that resistance," she said. "Similarly, we tend to think of climate change and agricultural chemicals as presenting separate problems and then study these factors independently from each other. But in reality soils experience these pressures at the same time, and this new research shows that the combined effects can be much more damaging than we might expect." "The second study also found evidence that the effects of environmental stress could persist even after plants were returned to normal growing conditions, suggesting that soil microbial communities can retain a legacy of previous exposure. A whole soil microbial ecosystem suffered a relative collapse after being exposed to warming temperatures and fungicide, and the knock-on effect was poorer barley growth, underlining the obvious implications for agricultural practices as well as biodiversity and ecosystem functioning." What is the potential impact of this research? The scientists say the findings underline the need to factor in how agricultural fungicides can drive multidrug resistance in bacteria that represent a genuine risk to human health, as well as considering how multiple environmental pressures interact when predicting the future health and resilience of soils under various climate change scenarios. The combined findings thus imply that agricultural practices may need to change if we are to better protect our soils, our ability to produce crops, and even our health.

In controlled laboratory experiments, researchers exposed soil communities to warming, fungicide, or both for 16 weeks. While fungicide alone had relatively limited effects on some measures of soil functioning, the combination of warming and fungicide caused a major loss of microbial activity and reduced the community's ability to process different sources of carbon. The combined stress also negatively affected the "biomass" of barley plants that were grown in the treated soils.

This research was supported by funding from a BBSRC Discovery Fellowship and Community Foundation Ireland through a Research Ireland (then Irish Research Council) New Foundation Award. Additional support was provided by an NERC DTP Studentship and a Medical Research Council Career Development Award.

Dr Siobhán O'Brien, from Trinity's School of Genetics and Microbiology, said the findings from the two papers

• •

Farming

The published research articles can be read Open Access at: https://doi.org/10.1111/eva.70307 https://doi.org/10.1093/ismejo/wrag196

| News

€5.5 million PROCEED project to strengthen farm resilience through home-grown protein crops he James Hutton Institute is part of a major new research and innovation project funded by the European Union to strengthen farm profitability and Europe's livestock-feed resilience by increasing the production, processing and use of home-grown protein crops.

The five-year PROCEED project has secured €5.5 million in funding from the European Union's Horizon Europe programme and will begin this month (September 2026). It brings together 20 partners from 12 EU countries and the United Kingdom to support protein-crop growers, processors and livestock farmers in developing more sustainable, climate-resilient and economically viable feed systems. The project will focus on grain and forage legumes to reduce dependence on imported protein feeds such as soybean meal

international market, trade and climate shocks. Locally produced grain and forage legumes can help reduce these vulnerabilities while creating new opportunities for European farmers and rural economies." European agriculture is already experiencing more frequent droughts, heatwaves, intense rainfall and flooding, all of which are increasing production risks and costs.

The Hutton will play a central role in establishing PROCEED's network of 11 regional Practice Hubs across Europe and will support the UK Practice Hub, linking farmers, processors, feed businesses and researchers with project pilot studies that will test practical approaches under real farming and supply-chain conditions and identify those with potential for wider adoption. Around 25% of the crude protein used in EU animal feed is imported, with soybean and soybean meal accounting for around 72% of that imported protein supply. This dependency makes feed systems vulnerable to global trade disruption, price volatility, and climate-related production shocks. Professor Pietro (Pete) Iannetta of the Hutton, PROCEED's Deputy Scientific Co-ordinator, said, "Europe needs more than higher protein-crop yields; it needs viable routes from field to feed. PROCEED will bring growers, processors, feed businesses and livestock farmers together to build the business relationships and locally adapted supply chains needed to improve farm profitability while reducing dependence on imported protein and synthetic nitrogen fertiliser. If these systems are to reach commercially meaningful scales, effective policy and targeted investment will also be essential." Associate Professor Pietro Goglio of the University of Perugia, PROCEED's Scientific Coordinator, added, "Across Europe, livestock production remains heavily dependent on imported protein feed, while limited home-grown protein-crop production leaves livestock systems exposed to

Professors Pietro Goglio and Pietro Iannetta, Scientific Co-ordinators of PROCEED Protein crops, particularly grain and forage legumes, can play an important role in building more resilient European feed systems. They can provide high-quality feed while reducing reliance on imported soy and synthetic nitrogen fertilisers. Legume protein crops work with nitrogen-fixing soil bacteria to obtain nitrogen from the atmosphere, reducing their need for synthetic nitrogen fertiliser and the associated greenhouse-gas emissions. They can also improve soil functions, increase biodiversity, support pollinators and enhance the resilience of farming systems, all of which helps make farming and feed systems across Europe more resilient. PROCEED has two closely linked goals: to increase and stabilise the yields of Europeangrown protein crops, and to develop cost-effective local and regional processing systems that convert those crops into high-quality livestock feed. Farming

| News

EFRA launches call for evidence on emergency response to flooding he EFRA Committee has launched a new call for evidence as it investigates how government and public services respond immediately after severe flooding, as the UK is expected to face increasing levels of rainfall and a growing risk of flash floods in the future.

MPs are interested to learn how state agencies, local authorities, water and energy companies, and other providers of essential services, work together to protect communities and respond to incidents such as power cuts that affect multiple sectors. The cross-party Committee will also consider the impacts on rural communities when flooding damages bridges, power networks, roads, and other infrastructure that may leave them cut-off.

"Far beyond the confines of Westminster, we want to see where improvements can be made to the preparations and support for rural areas affected by flooding. Rural communities are where people and businesses with the fewest means to protect themselves may reside. They deserve to be valued and protected as much as our towns and cities." Terms of reference The Committee now welcomes written evidence from experts, organisations and affected communities that respond to any of the following terms of reference. Submissions should be made via the Committee's website by 9 October 2026. •

How prepared is the national response for flooding events that affect multiple critical infrastructure sectors at the same time, such as transport, food, water and energy?

•

How effective are current arrangements for coordinating responses across different sectors during major flood events?

•

What are the immediate impacts of flooding events on rural communities, farming businesses, livelihoods, and people's wellbeing?

•

How do public bodies, including Local Resilience Forums, ensure communities are able to access critical supplies, particularly in rural and hard-to-reach areas?

EFRA Committee Chair Alistair Carmichael MP said:

•

"Like the droughts we have just seen over summer, floods are expected to become an increasingly frequent and potentially devastating feature of our climate. As our weather changes, so too must the strategies of our government and providers of key services and infrastructure.

What challenges, if any, do public bodies and local authorities face in meeting their responsibilities during flood emergencies under the current legislative framework such as the Civil Contingencies Act 2004 and Flood and Water Management Act 2010?

•

What resources are available at a local level for immediate recovery from a flood event and to what extent are they sufficient and delivered in a timely manner?

•

Given that responsibility for flood response is shared across multiple national and local bodies, how effective is coordination during and immediately after a flood event?

This new workstream forms part of the Committee's wider work on the theme of climate adaptation and emergency response, under which MPs have investigated the government's approach to coastal erosion and wildfires and the human cost of these emergencies. A report in 2024 by the NAO found that up to 51% of water supply infrastructure, 77% of rail infrastructure and 21% of electricity infrastructure are vulnerable to flooding. The full terms of reference for this call for evidence are included below.

"The EFRA Committee now wants to look at how society can adapt to this threat and bounce back in the aftermath of major floods. We must look for ways to ensure life can get back on track after an incident.

Farming

| News

The James Hutton Institute joins precision pollination project to help transform UK fruit production he James Hutton Institute is playing a central role in a new UK research and innovation project that aims to make pollination in commercial fruit production measurable, manageable and more resilient, helping growers improve yields while supporting the development of future fruit varieties.

The 2-year project, Precision Pollination to Accelerate Breeding and Boost Productivity in Fruit Production, is led by agri-technology company AgriSound in partnership with Hutton Scientific Services (HSS). HSS provides a comprehensive range of analytical, research and development and consultancy services, as well as plant breeding and licensing. It is committed to addressing global challenges by delivering impactful, science-led solutions to support a more sustainable future. Pollination is the process that enables plant reproduction. It occurs when pollen is transferred from the male part of a flower to the female part, allowing fertilisation and seed production. Successful pollination is fundamental to fruit set, quality and marketable yield across the horticulture sector. However, many growers still rely on visual observations and standard hive recommendations to assess pollination levels, despite increasing challenges from changing weather patterns, shifts in pollinator populations and variation in pollinator activity between production sites Increasing weather variability, changing pollinator populations and differences in pollinator activity across production sites mean growers often have limited evidence to identify pollination gaps or determine when intervention is needed. Drawing on its expertise in crop genetics, plant breeding and pollination science, the Hutton will lead research to better understand how pollinator behaviour affects fruit production and how plant traits can be used to improve pollination outcomes.

Breeder at the Hutton, said, "We are excited to be working with AgriSound on this innovative project, combining cutting-edge technology with data-driven insight to better understand pollination and its impact on soft fruit productivity. This collaboration has the potential to deliver valuable, real-world insights that will help growers and breeders make more informed decisions and build a more resilient and sustainable future for fruit production." The project builds on AgriSound's existing Precision Pollination platform, which uses its Polly bioacoustic in-field sensors, and AI analytics to monitor pollinator activity within crops. Together, the partners will expand the system to develop a multi-species, multi-crop approach capable of monitoring honeybees, bumblebees, solitary bees and hoverflies across strawberries, blueberries, raspberries, blackberries and cherries. Validation studies will combine acoustic monitoring with smart-tag observations, timelapse imaging, environmental monitoring and crop performance assessments. The resulting datasets will help refine pollinator detection algorithms, improve understanding of how pollinator activity varies between crops and production systems, and establish clearer links between pollination activity, fruit set (the stage in which flowers successfully develop into fruits), yield and fruit quality. Dr Casey Woodward, CEO of AgriSound, said, "Pollination is mission-critical to fruit production, but it is still too often managed through assumption. Our goal is to make precision pollination scalable across crops and useful as a day-to-day production tool." The project also has important implications for fruit breeding. Hutton scientists will investigate how flower characteristics and plant genetics influence pollinator attraction and pollination efficiency, generating new evidence to support the development of fruit varieties that are both commercially successful and attractive to pollinators. The findings will help growers and breeders develop more resilient and sustainable production systems while improving the longterm productivity of the UK's fruit sector.

Dr Susan McCallum, Soft Fruit Geneticist and Farming

| News

Practical farming changes could cut cancer-linked arsenic in rice by up to 65%

University of Salford researcher is helping farmers grow safer rice by sharing practical farming techniques that can cut cancer-linked arsenic in rice by up to 65%.

Dr Jajati Mandal recently led training workshops for farmers and agricultural input dealers in the arsenic contaminated regions of Nadia, North and South 24 Parganas, and Murshidabad districts of West Bengal, India demonstrating practical ways to reduce the amount of arsenic absorbed by rice grains. Six farmer training programmes were delivered reaching approximately 300 farmers. Not only can rice absorb up to ten times* more arsenic takes it up predominantly in the inorganic form. For people who rely on rice as a dietary staple in arsenic-affected regions, long-term exposure may contribute to elevated risk of bladder, lung, liver, skin and kidney cancers, as well as other illnesses, such as cardiovascular and vascular diseases, and Type 2 diabetes.* The workshops focused on practical changes farmers can make immediately, including allowing rice fields to dry between irrigation instead of keeping them continuously flooded, and applying of zinc- and iron-enriched vermicompost, an organic fertiliser produced using earthworms.* Research led by Jajati and colleagues along with collaborators from Bidhan Chandra Krishi

Viswavidyalaya, India has shown that combining these approaches can reduce arsenic concentrations in rice by around 50-65%, while also improving crop yields. Jajati said: “Rice is one of the world’s most important staple foods, but it can also be one of the biggest dietary sources of inorganic arsenic. By making relatively simple changes to the way rice is grown, farmers can significantly reduce the amount of arsenic that ends up in the grain.

“These are practical methods that farmers can adopt without expensive new technology, making them realistic options for reducing arsenic contamination while maintaining productivity.” Although the research is taking place in India, the challenge of reducing dietary exposure to inorganic arsenic is relevant internationally. As the UK relies heavily on imported rice, advances in farming methods that reduce arsenic uptake at source could contribute to wider efforts to minimise consumers’ long-term exposure. The findings are particularly relevant because the UK Food Standards Agency* advises that children under five should not be given rice milk as a substitute for other milks because of naturally occurring inorganic arsenic. Young children are among those most exposed because they eat more food relative to their body weight, while emerging evidence suggests exposure during pregnancy and early childhood may affect foetal and infant development.* Rather than relying solely on tighter food standards after harvest, Jajati’s work demonstrates that arsenic can be reduced where it matters most – on the farm. By equipping growers with practical, evidence-based techniques, the programme aims to produce safer rice before it reaches the food supply, benefiting farming communities and farming alike.

Farming

| News

AgriScot welcomes two new faces to the board for its 25th anniversary year griScot, the UK's top agricultural business event, has announced two new appointments to its board, Fraser Tait, Key Account Manager for Kverneland Group, and Craig Bothwell, Senior Agricultural Consultant and Area Manager at SAC, as the event marks its milestone 25th anniversary year.

Fraser was brought up on a sheep farm in Sutherland before moving into agricultural machinery sales, a career that has taken him from working on livestock and arable farms in Aberdeenshire to his current role with Kverneland Group, where he is responsible for the company's Scottish dealer network. Now based in Angus, Fraser has attended AgriScot for over 20 years, the last 11 with machinery manufacturers.

machinery sector, and my understanding of the wider industry, to the role." Craig added: "It's a great event and not one to be missed - a great mix of quality livestock, technical workshops and trade stands, all attending to do business. It's also a great opportunity to see a lot of clients in one day, so it's a day very well spent. It was an honour to be asked to join the board, and I hope in my first year to help run another great show for the special anniversary, as well as bring some new ideas and a fresh perspective. I never hear anything but positive feedback on AgriScot and I'm looking forward to being part of that." AgriScot will take place on November 18, 2026, at the Royal Highland Centre, Ingliston. Entry and parking are free, and registration is now open at www.agriscot.co.uk

Craig farms 60 suckler cows with his parents in Lanarkshire alongside his consultancy role where he advises a client base of around 270 covering arable, vegetable, dairy and hill livestock enterprises across West, Mid and East Lothian and Peeblesshire. He has attended AgriScot almost every year since starting college in 2010. AgriScot Chairman Gilmour Lawrie welcomed the appointments. "Fraser and Craig each bring a depth of knowledge and a network within their own sectors that will be hugely valuable to the AgriScot board. As we mark our 25th anniversary, it feels fitting to be welcoming fresh perspectives like theirs, and it's exactly that mix of experience across different parts of the industry that has kept AgriScot relevant and progressive for a quarter of a century." Describing how he felt to be asked to join the board, Fraser said: "AgriScot is a business show, and it always has a real buzz about it - from the moment the doors open until they close, the stands are busy with customers, and the day just flies past. When I was asked to join the board, I was taken aback and honoured to be asked to be part of the team that delivers such a well-respected event. I hope to bring my experience and knowledge of the Farming

| News

UK must "plan ahead" to cut reliance on polluting fertiliser as a matter of national security, MPs told

he government must "plan ahead" to protect food security and nature as farmers face escalating fertiliser prices, according to a new Sustainable Nitrogen Alliance report.

The report, 'Building Resilience in UK Food Production', argues that the UK's food security, rivers and wildlife depend on helping farmers reduce dependence on synthetic nitrogen fertiliser which is mostly imported and linked to international gas prices. It highlights that nitrogen is an important nutrient used in soil for plant growth and food production, but that its manufacture and overuse as synthetic fertiliser is causing harm in the wider environment. Government data indicates that 99% of England's protected nature sites are suffering from too much nitrogen in at least one part of their habitat, harming biodiversity such as wildflowers, which implicates bees and other pollinators. The coalition of 13 environmental organisations is calling on the UK government to support farmers to reduce their use of synthetic nitrogen fertilisers, by shifting to natural fertilisers and adopting tried and

Farming

tested farming practices like planting crops such as legumes, pulses and clovers which pulls nitrogen from the atmosphere into soils. The report also sets out what's at stake for the climate. Fossil-fuel emissions released from synthetic fertiliser are the third largest contributor to climate change after carbon dioxide and methane. "Matter of national security" Gareth Morgan, Head of Farming Policy for the Soil Association which convenes the Sustainable Nitrogen Alliance, spoke about ending fertiliser reliance at the Wild Summit event this week. This brought together influential voices working to restore nature across the UK. He said: "This is a matter of national security. The government must plan ahead to create a funded transition away from fertiliser, rather than leave farmers and the UK's food supply dangerously exposed to market shocks. "We already have the resources and knowledge available to make farming more resilient and protect nature by stopping overuse of expensive synthetic nitrogen fertiliser from harming our rivers and wildlife.

| News "Disruption in the Strait of Hormuz this year brought to attention just how dependent the UK's food production system is on imported inputs. Figures recorded by Defra highlighted how a fifth of farms failed to make a profit in the 2024/2025 year, with fertiliser costs often making up a significant proportion of controllable farm expenditure. "In the long-term, farms moving towards a lowerinput or organic system should see more stable income, but they need help to make the change as they can face an income shortfall in the early years." The alliance highlights that support for low-input farming, including payments for organic conversion and management through initiatives such as the Welsh Sustainable Farming Scheme and the English Environmental Land Management Scheme, will be crucial if the long-term benefits of reducing dependency on synthetic fertiliser are to be achieved. But reducing dependence on synthetic nitrogen fertiliser is not a quick fix, the report warns. It points to Sri Lanka's sudden restrictions on synthetic fertiliser in 2021, as an example of what can go wrong if farmers aren't supported to sustain productivity in their operations.

ago. They are trialling many different nitrogen-fixing pulses that haven't traditionally been grown in this country, like chickpeas and lentils. Fourth-generation farmer John Pawsey told the Sustainable Nitrogen Alliance how the farm improved soil health to strengthen food production through adopting practices like intercropping where two crops are grown together. He said: "In times of instability where input costs are very high, there's no doubt that organic farm systems or systems that use less or no artificial nitrogen fertilisers are better placed to cope. "In 2012, we had a very poor harvest. I realised that our monoculture system was too simple to adapt to climate change. "The more crops you grow on your farm with different sowing dates, different types of crops, doing different things to the soil, you naturally build in resilience into your system. I believe that if we hadn't done it, we would have been less profitable than we are today." Policy asks to government from the SNA: •

The report highlights those existing approaches, such as agroecological, organic and mixed farming systems that combines livestock and arable. These approaches, which were common before the intensification of farming after the Second World War, can help reduce dependency on synthetic nitrogen fertiliser and help protect nature in the process.

Government policy must support nature-friendly practices that help farmers reduce dependence on synthetic nitrogen fertiliser, including mixed farming and greater use of nitrogen-fixing plants, such as peas and beans found in organic systems

•

Track nitrogen use annually, to understand better where it is being used and where it ends up in the environment.

•

Research cited in the report also points to profitability gains of up to 45% in livestock systems and around 10% in arable and mixed systems where nature-friendly practices are adopted.

Develop a strategy, informed by this assessment, to help farming reduce its dependence on synthetic nitrogen fertiliser.

•

These approaches are already working on UK farms today.

Accelerate action on food waste across the food chain through a combination of incentives and regulation.

•

Introduce public health policies that support healthier diets aligned with reduced synthetic nitrogen fertiliser-dependent food production.

Case study In Suffolk, Shimpling Park Farm is a livestock and arable system that converted to organic 25 years

DAVIES: "Farmers need support with fertiliser costs"

elsh Conservative Shadow Farming Minister Andrew RT Davies has warned farmers need more support to cope with rising fertiliser costs.

Conflict in the Middle East and global shipping disruptions have driven up the price and affected supply chains. Following the impacts of this summer's drought on yields, farmers are reluctant to order fertiliser supplies too early. However, the NFU have warned that a late surge in orders could leave supply chains unable to cope.

Mr Davies said a government backed interest free loan would prove crucial in preventing this. Mr Davies said: "It has been a tough summer for farmers, with the drought and rising costs creating further financial pressures. "We must ease supply chain problems by ensuring farmers can place orders early. "A government backed interest free loan for fertiliser costs will be crucial – those in power must bring forward a scheme."

Farming

| News

How Regeno is helping advisers deliver smarter farm guidance

ural business consultancy Sentry Farming has slashed the amount of time it takes to manage clients’ Sustainable Farming Incentive (SFI) agreements with a new app. Agreements which used to take up to 12 hours to set up now take less than one using Regeno’s Farm Walk software. As environmental schemes continue to raise the administrative demands placed on farmers and advisers, businesses are increasingly turning to digital tools to streamline evidence collection, improve inspection readiness and support future growth. Sentry’s relationship with Regeno first began nearly two years ago through conversations about what farmers and consultants needed from digital tools and stewardship software. “We initially had general conversations about what farmers and consultants needed from digital tools, and I was involved in helping Regeno understand the demands of the market,” says Joe Morrell, rural business adviser at Sentry. “That’s since developed into the Farm Walk software it’s created.” Sentry manages clients’ environmental agreements including Countryside Stewardship and the SFI, with a strong focus on ensuring evidence is properly collected and stored should Farming

inspections take place. “The income is so important to farm businesses at the moment, so it’s vital that evidence is collected correctly, and if an inspection were to happen, that they would pass comfortably,” says Mr Morrell. Before adopting the software, evidence collection relied on a combination of spreadsheets, OneDrive folders, mapping platforms and other systems. “It took a lot more time,” he says. One of the biggest operational improvements has been the reduction in set-up time for new clients. “Previously, it took us 10 to 12 hours to set a client up using our old system, whereas with Regeno it now takes less than an hour,” he says. The business is now looking at how the software could support a much larger number of agreements in future, particularly as further SFI developments are expected in 2026. Mr Morrell believes scalable digital systems will become increasingly important for consultants managing growing client numbers and compliance requirements. “It’s one of the few systems that genuinely feels like it’s been built with advisers in mind,” says Mr Morrell. “The way it combines evidence collection, agreement oversight and AI functionality means we can manage records, inspections and client compliance much more efficiently, while spending far less time on administration. For more information visit https://regeno.farm.

| News

Turning Donegal's Weather into an Opportunity: The Bubblecab Difference or anyone working the land in Ireland, the weather is often the deciding factor in whether a job gets done. In counties like Donegal, where rain and harsh conditions are simply part of everyday life, making the most of equipment throughout the year can be a challenge.

That was exactly the experience of local quad owner Peter, until he invested in a Bubblecab for his ATV. "The cab is just the best thing we ever got for the quad," says Peter. "We can now use the quad 60% more than we could with the weather here in Donegal. It's really well made and not too heavy at the same time." The simple addition of a lightweight, durable cab transformed the way he uses his machine, extending its practicality well beyond the fairweather months. For rural users who rely on their quads for farming, property maintenance, or everyday transport, increased usability can make a significant difference to productivity and comfort.

The confidence appears justified. With more than 220 Bubblecabs sold to date, not a single unit has been returned. Customer satisfaction has also been reflected online, where Quadcrate® maintains an impressive 4.9-star Trustpilot rating.

For Allingham, however, the conversation remains at the heart of the business. "It all starts with a conversation," he says. Whether by phone, WhatsApp or Messenger, potential customers are encouraged to discuss their needs and discover whether the Bubblecab is the right solution for them. For Peter, the verdict is already clear. What began as an upgrade for his quad has become a gamechanging addition, allowing him to tackle Donegal's famous wet weather with confidence and comfort. And if his brother-in-law's purchase is anything to go by, Peter's recommendation is proving just as convincing as the product itself.

Peter was equally impressed by the customer experience. "William was very good to deal with and I would highly recommend this product. My brother-in-law bought one after seeing mine." That kind of recommendation speaks volumes. In rural communities, word of mouth remains the strongest endorsement any product can receive. For inventor and Quadcrate® founder William Allingham, customer feedback like this is worth more than any sales figure. "Some people say it's all about the money, but when people praise an innovation you've worked hard to create, it's worth more than coins," says Allingham. "The fact that Peter is getting 60% more use from his quad is exactly what we hoped to achieve. That's what the Bubblecab was designed for: helping people get more from their machines, no matter what the weather brings." As another Irish winter approaches, many ATV owners will once again face months of wind, rain and cold conditions. Products that improve comfort and extend working hours are no longer luxuries; they are practical investments. Quadcrate® has built its reputation on confidence in the product. Every Bubblecab comes with a straightforward promise: if it doesn't make a difference, customers can return it within 14 days for a full refund. Farming

| Arable

Stay alert for slugs as autumn drilling begins ith recent rains enabling autumn drilling to kick off in earnest, arable growers are being reminded that, despite the summer’s dry conditions, the potential for slugs to decimate emerging crops is still significant and that good quality slug pellets must be applied accurately and on time to ensure crops remain protected.

“Given how hot and dry conditions were throughout the summer, there’s an assumption that the threat posed by slugs could be reduced this autumn,” explains David Griffitihs, Technical Manager for ADAMA UK. “Unfortunately, that’s not strictly true as although slugs need moisture to remain active, they are exceptionally well adapted to surviving adverse conditions. Therefore, as soon as wetter weather returns, they will start looking for fresh seedlings to feed on with any damage sustained at emergence having the potential for entire plants to be lost. Applying good quality slug pellets on time and accurately will therefore be essential to prevent damage getting out of hand, even after this summer’s drought.”

spreading equipment is properly set up and operated at a sensible forward operating speed of around 12kph, it is important to select pellets of an appropriate size, weight and shape, all of which have a significant effect on spreading ballistics and therefore on how accurately the pellets will be applied.” Only the highest quality pellets will achieve consistent and accurate spread patterns David continues. “For example, pellets such as Gusto® IRON (2.94% ferric phosphate) and ADAMA’s new mollusicide, FERRABAIT® (1% elemental iron), are manufactured to strict tolerances to ensure they match their 2.5mm by 2.0mm size specification. This ensures a consistent spread pattern and an optimal number of baiting points of 40-50 pellets per m2 when applied at typical field rates.” Gusto IRON and FERRABAIT pellets also offer improved longevity in wet conditions and are characterised by their bright blue colour which makes them easily visible in seedbeds so that growers can quickly assess when a second application is required. “Both of ADAMA’s molluscicides provide fast-acting protection against crop damage by suppressing slugs’ appetites as soon as they are ingested,” David explains. “They also offer class-leading durability and palatability thanks to ADAMA’s ‘Desidro Technology’ manufacturing process which uses a two-stage drying process to ensure an ideal balance between pellet persistence in wet weather and palatability.” The Desidro manufacturing process also gives both products excellent mould-resistance, with independent trials showing that Gusto IRON and FERRABAIT pellets retain their shape, colour and palatability and remain mould-free for up to a week longer than other leading brands in wet conditions.

David urges growers to regularly monitor for the presence of slug activity and to be prepared to protect vulnerable young crops as soon as slugs have been observed. “Slug pellets should only be applied once slugs have been seen on the soil surface, and only if weather conditions are favourable,” he explains. “For example, pellets shouldn’t be applied immediately prior to heavy rainfall as this can cause poorer quality products to degrade quickly. Regular slug counts, along with a close interrogation of the weather forecast, should therefore be a priority, with pellet spreaders calibrated and ready to be deployed as soon as slugs have been seen and a period of favourable, settled weather prevails.” David explains that pellet size and consistency are vital to application accuracy: “As well as ensuring Farming

“Developing and manufacturing high quality slug pellet takes a lot of time, research and testing,” David concludes, “so it isn’t safe to assume that different products will offer the same level of protection. It therefore pays to invest in good quality, long-lasting slug pellets such as Gusto IRON or FERRABAIT to keep valuable crops better protected for longer.” For more information about Gusto® IRON visit https://www.adama.com/uk/en/our-solutions/ molluscicides/gusto-iron For more information about FERRABAIT® go to https://www.adama.com/uk/en/crop-protection/ molluscicides/ferrabait

| Arable

Next level ultra-shallow tillage performance

50% higher intensity The new third disc axle front tool adds 50% more tools to the ground, delivering higher intensity, more mixing, and stronger emergence of weeds and leftover seeds. All while preserving soil moisture and structure. The third disc axle is available for Carrier XL 425-725, Carrier XT 425-625 and Carrier 925.

Where farming starts Farming

| Arable

LEAF appoints international farming and supplychain leader to drive the next phase of LEAF Marque EAF has appointed Jonathan Ralling as Director of LEAF Marque, bringing more than two decades of experience across agriculture, horticulture, fresh produce and international supply chains to the continued development of its leading environmental assurance system.

He joins as farmers face growing expectations to demonstrate environmental improvements alongside productive, commercially viable farming, and as LEAF Marque prepares to mark its 25th anniversary in 2027 and build on significant growth in the UK and internationally. Jonathan has spent his career to date developing supply chains across the agriculture and horticulture sectors, working with stakeholders internationally to deliver domestic and international supply chains across UK, Europe, and Africa. His experience includes Director level roles with Flamingo, Place UK, and Marginpar, working in and with growers and producer groups to deliver sustainable supply chain excellence across agriculture, horticulture and fresh produce. Most recently, Jonathan worked independently, providing strategic and commercial advice to organisations across the horticulture and agritech sectors in the UK and internationally. His appointment comes at an important time for LEAF Marque, which has experienced significant growth in recent years. LEAF Marque is now used by more than 3,600 certified farming businesses across around 10,000 farms in 62 countries, with more than 541,000 hectares of LEAF Marque certified land in the UK. LEAF Marque is the UK's leading environmental assurance standard and is independently certified to ISO 17065. Its reach across the global fresh produce supply chain continues to grow, with all major UK retailers now using LEAF Marque as part of their own Farming

sustainability commitments, including Tesco through its Global Commitment as well Waitrose, M&S, Sainsburys, Coop, Lidl, Aldi and Asda. David Webster, CEO of LEAF, said: “We are delighted that Jonathan has joined us at an important point in the development of LEAF Marque. Over the past five years, LEAF Marque has more than tripled in size, demonstrating the growing demand for credible environmental assurance across global farming and food supply chains. Jonathan brings valuable international leadership expertise, together with a deep understanding of farming and fresh produce supply chains. He will help us build on that progress, ensuring LEAF Marque continues to offer pragmatic and credible responses to the complex environmental challenges facing global agriculture.” Commenting on his appointment, Jonathan Ralling said: “I am excited to be joining LEAF at such an important time for LEAF Marque and to have the opportunity to work within a purposedriven organisation with an exceptional team of people. Having worked across farming, horticulture and fresh produce supply chains in the UK and internationally, I have seen firsthand the challenges facing farmers, the opportunities that exist, and the need for environmentally progressive practice as we help to build food systems fit for the future.” “My priority will be to ensure that LEAF Marque continues to set a credible direction for more sustainable farming whilst remaining practical for farmers and meaningful to the businesses and consumers they supply.” Jonathan took up his new role in August and will lead the continued development of LEAF Marque, working across the supply chain to strengthen its impact, credibility and reach in the UK and internationally.

CO NT AC TY OU R

AV DE AI MO LA S NE B AR L ES E T

DE AL ER

| Arable

KARAN TRAILED SPRAYER

Maximum performance with the efficient sprayer • Available with 4,500L, 6,000L or 8,000L tank capacities • Aluminium booms from 24 to 39m, with EAGLE boom height control • Hydraulic, electric or AUTOSPRAY pulse width modulation circulations • 280l/min or 560l/min pumps available

www.

.co.uk

RVW Pugh Ltd

Tel: 01588 620545

Tel: 01477 533560

Tel: 01695 816444

www.rvwpugh.co.uk

TR Machinery Ltd

Tel: 01952 936900 www.trmachinery.co.uk

Farming

| Arable

Sowing diverse mixtures builds greater resilience against extreme weather conditions ecently reseeded swards have maintained production levels for a longer period compared to older leys during the last two challenging seasons, and, with farmers waiting for sufficient moisture to return before carrying out autumn reseeds, choosing a flexible mixture is imperative to create greater resilience.

That’s the advice from Hayley Wellings, forage seed specialist at ProCam, who says that resilience to extreme weather conditions is greatly improved by regularly reseeding swards, with newer grass leys bouncing back much more quickly from extended periods of dry weather.

depths to boost drought tolerance and extend the growing window, while the nitrogen-fixing legumes offered a valuable nitrogen source to improve recovery following dry periods. “The performance of Eco Pasture demonstrated how integrating alternative grass species enhances a sward’s health and quality. Eco Pasture outyielded Preference by 2.69t/DM/ha and delivered 1.46t/DM/ha more than Preference Herbal,” says Hayley. “Following two consecutive years of similar weather, we must anticipate these extended dry periods becoming a more regular occurrence for the UK. Selecting seed mixtures and varieties that are better suited to these conditions is essential, with any spring or autumn renovation works able to deliver measurable improvements in both forage yield and quality.”

She highlights the continued benefits of reseeding grassland to maximise production through utilising modern varieties and mixtures that are tried and tested in UK conditions. In addition, swards with greater species diversity can withstand the extended dry conditions better.

She urged caution for farmers planning to sow herbs later into the autumn due to cooling temperatures and advised moving to a robust multispecies mixture, such as ProCam’s Field Options Endurance II, that utilises alternative grasses, including cocksfoot and timothy, to ensure strong establishment ahead of the winter and resilient swards in the spring.

Hayley points to data from ProCam’s Dartington trial site in Devon during last year’s drought, which underlined the benefits of sowing multi-species swards and herbal leys to provide different rooting depths for moisture and nutrient scavenging.

Farmers and growers submitting applications in the latest Sustainable Farming Incentive (SFI) window, which is due to later this month, should consider growing mixtures to benefit the farm and not just sowing for compliance.

The results showed that ProCam’s Field Options Preference Herbal mixture, which includes plantain, chicory and yarrow, delivered an additional 1.23t/ DM/ha overall yield over four cuts, compared with the non-herbal version of Preference.

“Payment rates have been reduced for the popular CSAM3 option, so careful consideration is required when selecting mixtures that can offer the greatest benefit to the wider farm. Farmers should choose mixtures that can supply additional value in terms of higher yields, improved quality or an extended grazing season, in addition to qualifying for the scheme requirements. This will ensure the reseed delivers on-farm benefits as well as meeting the SFI criteria,” concludes Hayley.

However, Eco Pasture outperformed both by combining traditional perennial ryegrasses with more drought tolerant grass species – cocksfoot and timothy and fescues – alongside herbs and legumes. This combination creates different rooting Farming

| Arable

Grounded Agronomy strengthens support for growers

ell-known arable specialist Eric Anderson has joined Grounded Agronomy as Director and Principal Agricultural Adviser. The move will see him work alongside Zach Reilly and Juaad Al-Saffar to support potato and combinable crop growers across Tayside, Scotland and globally.

Eric said the move was “a compelling opportunity to join an organisation with the ambition, independence and practical focus growers need”. He said it would enable him to “give growers the considered advice needed to meet the challenges ahead”. “I’m proud to be joining Zach and Juaad, two motivated and committed individuals with whom I enjoy strong and productive working relationships. Together, we believe we have the balance of skills needed to help growers maximise their potential against the production and financial pressures facing the industry,” he said. BASIS and FACTS qualified, Juaad Al-Saffar also recently joined Grounded Agronomy as an Agricultural Adviser. He will focus on delivering cereal and potato agronomy, alongside financial services to clients utilising his project accountancy skills. “Juaad’s role is to work alongside the existing team to help growers make sense of agronomic and cost pressures, turning them into clear advice they can use on farm. It is part of our commitment to applied, independent guidance that helps

growers improve crops, protect margins and build stronger businesses,” Eric added.

RVW Pugh Ltd

Tel: 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Tel: 01695 816444

Tel: 01477 533560

TR Machinery Ltd

www.rvwpugh.co.uk

+ 44 (0 ) 1759 319 90 0 SALES@SUMO1.COM

Tel: 01952 936900

WWW.SUMO1.COM

www.trmachinery.co.uk

Farming

| Arable

Systemic adaptation in arable agriculture: how seed breeding is engineering future resilience om Yewbrey is Managing Director of market-leading plant breeder, NPZ Ltd. He holds a First Class BSc in Rural Environmental Science from Reading University and brings extensive experience in agricultural trials, seed sales and executive leadership across the UK plant breeding sector.

It’s been just 13 months since I joined NPZ UK and in that time our industry has seen at least five major national Met Office records broken, faced two harvests severely impacted by drought and endured fertiliser price spikes of 40%. All while the political landscape shifts underneath our feet.

allows us to build varieties that are not just genetically superior but fundamentally suited to the environment they will grow in and the supply chains they serve. The fact that they frequently top their Recommended Lists and growers consistently choose our varieties is the ultimate test, proving that this systemic approach works. The case for pulses: reintegrating the arable system Arguably, nowhere is a systemic view more complex than in arable rotations, particularly when considering pulses. When there’s so much volatility, Sustainable

Today some growers up and down the country are still sitting on their hands with oilseed rape seed in shed, waiting for enough moisture to secure establishment. Hopefully, with the extremely dry conditions earlier this summer many will have chosen varieties that have the vigour for later drilling. Fortunately, rain has started falling and there is still time with plenty of potential thermal units to see crops grow and yield. It is, however, yet another example of how weather extremes and market pressures are defining crop cycles and what constitutes as a ‘success’.

Farming Incentive (SFI) options - such as legume fallow leys - are an attractive option. Yet pulses offer fundamental systemic value both onfarm and in their supply chains. A high-quality pulse crop delivers indispensable on-farm benefits enhanced residual soil structure and superior nitrogen fixing. They are an increasingly valuable source of homegrown protein, with a shorter supply chain, they are inherently more resilient to the geopolitical and environmental volatility outside of our borders.

Definition of success is shifting Yields, quality and margin have and will continue to be the key performance indicators, but optimising nutrition and crop protection programmes are no longer the levers they once were. It is systemic resilience that matters and increasingly it defines “breeding quality” at NPZ UK too. In recent years our focus on reliable yield and high vigour in oilseed rape has seen us introduce RImS gene alongside RIm7 for phoma resistance. Its most notable impact lies in its mitigation of late season stem disease which has been shown to reduce yields by up to 30%. The success is clearly shown in varieties like Maverick which topped the Recommended List and took 8% of market share this year. Underpinning varieties like Maverick, and more recently, Karat, which features the Rlm12 gene is our combination of experience and innovation. Global and local – a powerful dual perspective Our parent company in Germany has both a long memory thanks to its 126-year legacy, and, having invested heavily in cutting edge technology, the innovation needed to remain at the forefront of seed breeding. Here in the UK, the ability to run advanced breeding programmes direct from our facilities means we can see and understand the pipeline from early-stage trials through to commercial deployment. This direct connection between research and reality Farming

However, pulses have a price challenge and that is where strategic breeding has a significant role to play. We are actively addressing the commodity price volatility head-on by refining our product offering. Having led the market with low-vicine spring beans, we’re now looking at incorporating the trait into our winter beans. Success would solve a dual market puzzle: we maintain the consistent quality demanded by traditional export buyers while simultaneously mitigating antinutritional concerns for animal feed and human consumption. This new utility should increase demand, enhancing the overall value proposition of the crop, making it economically robust enough to compete against the reliable, but less enriching, guarantees offered by SFI options. Beyond the yield metric Ultimately, farming today requires us to shift our focus away from chasing incremental percentage points in yield. Instead, we must champion robust profitability built on low risk and high adaptability. This is where global breeding expertise comes into sharp focus. Whether it’s stacking multiple disease resistance genes or working with novel technologies to create virus-resistant pea varieties, our objective is consistent: to manage uncertainty. We are developing crops that don't just perform well on good years; they provide reliable output when the climate throws curveballs.

| Arable

The future belongs to those who know how to cultivate it

CENTAURO PA1 ISOTRONIC

Combined seed drill up to 7 metres with front hopper It is our passion for the land that guides us. Every day. Each MASCHIO GASPARDO machine is the result of research, technology, and innovation, designed to always get the most out of the land while respecting nature. Our products are in continuous evolution: from soil tillage to seeding, crop protection, fertilization, and haymaking. This is the only way we can be sure to always give you the best, just as the land does for us. maschiogaspardo.com

MASCHIO GASPARDO UK Ltd Headquarters Unit 4 Swinderby Industrial Park LN6 9BJ Electric Avenue - Lincoln - England

Bruce Farm Machinery Engineering FindTH your closest Dealer

Bogauldy, King Edward, Banff, Bankfoot Farm, Dalswinton, Contact Us: AB45 3LX Dumfries, DG1 1TG Tel. 01522 448161 Tel: 01261 821659 Tel: 07808 769 630 www.maschiogaspardo.com Farming

Your soil cultivation specialist With over 220 years of experience serving the agricultural world, Grégoire Besson offers a complete range of machines dedicated to soil tillage. Ploughs, disc implements, tine implements, soil preparation machines and subsoiling equipment: our range covers all the needs of the most demanding farmers.

Bruce Farm Machinery Bogauldy, King Edward, Banff, AB45 3LX Tel: 01261 821659

Grégoire Besson machines and parts are imported into the United Kingdom by Maschio Gaspardo UK. For further information, please contact your nearest Maschio Gaspardo dealer or call +44 1522 448161.

Optional Stocks Seeder

2.5m - 5m Working Width

Re-seed in a single pass

INVERSA STONE BURIERS Based on the Rotavator concept the Inversa differs by having a reverse rotation rotor followed by sorting tines which ensures stones and residue fall to the bottom and fine soils are left on the surface allowing seeds to be placed in a perfect seedbed. • One pass cultivation

• Creates the ideal seedbed

• Robust and reliable

• Compact for road transport

BEFORE

AFTER

A 240L or 400L Stocks Ag seeder can be fitted for precise seeding of grass, cover crops and SFI mixes.

www.alpego.co.uk

CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER

RVW Pugh Ltd

TR Machinery Ltd

Tel: 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Tel: 01695 816444

Tel: 01477 533560

Tel: 01952 936900

www.rvwpugh.co.uk

www.trmachinery.co.uk

www.rvwpugh.co.uk

OPICO Ltd. 01778 421111

ask@opico.co.uk www.opico.co.uk

| Arable

New grouse grit launched O

wens Nutrition has launched Sustain Grouse Grit; an effective non-medicated grit that can be used all year round and has been shown in trials to reduce worm

burdens.

coating to improve durability in the field. “Gamekeepers using the product as part of the trial suggested that the grit retained its waterproof coating, even in very wet weather conditions, proving the product’s durability in the field. They also reported the grit was readily consumed,” says Sophie.

“This is a significant breakthrough for the grouse sector. Sustain Grouse Grit supports gut health and integrity during periods of internal worm challenge, particularly in older birds which typically carry a higher worm burden,” says Owens’s Sophie Thorpe. “It also has the benefit of not adding to the concerns of drug resistance. This means it can be used to combat worm burdens during withdrawal periods, but it is vital gamekeepers know what levels of worms are present in grouse,” she adds. Sustain Grouse Grit has been developed as a practical and flexible alternative for managing grouse worm burdens. The innovative formulation supports bird health and productivity and complements the strategic use of medicated grit where necessary, based on caecal egg count thresholds. “Sustain was trialled at sites in Cumbia, County Durham and the Scottish Highlands. The number of birds with high worm burdens, measured by >1,200 worms per bird, halved. This showed the efficacy of Sustain and how important the product is going to be for controlling red grouse worm burdens in the future,” she says. The new Sustain product combines a unique blend of ingredients to provide improved nutritional performance and a physical action against parasites, as well as a waterproof Farming

With greater emphasis on the risk of drug resistance and regulatory restrictions, the launch of Sustain Grouse Grit has come at an opportune time. With trial evidence to support its efficacy, the new product will be a valuable additional year-round option.

| Arable

OTHERS GET

INSPIRED WE INSPIRE THE

MARKET

KRONE BiG X

Performance and efficiency - BiG X sets standards - With up to 1,156 HP, optimised driveline and crop flow efficiency. Comfort and visibility - Comfortable cab with excellent visibility and easy operation for long harvesting days. High versatility in cutting lengths - Choice of drum configurations enables flexibility in chop lengths. Agility and comfort - Independent wheel suspension ensures high agility and secure Scan me! traction.

Compass Tractors Ltd

stay #KRONECTED

Tel: 01278 662836 #KRONEAGRICULTURE www.compasstractors.co.uk

Farming

| Arable

Europe's largest carbon capture facility officially inaugurated at Yara Sluiskil in the Netherlands

urope's largest industrial carbon capture facility was officially inaugurated at Yara's plant in Sluiskil, the Netherlands. The project establishes the first complete crossborder value chain for capturing, transporting and permanently storing CO₂ (CCS). The project provides a practical example of how cross-border CO₂ transport and storage could support industrial decarbonisation across Europe – an issue of growing importance to the UK as it develops its own carbon capture, transport and storage infrastructure.

plant can capture and liquefy up to 800,000 tons of CO₂annually from ammonia production thereby avoiding carbon taxation on these volumes. The CO₂ will be transported by ship to Norway, where it will be permanently stored beneath the seabed by Northern Lights.

The inauguration was marked by the presence of Norwegian Prime Minister Jonas Gahr Støre, Dutch Prime Minister Rob Jetten, European Commissioner for Climate, Net Zero and Clean Growth Wopke Hoekstra, and President and CEO of Yara International, Svein Tore Holsether.

The project is particularly relevant to the UK, where carbon capture and storage is expected to play a key role in decarbonising hard-to-abate industrial sectors while supporting industrial clusters, jobs and investment. The Sluiskil model demonstrates how CO₂ can be captured at an industrial site, transported across borders and permanently stored offshore. With the right framework conditions in place, the project is expected to capture and store around 12 million tons of CO₂ over the next 15 years, making a significant contribution to European climate goals and industrial transformation.

"This is an important day for Yara and for European industry. The carbon capture facility in Sluiskil proves that large-scale industrial decarbonisation is possible today. As global competition intensifies, Europe must find ways to cut emissions while keeping industry, jobs and critical value chains in Europe. That is exactly what this project is about," says Svein Tore Holsether, President and CEO of Yara International. Yara Sluiskil, Europe's largest ammonia and fertiliser

A strategic investment in Europe's industrial future CCS is a critical part of the climate solution for energy-intensive industries, but also an important enabler of Europe's industrial competitiveness. The technology makes it possible to reduce emissions from energy intensive industries like fertilisers, ammonia, cement and waste management while maintaining production, jobs and value creation in Europe.

Farming

| Arable "Europe needs practical climate solutions that deliver real emissions reductions while strengthening industrial competitiveness. The carbon capture and storage project at Sluiskil shows what is possible when innovation and cross-border cooperation come together. This is exactly the kind of project Europe needs to combine climate ambition with a strong and resilient industrial base," says Wopke Hoekstra, European Commissioner for Climate, Net Zero and Clean Growth. The project demonstrates how cooperation across value chains and national borders can unlock substantial emissions reductions in European industry. It also shows how shared infrastructure can help accelerate industrial decarbonisation by enabling companies across Europe to access permanent CO₂ storage solutions. For UK policymakers and industry, the project offers a tangible example of how international CO₂ transport and storage networks could complement domestic carbon capture infrastructure and help unlock investment in industrial decarbonisation. "This is a milestone we have been looking forward to. We are proud to start operations together with Yara and to see the agreement signed in 2023 become reality. Together, we are demonstrating that capture and cross-border CO₂ transport and storage is a viable solution for European industry. This is an important step in the development of Europe's carbon management market and shows what is possible when industry and governments work together to build the infrastructure needed for

Europe's transition" says Tim Heĳn, Managing Director of Northern Lights. Key facts about Yara and Northern Lights' CCS project: •

Yara Sluiskil will capture up to 800,000 tons of CO₂ annually from ammonia production

•

The CO₂ will be liquefied and temporarily stored at Yara Sluiskil

•

Northern Lights vessels will transport the CO₂ to Øygarden, Norway

•

The CO₂ will be permanently stored 2,600 meters below the seabed by Northern Lights

•

The project is expected to capture and store approximately 12 million tons of CO₂ over 15 years

Driving low-carbon products and value chains CCS enables Yara to further reduce the carbon footprint of its production and support low-carbon value chains across agriculture, industry, energy and shipping, including: •

Low-carbon fertilisers to support more sustainable food production

•

Low-carbon ammonia for industrial applications and clean energy solutions

•

Low-carbon fuels for the maritime sector

Farming

| Arable

New Pulse Performance Network goes live for pea and bean growers

he PGRO is urging pea and bean growers to sign up to its newly launched Pulse Performance Network (PPN) ahead of autumn drilling.

The network marks the next chapter for the pea and bean Yield Enhancement Networks (YEN), which have enabled growers, agronomists, researchers and industry partners to benchmark pulse performance for the past decade. Now under the PGRO's governance, the scheme has evolved for the 2026/27 season with a clear focus on making participation easy and turning farm data into practical information growers can use to their advantage. Sponsors are also being invited to fund growers through the PPN with the opportunity to build a focus group within which to evaluate a product, new technology, or agronomic practice. Farming

Erin Matlock, Research Agronomist at PGRO, says: "We want growers to consider taking part in the PPN as part of their planning process for next year's cropping. "We have made it easier for growers to benchmark their crops, understand what is driving performance and turn that information into decisions they can use on farm. "The PPN builds on everything that has worked well in the pulse YENs over the past 10 years, while introducing a more streamlined approach and new technology to make participation easier and more valuable." Making benchmarking easier for growers At the heart of the PPN is a simple idea. Rather than just comparing one grower's yield against another, the network looks at how an individual field has performed against its own yield potential. "The benchmarking and analysis are carried out independently by PGRO, and the whole

| Arable

approach has been designed specifically around pulse production," explains Erin. "That gives us something much more meaningful than simply producing a league table of the highest-yielding crops." There is a strong emphasis on simplified data capture, reduced administration and clearer, more actionable results. A new PPN app allows growers to record information directly in the field, capturing details such as drilling dates, seed rates and applications as they happen rather than relying on end-of-season data entry. An annual report will include a front-page summary of overall performance, achievements and opportunities, alongside comparisons with a five-year average and a greater focus on yield potential achieved and efficiency, rather than simply ranking crops by absolute yield. Working together The new PPN also creates opportunities for industry sponsors to work with groups of growers around a shared concept or area of interest.

Sponsor-led focus groups will enable several growers to test the same concept under real farm conditions, generating field-scale data that can provide commercially relevant insight into how an approach performs across different farms and environments. This creates two complementary levels of information: performance within an individual field and comparative performance across the wider PPN dataset. "For sponsors, the model provides an opportunity to engage directly with growers and support the evaluation of products, technologies, ideas or agronomic approaches under real commercial conditions," says Erin. "It isn't just about proving that something works. Finding out where a product or approach performs well — and where it doesn't — can be just as valuable as this can help identify opportunities to refine products, improve recommendations or determine where further work is needed." Registrations for the PPN are now open at https://www.pgro.org/pulse-performancenetwork/

Farming

| Arable

Healing the soil after harvest H eavy harvest machinery disrupts soil biology in ways that aren't always visible. But by applying carbon-rich organic inputs now, growers can jump-start compressed microbial networks and accelerate recovery before winter drilling begins, improving conditions for the following crop.

living roots produce polysaccharides and glomalin that bind microaggregates and give soil its crumb structure and capacity to hold air, water and life. When compaction breaks this structure down, root growth is restricted, resilience to weather extremes falls, drainage suffers and crops typically need more inputs to achieve the same result they once got from healthier soil."

Harvest machinery has never been heavier. The New Holland CR11, one of the largest combines on the market, spans 50ft and weighs just shy of 26 tonnes – even before its 20,000-litre grain tank is full. Add to that the trailers and balers that follow your combine across the same ground, and the pressure placed on soil during a few short weeks is considerable. In heavy clay fields, the tracks left by machinery are still visible months later.

Government data on the state of England and Wales's soils explains the scale of the problem: almost 4 million hectares are at risk of compaction, and over 2 million hectares are at risk of erosion. Decades of intensive arable cropping have cost soils an estimated 40 to 60% of their organic carbon, with the resulting degradation calculated to cost the economy £1.2 billion a year.

The post-harvest period, while often treated as a pause before the next crop goes in, is one of the most important windows in the farming calendar for soil to recover. Harvest has been early again, so there should be time to correct any compaction issues prior to autumn establishment. Part of the reason for the early harvest has been the lack of rain, and soils are very dry. Although vertically cracked to depth, once it rains the soil will swell and the cracks will disappear. However, any compaction would be best alleviated by some form of 'lifting' cultivation to create some horizontal fissures before the rain arrives. Not every season gives this opportunity to carry out this work, although given how hard some soils are currently, the cost of fuel and wearing parts would need taking into consideration. For growers planning ahead, the post-harvest window is also a good time to look at next season's organic inputs. "Talking to your agronomist or FACTS advisor now about organic inputs for next season could also benefit in the long run," says Paul. "With supply constraints likely to remain an issue next season, getting organic fertiliser into the crop plan and ordering now could save disruption in the spring." The hidden cost of harvest traffic Heavy machinery squeezes the air pockets out of soil, compresses roots and can deform its structure into flattened, laminar layers with little vertical movement of air or water. The knock-on effects include waterlogging, run-off, erosion and losses of nitrogen through denitrification in stagnant, oxygen-starved soil. As Dr Paul O'Hora, Sales Director at SoilWorx explains, soil biology suffers as a result. "Mycorrhizal fungi, which need a stable soil structure to function, play a central role in holding soil together, and fungal threads and Farming

This year's early, drought-affected harvest has brought that pressure into sharper focus. The short remediation window is open Remediation can begin the moment the combine leaves the field. "This is also a good time to walk fields while the season's yield data and history are still fresh," says Paul. "And to think about what each area needs going into fewer, warmer weeks of autumn weather. Soil is typically at its most workable in this period, making it an ideal moment to assess and correct pH and to get organic matter into the ground before conditions turn." There's no single test for damaged soil biology. It is a complex, living system, and the indicators vary from farm to farm and region to region. But Paul says a few checks, done together, build a reliable picture. "Start with a simple visual assessment, the kind AHDB set out," he explains. "Dig a block of soil and look at the crumb structure and the rooting depth. If the structure's poor, you'll see very few pores, roots running shallow or sideways rather than down, and in waterlogged ground you'll often get that rotten-egg smell." Earthworm counts are another quick, reliable indicator. "Fewer than three worms per spade-full and that's telling you something," Paul says. "It's not proof on its own, but it's enough to warrant digging a bit deeper – literally and figuratively – with proper lab analysis of nutrients, pH and microbial activity." For Paul, though, the clearest signal often comes from the crop itself. "If you're putting the right inputs on and still not getting the growth or yield you'd expect, that's usually not a nutrition problem. It's a Soil Health problem," he says. "The roots simply can't get at what's already there in the soil."

| Arable Carbon-rich organic matter speeds recovery and is proven to increase yield Organic matter works on several fronts at once. It physically cushions soil against compaction from equipment and helps stabilise aggregates, giving structure a head start on repairing itself. As structure improves, plant roots create their own voids for air and water movement, reinforced by rising biological activity. Organic matter also adds both macro and micronutrients to the soil, reducing reliance on other crop inputs – and the benefit compounds: repeated applications build organic matter content, and with it, resilience, year on year. The scale of that benefit has been demonstrated by Rothamsted Research, whose long-term trials show manure applications improving barley grain yield by more than a tonne per hectare within two years – a result attributed largely to better root exploration, driven by increased earthworm biomass and activity. This year has shown again the benefit of higher levels of organic matter in the soils holding more moisture and nutrients for crops to better access in a time of lowerthan-average rainfall and above-average temperatures. Building a practical recovery plan Paul's starting point is always the data. "Go back to last spring's soil analysis if you have it, or test now," he advises. "Autumn's a good time to get pH sorted, because that's what unlocks the nutrients already sitting in the soil for next year's crop. The ground's usually moist enough at this point to dig a hole and read the structure properly too, which you can't always do later in the season." Getting the pH right is important and in those systems that tend to disturb less soil then 'surface acidity' can be evident. Applications of liming materials may be needed if there is minimal inversion or movement of the soil. From there, he points to organic matter as the foundation of any recovery plan. "Applying organic matter as a conditioner does two jobs at once – it rebuilds structure and it feeds biological activity," he says. "That's really the core of it." Where soils are carrying a high sodic load, he suggests gypsum alongside it to help speed structural repair. Cover crops also earn a place in Paul's soil recovery plan. "If there's nothing drilled over winter, get a cover crop in," he says. "Otherwise you're just leaving nutrients to leach or wash away. It's an easy win." He's equally quick to flag the regulatory limits growers need to work within. "Autumn nitrogen isn't allowed. You need a clear agronomic case, or it needs to be going on oilseed rape." Straw management is one area Paul feels doesn't get enough attention in recovery planning. "We're seeing more straw baled and carted off rather than chopped back in, and people don't always connect that to the P and K their next crop may be short of," he says. "It's a growing trend that needs to be factored into the plan."

removal this adds up to, particularly for potassium. This can be measured by analysing your own straw, much as you would a leaf tissue test in season and using this to work out how much 'P & K' the straw off take has been. Which fields come first? Paul's advice is to prioritise fields destined for OSR or early autumn drilling, where getting organic matter and pH right will have the most immediate payback. Fields known to waterlog over winter and into spring are the next priority, with drainage the key consideration there. The right approach also depends on soil type. Heavy clay may need field drainage addressed as the first step to tackle waterlogging, while sandy soils typically benefit more from additional organic matter. "An agronomist's input on the season's goals – whether that's improving soil health, lifting yields, fixing a problem area or cutting reliance on bought-in inputs – combined with a look at the farm's longer-term trends, will help determine where to start," Paul says. Can severe compaction be reversed? "The short answer is yes, though it takes more time and a bigger toolkit," explains Paul. "Where compaction is severe, an initial mechanical intervention alongside higher rates of organic matter is often needed, backed by longer-term practices such as reduced or no tillage, incorporating organic residues, cover crop rotations with a mix of shallow and deep-rooting species and green manures." Areas of particular concern are worth controlling farm traffic on, or restricting to narrow strips, rather than the whole field. Paul is also seeing changes farmers are making to machinery: using smaller equipment, reducing the amount put into a hopper at a time or increasingly the use of drones and automated equipment. To drill or not to drill "The most common error is to assume soil needs no attention and will be ready to go post-harvest," Paul says. "Increasingly the climate is changing and we're seeing the seasons lengthen with warmer weather extending regularly into September. This means the great drilling debate is louder than ever. To leave late and combat the weeds and pest pressure before the competitiveness of the crop becomes an issue or go early and use herbicides etc to control the issues. The remediation of the fields soil should be factored into this debate too." Post-harvest is an ideal time to get the soil right as the ground is good to get onto and, with warm and wetter weather normally on the horizon, the ability to adjust pH, adjust soils and allow crop residues to be incorporated into the soil can happen before the winter stops play. With potential supply constraints next season also on the horizon, growers should consider their organic fertiliser requirements alongside their wider soil recovery plan now. Speaking to an agronomist or FACTS advisor early and securing the inputs needed for next season could help avoid unnecessary disruption when spring arrives.

Current economics are seeing the removal of straw as a way to gain additional income from a crop and it is important not to overlook how much additional nutrient Farming

| Sprayers

Winter Servicing: The Ideal Time to Get Your Sprayer NSTS Tested

ith the busy spraying season drawing to a close, autumn and winter provide farmers with the ideal opportunity to give their sprayer the attention it needs before it goes back into the field next season. While winter servicing is often focused on cleaning, replacing worn components and carrying out essential maintenance, it is also the perfect time to arrange an NSTS inspection. Getting your sprayer tested during the quieter months means any faults or repairs can be identified and addressed well ahead of the spring workload.

Why winter is the right time to test Once the sprayer is parked up for the winter, it can be tempting to leave it until the next spraying season. However, discovering a problem when the first spraying window arrives can result in costly delays at exactly the wrong time. A winter inspection gives operators time to: • Identify worn or damaged components. • Check pumps, hoses, valves and pipework. • Inspect nozzles and spray distribution. • Check the condition and operation of safety equipment. • Identify leaks or potential environmental issues. • Carry out necessary repairs without the pressure of an approaching spraying window • Ensure the machine is ready for the next season.

equipment, procedures and trained personnel to carry out the inspection in accordance with the scheme requirements. For farmers, this provides confidence that the sprayer is being inspected properly and that any issues identified during the test can be clearly explained.

It is also worth remembering that an NSTS test is more than simply looking over the machine. The inspection covers the condition and operation of important components which can affect application accuracy, operator safety and the potential for unintended pesticide losses. Don't leave it until spring The spring workload can arrive quickly, with drilling, fertilising and spraying all competing for time. Leaving an NSTS test until the start of the season could mean discovering that repairs or replacement parts are required just when demand for workshops and parts is at its highest. Booking an authorised NSTS test during the winter gives farmers the opportunity to deal with any problems while there is still time to do so. It also provides an opportunity to discuss any recurring issues with the test centre and identify areas where servicing or replacement components could improve the machine's performance.

An NSTS test should be considered part of the overall sprayer maintenance programme rather than something to arrange at the last minute.

A test is only part of good sprayer maintenance An NSTS inspection should complement, rather than replace, regular maintenance.

The importance of using an authorised NSTS test centre

Before putting the sprayer away for the winter, operators should thoroughly clean the machine and follow the manufacturer's recommendations for storage and servicing. Particular attention should be paid to pumps, filters, nozzles, hoses, valves and other components that may deteriorate or become damaged during use.

Choosing an authorised NSTS test centre is an important part of the process. NSTS is the National Sprayer Testing Scheme, which provides a recognised inspection and certification system for agricultural and horticultural sprayers. An authorised NSTS test centre has the appropriate

Checking the machine properly now can prevent a relatively minor issue from becoming an expensive problem next season. Ready for the season ahead For farmers, winter is a valuable window for getting machinery prepared before the pressure of the new spraying season begins.

Flowgro Ltd Barton Tumns Farm Lichfield Road, Burton upon Trent, DE13 8ED TEL: 01283 712172 www.flowgro.co.uk

Arranging an NSTS inspection with an authorised NSTS test centre as part of the winter servicing programme means the sprayer can be checked, any faults identified and necessary repairs completed well before the machine is needed. With accurate application, operator safety, environmental responsibility and machine reliability all important considerations, an NSTS test is a worthwhile part of preparing the sprayer for another season in the field. Don't wait until the first spraying window — use the winter months to service, test and prepare your sprayer for the year ahead.

Farming

| Grain

McArthur BDC’s expertise helps Duncan Farms streamline feed processing to unlock efficiency gains hen Duncan Farms, a Scottish family farming business dedicated to providing truly traceable sustainable, great-tasting eggs for its customers across the UK, set out to improve the efficiency of its poultry feed preparation process, it turned to McArthur BDC for a system built on proven grain handling expertise. Farming approximately 7,000 acres of arable crops including wheat and barley for poultry feed, barley for the malting market, alongside oats for human consumption and oilseed rape for general sale, Duncan Farms was operating a labour-intensive feed preparation process that required significant movement of raw materials between sites. “We had long recognised some inefficiencies in our feed mixing operations, and a re-structure of one of our poultry sites was the opportunity to do something about it,” said Duncan Gray, of Duncan Farms who managed the project. Having heard about McArthur BDC through wordof-mouth recommendations, Duncan Farms, which packs over 5 million eggs each week from its own hens and contract producers, approached the McArthur BDC team to explore how the farm’s existing process could be upgraded. Whilst Duncan Farms had already developed an initial concept and design of the system it was looking for, Duncan Farms recognised the value of drawing on McArthur BDC’s proven grain handling experience to refine initial ideas to deliver a fully operational system. “We did look at several other suppliers, but from the outset we liked McArthur BDC’s practical, problem-solving approach,” said Gray “The team quickly understood the challenges we were facing and worked with us to develop a system that would deliver the efficiencies we needed.” At the heart of the new feed processing and storage plant are 12 x 60-degree hopper bottom silos, each with a capacity of 65m³. All bins can be filled from any of the three installed Skandia Elevator intakes. An above ground intake, a Skandia 120tph H-Line trench conveyor, one of 13 installed conveyors, is located in the milling mixing shed and is primarily Farming

used for ‘bought-in’ feed ingredients such as sunflower pellets and soya meal delivered to site in articulated lorries. From the intake the bought-in ingredients are conveyed to a Skandia 120tph elevator then onto the conveying system that can feed all 12 bins. The adjacent home-grown wheat and barley stores, with a total capacity of 17,000t, each house a Skandia 60tph H-Line intake conveyor. These intakes convey the wheat and barley to another conveyor which transports the grain across the yard to the milling mixing shed and the elevator. The grain is then distributed through the conveyor system that all three intakes feed, into any one of the 12 hopper bottom silos. The entire system is controlled via a 21” PLC touchscreen, allowing the operator to select the route feed ingredients are to take, easily managing the feed processing. Remote access functionality enables monitoring and control from a laptop or mobile device, providing additional flexibility and oversight. Each hopper bottom silo is fitted with high, mid and low-level sensors to automate filling and emptying, while vibratory motors on the bottom of each ensure efficient clean-out of bins. Installation of the new feed processing system was completed smoothly. ECS Electrical Ltd. was instrumental in ensuring the electrical components were operational and that the project could be completed on time. “The difference the new system has made is significant,” said Gray. “We’ve reduced labour requirements, saved time and improved overall efficiency across the operation.” Designed with future expansion in mind, the new feed processing and storage system provides Duncan Farms with a scalable solution that can adapt as the business continues to grow. “Working with McArthur BDC has been a very positive experience,” added Gray. Their grain handling expertise and ability to come up with practical, well-thought-out solutions really stood out. They delivered a professional service from start to finish, and we wouldn’t hesitate to recommend them.” For more information visit mcarthurbdc.co.uk or call +44(0)1724 747110

| Grain

UK feed wheat futures ov-26 UK feed wheat futures closed at £209.75/t on Friday, unchanged from the previous week.

The contract dropped at the start of the week and then recovered but dropped again on Friday to settle unchanged. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) declined from 62 on 11 September to 56 on 18 September.

Pakistan.

Meanwhile, the prospect of de-escalation encouraged speculative selling and reduced fund exposure. Black Sea shipping and export flows remain a critical watch point for grain prices. French maize conditions deteriorated further last week, with just 23% of the crop rated good or excellent by 14 September. This is another record low, and sharply below the 62% a year earlier. However, the impact of the heat and drought is already well established. The projected 42% year-on-year production decline is largely priced into the market. So, the latest data generated limited price upside. Harvesting has also accelerated significantly, reaching 27% complete, versus a five-year average of 5%. This reinforced the focus on yields and physical availability.

Market drivers Global grain markets were mixed last week, with Black Sea developments and US harvest weather driving sentiment. Hopes of improved Black Sea export flows weighed on prices. But concerns over the French maize crop and uncertainty around US harvest progress offered support. As a result, nearby US wheat and maize futures fell by 1.5% and 0.5% respectively week-onweek. Meanwhile, nearby Paris milling wheat prices gained 0.2%. Black Sea developments were a key source of volatility for grain markets. Traders balanced continued Russian and Ukrainian attacks against hopes that a Turkish-backed truce on commercial shipping could reduce disruption and improve export flows.

A focus of the market right now is US maize harvest progress. The weather in the US Midwest is expected to remain unsettled over the coming week. The US maize harvest was 8% complete as of 13 September, slightly ahead of both last year and the five-year average. A further update is expected this evening. President Donald Trump and Chinese President Xi Jinping are due to meet in Washington on 24 September. Agriculture and tariffs are expected to feature prominently in discussions. Any progress towards lower Chinese tariffs or commitments to buy US agricultural goods, particularly soybeans, would be supportive for US oilseeds. It could also improve the sentiment in the grain complex, including maize and wheat. However, expectations remain cautious. Without clear commitments, the meeting could generate limited or short-lived market support.

Ongoing Russian and Ukrainian wheat shipments, including sizeable offers from Baltic ports, limited the market's reaction to buying interest from Algeria and Farming

| Grain

Analyst insight from AHDB: Supply and demand estimates in 2025/26 present an unbalanced picture ncertainty on production, on-farm stocks and demand is likely to be driving a large mismatch in supply and demand estimates. The latest data on UK wheat supply and demand for the July 2025 – June 2026 marketing season is showing a material imbalance. Total availability exceeds the attributable end destinations for the grain. UK wheat supply is made up of wheat held in store at the start of the season, production and imports.

limitations of the estimates. For the 2025/26 season, the estimated residual is larger than recent years at 794 Kt, equating to 6% of total demand. This residual suggests that one or more of the surveys or estimates didn’t fully capture what happened last season. The end of season estimates of 2025/26 supply and demand are shown in Table 1. What could explain the larger residual?

At the end of the season we would expect to be able to account for where this wheat ends up, either as domestic demand, exports or ending stocks.

We think the mostly likely explanations for the larger residual in 2025/26 are a combination of: •

Production in 2025 was lower than reported

But as many of these aspects are based on surveys and estimates, we don’t expect the totals to match. In short, we expect a gap or a residual for unaccounted grain.

•

End of season on-farm stocks were higher than estimated

•

Demand from July 2025 to June 2026 was higher than we estimated

While there are areas of uncertainty, these estimates still provide valuable insights into supply and demand for the whole industry. And having a residual provides more transparency over the

All of these were likely affected by the extreme weather over the past year, adding to the uncertainty over the accuracy of what was captured in the data for the season. Production We’ve seen sizeable changes to our industry and shifts in cropping in recent years as a result of falls in profitability, variable weather and policy changes. In addition, extreme weather led to highly variable but on average historically low yields in 2025. All of which, make it harder to estimate the crop. In December, Defra estimated the 2025 UK wheat crop at 11.958 Mt, of which, 10.677 Mt was produced in England. Like all surveys, the production survey may not fully capture its target data, in this case, the crop size. One way to look at the potential variation in the crop size is the Confidence Interval (CI). A CI is a statistic that gives a range of values we can be fairly sure the true value lies within.

Farming

| Grain

The CI for the 2025 English wheat crop was 226 Kt, suggesting a range of 10.452 – 10.903 Mt.

the grain marketing season for a panel of dairy farms across GB.

This would not fully account for the residual, but if the actual crop was towards the lower end of the CI range in England, this would be contributing to the wheat residual.

As a result of the lower grass growth, forage needed to be fed early, and stocks reportedly ran low over the winter.

Stocks Similarly, there are CIs for on-farm stocks held on farms in England and Wales at the end of June. Defra estimates a sharp, 46%, year-on-year fall in these stocks to 351 Kt. This echoes with market comments from earlier this year, that English supplies were tightening in the latter stages of the season and wheat was getting harder to source. The CI for this figure was 95 Kt, and suggests a potential range of 256 – 446 Kt. Even if the stocks were towards the upper end of range, it would still mean a historically low stock level. This would still align with industry sentiment on the tightness in stocks whilst also accounting for some of the residual. Demand The amount of grain fed-on-farm is estimated based on industry insight rather than observable data sources. Therefore, it is subject to different uncertainties than the surveys. This aspect of the balance sheet is a known ‘unknown’. While there are factors supporting a higher volume of grain being fed-on-farm, there are also limiting factors. AHDB’s Forage for Knowledge shows how grass growth was badly affected in the early months of

However, the numbers of cattle, pigs and sheep reported by Defra reduce the outlook for grain fedon-farm. Also, falls in the UK farmgate milk prices last autumn likely reduced the incentive to supplemental feed beyond what was needed. Pig net margins have reduced over the season (JulJun) providing a mixed picture on the implications for feed demand. Meanwhile, changes to the livestock sectors over recent years include increased integration in the pig sector and larger cattle finishing units. While these may have also contributed, the resulting changes for feed are likely to be more incremental, rather than driving the large increase in the residual seen this year. Next steps We will continue to work with Defra and the industry to further understand the market with an aim to improve the data and broader insights which feed into the balance sheets. This is achieved through the Audit Function Group, which meets several times a year. For any further comments or queries on the residual, please contact me through the details in my profile or email Cereals.MI@ahdb.org.uk. Our first estimates of wheat and barley supply and demand in the 2026/27 season are planned for release on Thursday 22 October. Credit: Helen Plant Lead Analyst (Cereals & Oilseeds) - AHDB

Farming

| Silage

Risk of poor fermentation from late-season silage cuts s many farmers look to take a lateseason silage cut to bolster forage stocks, Lientjie Colahan, forage technical support at Lallemand Animal Nutrition, offers advice on how to maximise yields and avoid spoilage.

“Many farmers missed a cut earlier in the year due to the very dry weather conditions, and will be looking to get a late cut in towards the end of September or up to mid-October. “With concerns over forage shortfalls this winter and potentially into next spring, farmers are trying to build up their forage stocks."

acid bacteria and enzymes are still key components to ensure a stable, highly digestible feed source.

“An inoculant such as Magniva Platinum Grass Wet contains a high proportion of acidifying bacteria to drive fermentation, while also containing antifungal bacteria that help inhibit fungal growth and reduce feed-out spoilage. “This is important as the key challenge when silage has been harvested in wet conditions is the initial fermentation, with potentially more soil contamination present in the crop. “An inoculant specifically designed for these conditions ensures that fermentation happens as quickly and efficiently as possible, reducing the risk of spoilage and maximising the available crop in a year when forage shortfalls are likely across the UK,” she says. When taking a later cut of silage, she also recommends a mowing height of 10cm, especially in wet conditions as this leaves the most contaminated part of the plant in the field, minimising the spoilage microorganisms brought into the clamp.

However, when taking a late-season cut, farmers are more likely to face a challenging fermentation, she warns. “Harvesting the crop in cooler, wet conditions often seen in autumn will increase the risk of bringing soil into the clamp, and therefore spoilage microorganisms, as well as moisture, which dilutes the lactic acid that drives pH down. “This mix of factors predisposes silage to inefficient fermentation, with knock on impacts for rumen health and performance,” Mrs Colahan explains. Using an inoculant will be particularly important this year to mitigate these risks, she adds. “It’s important to choose an inoculant containing acidifying lactic acid bacteria to drive fermentation as this is the primary challenge, but antifungal lactic Farming

“While farmers will want to maximise dry matter from the field, cutting too low will increase dry matter losses by bringing more soil and spoilage bacteria into the clamp. This can negatively impact fermentation, meaning any dry matter gained by reducing mowing height will be lost due to dry matter losses from a poor fermentation.” When making silage during wet conditions, it is also worth increasing the chop length slightly and trying to layer the clamp like a sandwich or lasagne, she adds. “If silage is harvested in wet conditions, layering the crop as evenly as possible is important for consolidation and to reduce the risk of the clamp slipping when silage is being fed out. “If space allows, late cut silage should also be put in a separate clamp or pile, as the nutritional quality will be very different and this will allow you to feed it selectively,” she concludes.

| Silage

AgriScot unwraps a new award for annual silage competition to celebrate 25th anniversary o celebrate 25 years of AgriScot, this year's annual silage competition, sponsored and run by Watson Seeds, will introduce a brand-new overall winner category – recognising the very best silage production in Scotland. Now open for entries, the AgriScot Silage Competition is the longest running of its kind in the UK. Since it began, more than 3,000 farmers have entered, with hundreds of applications received each year. Silage will be judged across the following four categories: Young Farmer (for those aged 30 years and under), Beef Clamp, Dairy Clamp and the Big Bale. The competition will be judged in two stages, one on paper from a silage analysis, and one physical assessment of silage samples. The finalist entries will then be judged live at AgriScot on Wednesday 18th November 2026. New for this year, an overall winner will be selected from the four category winners.

last year's Scottish Agriculture Awards and is this year's judge. "What an honour it is to be asked to judge the AgriScot Silage Competition, especially in its 25th anniversary year. Having exhibited cattle and competed in the Silage Competition myself since it began, it's a real privilege to now be on the other side of the fence. "Good soil health, together with resilient grasses and legumes, will be increasingly important if we are to sustain our livestock sector and our industry going forward." How the competition works The first stage: Chemical Analysis Entrants submit their silage analysis report by email, along with the cut date. Judges assess each entry on metabolisable energy, crude protein and dry matter. The top five entries in each category will move on to a second round of chemical analysis, which will reduce the field to three finalists in each class. The second stage: Fresh Sample Judging

This year's silage challenges Andrew Best, Seed Specialist at Watson Seeds, has organised the AgriScot Silage Competition and its prize sponsorship for more than five years. He said: "I'm expecting to see some variation in silage quality this year. Those who took an early first cut in the season should have benefited from strong spring growth, allowing them to take silage of good quality.

The three finalists in each category then provide fresh silage samples for live judging in the AgriScot ring on Wednesday 18th November, where this year's expert judge, John Jamieson of Firth Farming, will select the winners and explain his decisions on the day. The winners of each category will be awarded with 10 acres of any Watson Seeds Castle Mixture, with second and third place, receiving five and two acres, respectively.

"However, later cuts in some regions of the country will have been affected by prolonged periods of drought. This will have had a knock-on effect on both yield and quality, with grass becoming increasingly stressed and losing some of its feeding value.

How to enter

"I always look forward to seeing the competition entries. It highlights the value of understanding your silage so you can adjust supplement according to the changing weather conditions. It is a competition which recognises the input and hard work that goes into making silage, as well as the importance of knowing its quality and the impact this has on livestock nutrition."

Entries for the first stage are open and must be submitted by Friday 23rd October 2026 to Andrew Best at abest@watsonseeds.com. Find out more at www.agriscot.co.uk

John Jamieson of Firth Farming, Upper Locharwoods, won Sustainable Farm of the Year at

Prior to submitting an entry for chemical forage analysis, competitors should ask permission from the silage owner and confirm that the silage will be available for fresh sampling - should it reach the final stage of the competition.

For those not wishing to enter the competition, but looking to attend AgriScot, you can now register for free entry by visiting the AgriScot website. With over 240 exhibitors covering all sectors of agriculture, there is something for every farm business. Farming

| Mental Health and Well Being

Farming

| Mental Health

Farming

| Mental Health and Well Being

Farming

| Mental Health

Farming

| Potatoes & Root Crops

UK carrot growers face 15-30% yield losses after exceptionally dry season K carrot growers are facing significant yield losses and sharply increased production costs following repeated heatwaves and prolonged dry weather, the British Carrot Growers Association has warned.

The Association estimates that carrot yields are likely to be 15–30% below expectations this season, with some crops particularly badly affected where access to irrigation water has been restricted or exhausted. Early heatwaves during May and June caused serious establishment problems, killing newly germinated carrots in some areas and forcing growers to re-drill fields. As well as the additional cost of seed and field operations, crops planted later in the season are unlikely to achieve the yields originally anticipated. Subsequent periods of extreme heat and drought have compounded the problem, with growers irrigating crops more frequently than ever before in an effort to protect yields and quality. This has brought substantially higher costs for water, labour, fuel and machinery. Rodger Hobson, Chair of the British Carrot Growers Association, said: “This has been an extraordinarily difficult growing season for many UK carrot producers. The heat in May and June hit crops just as they were germinating, meaning some growers had to re-drill significant areas at considerable cost. These crops are already at a disadvantage because the later establishment inevitably affects yield. “Since then, the continuing heat and lack of rainfall

Farming

have meant we have had to irrigate more than ever before. Irrigation is extremely expensive, and where water has run out or abstraction has been restricted, some crops have been severely compromised.

“We estimate carrot yields will be down by between 15% and 30%. The real concern is that growers have spent considerably more money producing considerably less crop. Additional seed, irrigation, diesel, labour and crop management costs all have to be absorbed by businesses already operating on very tight margins.” The challenges extend across the wider root vegetable sector, with some parsnip growers reporting yields 25–60% below expectations, depending on soil type and location. Alongside reduced yields, growers are facing increased costs for re-drilling, irrigation, fuel, straw and additional crop management. These exceptional costs are putting further pressure on farm cash flow and profitability. Rodger added: “There may be individual crops and areas that have performed better, but we need to be clear about the wider picture. For many growers this has been a very challenging and expensive season. “We need recognition throughout the supply chain, and particularly from retailers, of the exceptional pressures growers have faced. British carrot production has to remain sustainable for the long term if growers are continually expected to absorb rising costs and the financial impact of increasingly volatile weather, then viability of the sector may be in question.”

| Potatoes & Root Crops

HAITH AND GRIMME TO JOIN FORCES AGAIN AT FRUIT ATTRACTION 2026 aith and GRIMME are set to exhibit together again at next month's Fruit Attraction following a successful presence at Potato Europe.

The two companies will share a stand as they seek to show visitors the benefits of their joined-up approach, which can provide growers, packers and processors with everything they need to see their produce flow from the field to pack.

"Every customer's operation is different, so we start by understanding the crop, the site and what the line needs to achieve," says Rob. "Whether someone needs a single handling machine or a complete solution, we can bring together the right equipment and support it long after installation. Exhibiting alongside GRIMME helps visitors see how that approach connects with machinery in the field."

Taking place at IFEMA Madrid from 6 to 8 October, Fruit Attraction 2026 will be Haith's third consecutive appearance at the show. The company first exhibited in the UK businesses area in 2022 before co-exhibiting with GRIMME in 2025. This year, Haith will focus on its vegetable washing and handling equipment and complete line solutions. Global Sales Manager Josh Stilwell and Sales Manager L-R Rob Highfield and Paul Ramplin at Fruit Attraction 2025 Rob Highfield will be on hand to discuss how Haith can design and deliver installations tailored to Haith and GRIMME have worked closely customers' needs. together since 2020, offering customers a unified approach to growing and handling root "Fruit Attraction gives us the chance to meet crops. GRIMME's range of planters, harvesters growers, packers, distributors and buyers from and machinery for potatoes, beet and other across the world," says Josh. "It is particularly root vegetables perfectly complements Haith's important to us as we continue to build our washing, grading and packing solutions that presence in Spain and Southern Europe, take produce through the next stages. Their supported by our network of agents. After the close working relationship helps fresh produce conversations we had alongside GRIMME at businesses plan equipment across the whole Potato Europe, we're looking forward to showing visitors in Madrid what our companies process and draw on both companies' expertise and support. can offer together." Haith has more than 80 years of engineering experience and designs and manufactures its equipment in the UK. Its range covers washing, grading, optical inspection, weighing, robotic packing and water treatment, with in-house controls, service support and aftercare helping customers keep their lines running.

Fruit Attraction is one of the world's largest fresh produce trade fairs, with organisers expecting more than 121,000 trade professionals from 150 countries in 2026. To find out more about Haith's vegetable handling solutions, visit stand 10F23 at Fruit Attraction or haith.co.uk. Farming

| Potatoes & Root Crops

An(other) challenging storage season!! he 2025 crop in store seems to have bumped into almost every factor designed to create a difficult storage season. Early planting and emergence, followed by a (mostly) hot dry summer saw crops arriving in store in a state of considerable physiological age. The weather was also less than ideal for the application of MH for much of the key window. Harvest conditions were good (or perfect) for nearly everyone, so stores filled early, quickly and were warm. The weather kept them from cooling as swiftly as desired, and those crops, which had not sprouted in the field (plenty did), were opening their eyes much earlier than would normally be expected. Growers planning for early movement, and who would not normally expect to use a sprout suppressant, were scrambling for advice. On top of the physical challenges of a sprouting crop was a hangover of crop in store from the 2024 harvest, some of it still finding a way to a generally weak market. And then came the French and the Germans. In 2024, it is reported that the French grew their first 9m tonne crop, and then went one better in 2025, with a first 10m tonne crop. The German 2025 crop is reported to be the largest for a quarter of a century. The continent was (is) awash with potatoes – free-buy crops were bid at €15/t during the autumn. There are reports of large areas in Poland being ripped up with a chisel plough, rather than being harvested.

sprouting was addressed, some requiring a full 90ml/t first application to do so. For more fortunate growers, with sprouts coming slightly later in cool and well-cured crops, Biox-M has worked effectively to keep control. Growers, who have been obliged to hold crops in stores destined to receive seed for 2026, also have the reassurance that treatment of the preceding ware crop with Biox-M in the store will not cause a problem. Biox-M is the only 100% natural and sustainable sprout control for potatoes. •

Is a naturally occurring and truly sustainable product, in widespread use in the food industry

•

Is approved for use on organic potato crops,

•

Has no harvest interval or MRL beyond the one-day mandatory withholding period after treatment, and is thus ideal for use on crops for which the date of movement is uncertain,

Crops were sprouting and customers delaying movement, not just in the UK but across much of the continent. Significant (and early) demand for sprout suppressants put supply chains under pressure, with occasional reports of demand for product overwhelming availability.

•

Has substantial flexibility of timing of application,

•

Results in minimal weight loss in store,

•

Does not leave persistent residues in the fabric of stores and boxes used for storage,

The situation in the UK has not improved much in the new year. Crops are still in store, some with limited prospect of finding a market. Free buy is well-nigh impossible in the absence of strong relationships with end users. Crop quality in many stores, even with the good harvest, is deteriorating and sprouting continues apace. The season is proving to be hard for many growers, and now the weather seems to have turned in favour of some early planting on very light land.

•

And is therefore suitable for use in stores, which may subsequently be used for the storage of other crops or seed potatoes,

•

Is effective at higher storage temperatures, reducing the risk of acrylamide development when crop is processed,

•

Sequesters carbon during growth, removing 1t of CO2 for every 1,000t of potatoes treated,

The relatively flexible timing of application for BioxM places the product in a strong position to deal with most situations and keep crops secure. Early

•

And should be a component of the sustainability plan for every farm and every customer; effectively carbon neutral.

Farming

| Potatoes

Why

? The only completely natural product. Stand-alone.

Truly sustainable. Excellent efficacy.

Sequesters carbon during growth. Flexibility of timing. Minimal weight loss in store.

Curative and preventative. No MRL. One day withholding period.

No persistent residues on crops or in stores.

Technical Manual

Approved for use on organic crops. May be used in multi-use stores. The logical choice.

Peter Hall peter@junopp.com 07973 172 722

Nick Tapp nick@junopp.com 07775 785 748

MAPP 16021 www.junopp.com Farming

| Potatoes & Root Crops

Rethinking Potato Irrigation: Why Delivery Speed Matters More Than Water Supply he problem is no longer simply how much water growers have, it is whether they can get enough water to the crop, quickly enough. Dr Mark Stalham is a consultant who has spent his career focused on potatoes, and with a background in agriculture and science, he is passionate about making sure research can benefit practical in-field application. With 2026 exposing the limits of some irrigation strategies, and the need for growers to rethink how water and soil are managed, it is more important than ever that facts and insights are used to shape future plans. Paul Goddard, Business Development Manager at BASF spoke to Mark as part of the Perfecting Potatoes Together initiative to share some insights to support growers’ thinking this year, next and beyond. For years, the ‘standard’ water requirement for potatoes has remained the same. Roughly 25mm of water is required per week to satisfy the crop’s yield potential. However, the 2026 dry season has seen one of the most significant changes in the history of potato production in the UK. In a prolonged period of dry weather, Mark has demonstrated that a potato crop can use up to 6– 7mm of water a day. “To give a potato crop the best chance in a season similar to the one we have been experiencing, an inch or 25 millimetres of water is now required every four days,” he says. “And that's pretty astounding when growers realise that they can't irrigate their whole crop every seven days, let alone every four.” On a light sandy soil, the challenge becomes more acute. At around 32°C, Mark estimates that the soil may have only 12mm of readily available water before the crop begins to experience stress, effectively requiring irrigation every two days to maximise yield. This presents a new challenge for growers: it is not simply about having a licence, reservoir or irrigation system, but ensuring they have the capacity, infrastructure and operational flexibility to put water onto the crop when it needs it most.

needs it and you'll get the biggest yield response,” he says. “That means applying water when the crop first comes under stress, and then again when it needs it, rather than preserving water for a theoretical ‘rainy day’.” The economics of irrigation make that even more important. Mark argues that infrastructure represents a significant fixed cost, so unused capacity is expensive and a waste. Growers with water licences could be making more use of the opportunity to develop strategies to protect the crop. “If you've got a licence, pump it,” he says. “Pump it somewhere. Give it to your neighbour. Move it from one stream to another. Put it in a reservoir. If you're not using it, somebody or another industry will come and take it away.” Drip is not automatically the answer Drip irrigation has major potential, particularly where water can be delivered precisely to the crop. But Mark cautions against treating it as a universal solution. Drip operates at low volume and low pressure, meaning existing high-pressure systems fundamentally need to be redesigned rather than simply adapted. Pump efficiency can also suffer when pressure has to be stepped down substantially. The high fixed cost of laying and installing drip means that its cost per millimetre becomes particularly high if the system is not used frequently. Overhead irrigation also has its own limitations, as Mark explains. “On a 29°C day, it is estimated that evaporative losses from sprinklers are at around 5%. In hotter conditions such as 37–38°C, with moderate wind, the potential loss is between 12 and 18%, but losses from large-nozzle rain guns are <10%. This highlights the importance of understanding the irrigation system, the crop, the soil and the economics as a whole, rather than just focusing on the technology.” Build the canopy then keep it alive

For some, the strategy has been to hold back water in case they need it, but for Mark this feels counterproductive, as once the crop is under stress, yield potential is already being compromised.

Mark describes the first irrigation events as critical to building the crop's “solar panel”, allowing the canopy to capture energy and ultimately driving tuber production.

“If you've got water, use it when the crop actually

“In a typical maincrop situation, two irrigation doses separated by around 7–10 days can help take

Farming

| Potatoes & Root Crops ground cover from roughly 30% to 70–80%, then towards full canopy. But once that canopy has been built, the water requirement does not disappear. It increases because the crop now has a large evaporative surface to maintain.” That is one reason the rainfall received in early June was so important in 2026. Mark argues that without the 30–70mm received across much of the UK during the first ten days of June, many crops would have struggled to establish the canopy needed for high yield. The rainfall effectively removed the immediate need for second and third irrigations, giving growers valuable time. But, once that canopy is established, the crop must be supplied, further demonstrating the challenges facing many potatoes this season with access to water not available. A shorter season makes speed critical

“Longer-season types may have greater opportunity to continue rooting and potentially capture later rainfall, but that does not mean they automatically convert access to water into yield. They remain dependent on adequate water supply if their yield potential is to be realised and stress avoided.” Mark warns that drought-stressed plants can have weakened defence mechanisms and may become more vulnerable to invasion by pathogens. At the same time, extremely dry conditions can suppress the development of other diseases. That means symptoms appearing during a drought should not automatically be interpreted as evidence of a pathogen. Physiological stress, nutrient limitations and disease can overlap, particularly because nutrient uptake itself depends on water availability.

For Paul Goddard, BASF’s Development Manager for Potatoes, a shorter, more water-constrained growing window means other agronomic decisions must support rapid, even establishment rather than being considered in isolation.

That makes establishment and disease control part of the same water-management strategy. Where irrigation capacity is stretched, solutions that help the crop establish quickly, evenly, and make better use of available moisture, are an increasingly good fit.

“For both determinate and indeterminate varieties, we've seen real benefits from using the Xemiumbased ALLSTAR in-furrow – it gets the crop off to a good start.” he adds.

Paul notes that ADAS trials in other crops have shown Xemium-treated crops deliver enhanced water-use efficiency and higher yields, without additional water.

“In some seasons, emergence has been more than a week ahead of other in-furrow treatments, which can increase the proportion of tubers within marketable grades. It is worth remembering that a week of light interception in June is worth three weeks in September.”

“Because the stomatal response and water-use efficiency benefits arise from Xemium’s chemistry, rather than the crop species, ADAS findings provide a relevant basis for considering how ALLSTAR may complement potato programmes designed for a hotter, shorter and more waterlimited season.”

Mark highlights the impact of the crop's physiological clock effectively running faster. Bright, hot conditions can allow potatoes to accumulate yield rapidly, provided water remains available. But a shorter effective growing season means there is less time to recover from water stress. That has implications for planting dates, variety choice and harvest planning. Mark points to the contrast between determinate, shorter-season varieties and longer-season indeterminate varieties.

Conclusion For growers, the practical lesson is to diagnose rather than assume, returning to Mark focus on using the science to inform decision-making. Mark’s overall message is simple, “Growers cannot necessarily rely on the historical assumption that rainfall will arrive when a crop needs it. We need to consider and adapt strategies now, so we are prepared for future seasons. Four of the last eight years have seen crops impacted by weather stress. It is no longer a question of ‘what if we have a dry season’, but more ‘when’."

Farming

| Potatoes | Potatoes & Root Crops

PotatoEurope and SugarBeet Expo 2026: Strong Momentum for Competitive Root Crop Production round 10,100 trade visitors from 79 countries – 300 exhibitors from 19 nations – High visitor satisfaction – Innovations and production systems for potatoes and sugar beet demonstrated under real farming conditions – 50 machinery combinations, self-propelled and stationary units in live operation – Successful premiere of SugarBeet Expo – Focus on efficiency, competitiveness and sustainable production – Next PotatoEurope takes place in Belgium on 8 and 9 September 2027 The combined outdoor exhibition PotatoEurope and SugarBeet Expo 2026, organized by the DLG (German Agricultural Society), has confirmed its position as the international meeting place for the professional potato and sugar beet industry. Around 10,100 visitors from 79 countries attended the event on 9 and 10 September at Rittergut Gestorf Estate near Hanover, Germany to learn about innovations and solutions for competitive production systems. Visitors included potato and sugar beet growers, contractors, consultants and representatives from across the industry. 96 percent of visitors expressed a high level of satisfaction with the trade fair. Approximately 300 exhibitors from 19 countries showcased machinery, inputs, varieties and services covering the entire potato and sugar beet value chain. Machinery demonstrations, trial fields and demonstration plots enabled visitors to experience new technologies and cultivation concepts under real farming conditions. The exhibition was accompanied by an extensive technical program. With the launch of SugarBeet Expo, sugar beet production gained its own international outdoor platform. PotatoEurope and SugarBeet Expo provided strong momentum for competitive and future-oriented root crop production. The focus was on solutions enabling the profitable cultivation of potatoes and sugar beet in the face of volatile markets, climate change and increasing demands for efficiency and environmental compliance. The international exhibition and technical program covered the entire production chain, from varieties, soil cultivation, sowing and planting, fertilization and crop protection to harvesting, transport and processing. Solutions in the fields of digitalization, automation, robotics and artificial intelligence highlighted additional opportunities for more efficient processes, lower production costs and greater resilience. "PotatoEurope and the inaugural SugarBeet Expo, held together for the first time, have impressively demonstrated the strength of innovative root crop production. Bringing these two sectors together encouraged exchange among professionals from the potato and sugar beet industries as well as discussion on common challenges and solutions. What makes the event particularly valuable is its practical relevance: new machinery, production systems and cultivation concepts Farming

could be experienced and compared under real field conditions. The high quality of the international professional participants and the intensive exchange underline the power of this format," said Tobias Eichberg, Managing Director of DLG Markets GmbH. High Visitor Satisfaction According to the initial results of the visitor survey, 96 percent of visitors were highly satisfied with the event overall. More than 95 percent considered it a positive move to hold PotatoEurope and SugarBeet Expo in parallel. This high level of satisfaction is also reflected in visitors' intentions to return: 73 percent would attend the next future German edition to be held in 2030. The individual exhibition areas also received excellent ratings. 90 percent of visitors expressed high satisfaction with the range of exhibits and topics presented. Areas attracting particular interest included seed and plant breeding (41 percent); technologies for harvesting (36 percent); crop protection (23 percent); and seeding and planting (20 percent). The technical program was also rated highly (87 percent). Visitors particularly appreciated the relevance of the topics and their practical presentation. The high quality of the visitor profile was also reflected in their decision-making power. 64 percent of visitors are directly involved in purchasing and procurement decisions, while a further 19 percent provide advice. Investment interest is also strong: 68 percent of visitors plan to invest in potato or sugar beet production within the next two years. The event attracted international exhibitors and visitors. Around half of the exhibitors as well as more than 31 percent of visitors came from outside Germany. Two Crops. One Strong Platform The launch of SugarBeet Expo proved to be an ideal complement to PotatoEurope. Both crops face similar challenges in many areas, including soil health, crop rotation and crop protection, particularly measures to control the emerging threat from reed glass-winged cicada, as well as harvesting, logistics and growing efficiency requirements combined with an increasing shortage of skilled labor in Germany and across Europe. The event demonstrated that digitalization and automation can provide solutions for sustainable productivity gains and help compensate for labor shortages. Combined with greater professional expertise, these technologies have the ability to reach their full potential. The joint platform created new perspectives and additional opportunities for professional exchange beyond individual crops and across the entire value chain.

| Potatoes | Potatoes & Root Crops "Potatoes and sugar beet have more in common than what separates them. Both crops place high demands on cultivation, technology and management while also needing to be produced economically and resourceefficiently. The combination of PotatoEurope and SugarBeet Expo creates genuine added value by bringing together two strong crops and their professional communities in one place," emphasized Wilfried Wolf, Project Manager of PotatoEurope and SugarBeet Expo. Modern Machinery in Action – Trial Fields Showcase Practical Solutions Machinery demonstrations were a key highlight for visitors. Around 50 machinery combinations, selfpropelled and stationary units showcased the latest technologies for planting and sowing, lifting and harvesting, as well as transport, cleaning and loading under real operating conditions. Innovative crop protection technologies for potatoes and sugar beet were also demonstrated live. The trial fields focused on potato and sugar beet varieties as well as current agronomic challenges. Exhibits included crop protection strategies and varieties, approaches to plant health and pest monitoring, as well as crop rotation, herbicide and weed-management. Visitors were able to compare these approaches directly in the field and discuss them with experts. Future Technologies for Root Crop Production DLG's "Digital Farming powered by FarmRobotix" Spotlight focused on autonomous machines, robotics, automation and artificial intelligence. Live applications demonstrated how digital solutions can make farming operations more efficient and sustainable. The Agricultural Logistics DLG Spotlight focused on transport and logistics solutions, ranging from specialist equipment to digital applications. At the DLG Expert Stage, more than 20 presentations, expert talks and discussion panels provided additional technical guidance. Participating experts from farming, science, advisory services and industry discussed soil health, machinery trends, digitalization and robotics, as well as the economic future of potato and sugar beet production. Strong Partners The State of Lower Saxony served as the exclusive partner of both exhibitions. The German Potato Industry Association (UNIKA) was the institutional partner and initiator of PotatoEurope 2026, while Golden Geest-Kartoffeln Erzeugergesellschaft mbH served as regional partner. The institutional partner of SugarBeet Expo was the German Sugar Industry Association (WVZ), with Nordzucker AG acting as regional partner. Case IH was the exclusive tractor partner of both events. Exhibitor Testimonials "The combination of PotatoEurope and SugarBeet Expo provided the ideal platform to present our innovations to

a broad international professional audience. Particular interest focused on our new potato planter, the fully electric ROPA Leguan, as well as the ROPA Keiler 2 DoubleSelect with additional separation belt and sorting platform. The new ROPA Taurus 6S celebrated its field premiere as one of our exhibition highlights, a powerful yet soil-friendly sugar beet loader with a bunker capacity of around 50 cubic meters. We would like to thank the organizing team led by Dr. Wilfried Wolf and Dr. Jobst von Schaaffhausen. Their professional communication, excellent organization and cooperative partnership with agricultural machinery manufacturers contributed significantly to the success of the event." Maximilian Englbrecht, Head of Marketing, ROPA Fahrzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH "For GAUGELE GmbH, PotatoEurope was exactly the right place this year to engage directly with farmers, not by telephone or email, but over a cup of coffee at our stand. Whether discussing harvesting, storage or industry trends, this personal exchange is what matters. For us, this close relationship with customers and direct interaction represented the greatest benefit of the exhibition." Franz Behm, Technical Sales Support, GAUGELE GmbH "For us, direct exchange with farmers, advisors and industry partners was the main focus. The many productive discussions at SugarBeet Expo demonstrated which topics are currently driving farm businesses and where the greatest opportunities for the future lie. This feedback is essential for ensuring that our work remains firmly aligned with the needs of practical farming." Gerrit Behrens, Product Manager, KWS SAAT SE & Co. KGaA "PotatoEurope is one of the most important platforms for the potato industry. Since it takes place in Germany only every four years, this edition was almost a home game for us. We were particularly pleased with the strong visitor response, the high professional level and the large proportion of international visitors. We were able to showcase our new high-performance varieties and conduct many valuable and intensive discussions with customers, partners and interested visitors from Germany and abroad. An all-round successful and very well-organized event." Jörg Renatus, Managing Director, EUROPLANT Pflanzenzucht GmbH "Safe crop protection application and application success are not mutually exclusive. We discussed this topic with farmers, advisors and service providers at PotatoEurope, and the SprayAssist app brings this knowledge directly to the field. With our InterraScan soil scanning service, we are also demonstrating how digital soil analysis can make potato and sugar beet production more precise." Sebastian Funk, Lead Sustainable Farming & AG Solutions Technology / Digital Ag Commercialization DACH, Syngenta Agro GmbH Farming

| Potatoes | Potatoes & Root Crops

Cooking up a storm at or the first time ever, Potatoes in Practice, Scotland's largest fieldbased potato event, featured a live cookery demonstration, bringing to attendees the journey from field to fork. It was led by Sarah Rankin, former MasterChef finalist, food writer, broadcaster and private chef, whose enthusiasm for potatoes proved as infectious as it was inspiring. Potatoes in Practice is hosted by the Hutton through the National Potato Innovation Centre (NPIC) in partnership with SRUC and Agrii. The annual event brings together growers, researchers, processors and industry experts to share innovations that can help drive the industry forward. Throughout the demonstration, Sarah showcased an impressive range of dishes that celebrated the versatility, flavour and value of one of Scotland's most important crops. In front of an appreciative audience, she prepared a creamy potato risotto alongside potatoes with fennel and courgette, with visitors given the chance to sample both dishes for themselves. Sarah also demonstrated how even potato peelings can have a culinary purpose. In a classic "here's one I prepared earlier" moment, she produced a bowl of crispy potato skins, proving that every part of the potato can be transformed into something delicious and that there is no need for waste. Perhaps the biggest surprise of the session came when Sarah revealed a plate of traditional Scottish macaroons made not from coconut, but from potatoes. Using the variety Elland, a dry, floury potato developed at The James Hutton Institute, she combined potato and icing sugar to create the much-loved Scottish sweet. Potatoes in Practice, Scotland's largest field-based potato event, is hosted by the Hutton through the National Potato Innovation Centre (NPIC) in partnership Farming

with SRUC and Agrii. The annual event brings together growers, researchers, processors and industry experts to share innovations that can help drive the industry forward. NPIC Director, Professor Ian Toth, said, "Potatoes in Practice is such a fantastic event and we are always looking for ways to widen its appeal for the industry, but also to engage others in the world of, and appreciation for, potatoes. The audience took away some great recipes but, importantly, also learned how different varieties behave in different dishes, how important potatoes are to our diet, and how industry and science working together are developing the next generation of potatoes".

| Potatoes | Potatoes & Root Crops

t Potatoes in Practice A key theme throughout the demonstration was the importance of choosing the right potato variety for the right dish. All the varieties Sarah used were bred and grown at the Hutton, allowing her to highlight the remarkable diversity that exists within what many people think of simply as "a potato". For her potato risotto, Sarah selected Gemson, a variety bred from Maris Peer in the early 2000s. Gemson produces a uniform crop of small to medium-sized potatoes and offers the ideal balance of texture and starchiness. According to Sarah, it responds beautifully to stirring while retaining its shape, making it perfect for a risotto-style dish.

For a vibrant potato salad, she turned to Anya, a popular waxy variety developed at the Hutton in the late 1990s from a cross between Desiree and Pink Fir Apple. With its distinctive long oval shape, creamy white flesh and nutty flavour, Anya is prized by both chefs and home cooks. Its creamy texture makes it ideal for salads, while it also roasts exceptionally well. Meanwhile, Elland, also bred at the Hutton during the 1990s, demonstrated its versatility beyond traditional potato dishes. A reliable allrounder with a long oval shape, it is equally suited to baking, mashing and producing excellent chips, while also proving itself surprisingly useful in Scottish macaroons. Sarah was delighted to have the opportunity to share her knowledge with visitors, including many of the breeders and growers responsible for producing the potatoes themselves. "We've become de-skilled as consumers and are not really aware of what different varieties can do," she said. "Sharing this kind of information can give breeders and growers more information that they can use to help sell their products better." Her passion for potatoes was evident throughout the session. "Potatoes are so good for you," she said. "They are Scottish-grown, full of nutrients and much more versatile than we give them credit for. "I was thrilled to be asked to come and to be given a bit of a challenge to do something exciting with potatoes. My goal was to show their versatility, particularly the varieties grown at the Hutton." The enthusiastic response from visitors suggests she achieved exactly that. From risotto and salads to crispy skins and even macaroons, Sarah's demonstration encouraged growers, researchers and consumers alike to look at potatoes in a whole new way. Farming

| Groundcare

STIGA Park Range: Front-Mounted Performance for Year-Round UK Grounds Care TIGA’s Park range continues to offer a distinctive approach to ride-on mowing, combining front-mounted cutting decks with articulated steering to provide visibility, manoeuvrability and access around trees, borders and other obstacles. For UK landowners, groundsmen, estates and larger gardens, the current STIGA Park line-up provides machines ranging from compact models designed for areas of around 2,500–3,000m² through to the professional Park Pro 900 models capable of tackling areas of up to 13,000m².

The 50:50 articulated steering system is combined with power steering, while the front-mounted deck can be specified in widths from 95cm through to 125cm. STIGA rates the machine for areas of up to 7,500m². An alternative within this part of the range is the Park 500 WX Special, which uses a Honda GCV 530 twincylinder engine alongside all-wheel drive and the same 50:50 articulated steering concept. Park 700 increased capacity

A clear view of the cutting area

The Park 700 W and Park 700 WX sit higher in the current UK line-up, providing greater power and working capacity for larger areas.

One of the defining features of the Park concept is the position of the cutting deck at the front of the machine. This gives the operator a clear view of the cutting line and makes it easier to work around obstacles, reach into corners and follow lawn edges accurately.

The Park 700 WX uses STIGA's 635cc ST 650 Twin engine and Tuff Torq all-wheel-drive transmission. It is designed around cutting widths from 95cm to 125cm and has a stated mowing capacity of up to 8,500m².

The articulated steering system is another key feature. STIGA's 50:50 articulation allows the rear of the machine to follow the path of the front section, helping the Park manoeuvre around trees, flowerbeds and other obstacles while keeping the machine compact and easy to control.

The combination of four-wheel drive, articulated steering and a front-mounted deck makes the Park 700 WX particularly suited to operators who need to maintain larger areas while still working around obstacles and changes in terrain.

The front-mounted deck also forms an important part of STIGA's Multiclip mulching system. Grass is finely cut and returned to the lawn, allowing the clippings to break down naturally and return nutrients to the soil.

At the top of the UK Park range are the Park Pro 900 WX and Park Pro 900 AWX.

Park 300 compact performance At the entry point of the current UK range are the Park 300 models. The Park 300 R has a 95cm cutting width and is specified for mowing areas of up to 3,000m², while the Park 300 LC provides an 85cm cutting width and is rated for areas up to 2,500m². The Park 300 RC also offers a 95cm cutting width with a recommended mowing area of up to 3,000m². These machines provide the Park concept in a more compact package, making them suitable where manoeuvrability and access are particularly important. Park 500 moving up in capacity The Park 500 provides a step up in both working capacity and specification. The current UK model uses a 432cc STIGA ST 450 single-cylinder engine and features articulated steering with power-assisted steering. Depending on the cutting deck selected, cutting widths range from 95cm to 100cm, with STIGA rating the machine for mowing areas of up to 4,500m². For operators requiring greater capacity, the Park 500 W increases the recommended mowing area to 7,000m² and offers cutting widths from 95cm to 110cm. Park 500 WX power and four-wheel drive The Park 500 WX takes the range further, combining a 586cc STIGA ST 550 Twin engine with an all-wheel-drive Farming

•

Tuff Torq transaxle transmission.

Park Pro 900 professional specification

STIGA positions the Park Pro models as its professional machines, with a heavy-duty construction, slope and hillside stability and the ability to work for extended periods. The manufacturer also highlights their compatibility with a wide range of implements for yearround grounds maintenance. The Park Pro 900 WX combines a 688cc Honda V-twin engine with four-wheel drive, articulated steering, hydraulic deck and accessory lift, an electromagnetic PTO clutch and foot-pedal hydrostatic transmission. It offers cutting widths from 110cm to 125cm and is rated for areas of up to 12,500m². The flagship Park Pro 900 AWX uses a 688cc Honda GXV690 twin-cylinder engine and adds electric cuttingheight adjustment to its specification. STIGA lists a mowing capacity of up to 13,000m² and cutting widths from 110cm to 125cm. More than a mower The Park concept is designed to extend beyond grass cutting. STIGA's RAC – Release and Connect – system allows compatible implements to be changed without tools, while the company's UK range of attachments includes equipment for tasks such as sweeping, scarifying, spreading, snow clearing and other groundscare operations. That versatility is particularly relevant for UK users, where a ride-on machine may need to earn its keep throughout the year rather than being restricted to the main mowing season. STIGA also offers accessories such as winter wheels for its front-cut ride-on machines.

•

Jim Price Machinery Ltd Farmore Mills, Craven Arms, Shropshire SY7 9QG 01588 673746 www.jimpricemachinery.com

| Groundcare

Southam Agricultural Services Station Road, Southam, CV47 2DH 01926 813426 www.southamagri.co.uk Veryard Machinery Sales Blackworthy Road Castle Cary, Somerset 01963 351089 / 07860 479700 richardveryardmachinery.co.uk

Mowing head-on with ease STIGA Park Front Mowers The ultimate combination of raw power, versatility and precision. Easy to manoeuvre, delivering best-in-class cutting performance, STIGA Park can handle large multi-level grass areas with ease. The position of the deck ensures control and visibility around every corner

stiga.com/uk

Farming

| Shows

Registration Opens for the UK's Agricultural Event of the Year!

AMMA, CropTec and Low Carbon Agriculture 2027, will return this January! Taking place from 20–21 January at Birmingham's NEC, will bring together the latest agricultural machinery, technology and equipment with thousands of farmers and agricultural professionals from across the UK and beyond. SECURE YOUR FREE TICKET TODAY!

The 2027 edition will also build on the breadth of the 2026 event, launching new show features including the Business Services Trail, highlighting the businesses and organisations providing the services, expertise and support that underpin successful farming businesses. The dedicated trail will help visitors navigate the show and discover relevant suppliers across areas such as finance, professional services, technology, insurance and other business support.

Following a record-breaking 2026 edition, LAMMA 2027 is set to once again provide a major meeting point for the agricultural industry, with more than 800 exhibitors expected to showcase the latest innovations, machinery and solutions across the event.

While the new Forestry Hub will bring together businesses, products and expertise from the forestry sector, providing a dedicated destination for visitors interested in woodland management, forestry machinery, equipment and associated services.

From major global manufacturers including Case IH, Fendt, JCB, Kuhn, Krone, New Holland, Mchale and Merlo, established agricultural brands, to specialist and emerging suppliers, LAMMA provides visitors with the opportunity to see new machinery, compare technologies, meet manufacturers and suppliers face-to-face, and find practical solutions for their businesses, all under one roof. Farming

One visit, three shows LAMMA 2027 will once again be co-located with CropTec and the Low Carbon Agriculture Show, creating a major gathering point for the UK agricultural industry. The three events will give visitors access to complementary areas of the industry in one location, from machinery, equipment and technology at LAMMA, to arable innovation

| Shows

and knowledge at CropTec, and sustainable farming, renewable energy and carbon reduction solutions at Low Carbon Agriculture. LAMMA will host its own programme of expert content through the returning Dairy and Beef Hub, alongside CropTec and the Low Carbon Agriculture Show each hosting their own dedicated theatres. This creates a unique opportunity for visitors to move between the three events and access specialist knowledge across dairy and beef, machinery and technology, arable production, sustainability, energy and carbon reduction. For farmers and agricultural professionals facing increasing pressure to improve productivity, manage costs and make informed investment decisions, the colocation offers the opportunity to explore a wider range of solutions in a single visit. The home of agricultural machinery innovation LAMMA has established itself as a key launchpad for machinery and technology, with manufacturers using the event to showcase UK debuts, new models and the latest developments in agricultural equipment.

farmers understand how the latest developments could work in real-world farming situations. Alongside the machinery on display, visitors can expect opportunities to see innovation in action, speak directly to manufacturers and specialists, and discover technologies designed to improve efficiency, productivity and sustainability. The show's diverse exhibitor base means there is something for every type and size of farming business, from tractors, cultivation and harvesting equipment to livestock technology, precision farming, autonomous machinery and farm technology. Important information LAMMA is free if you register before midnight on 4th January 2026. From 5th January: £8 + VAT online, rising to £12 + VAT from the opening day (20th January). Under 16s, students and press go FREE. Students and press should contact events@agriconnect.com to arrange a pass. Under 16s don't need a pass but must be accompanied by a registered adult. Card payments only onsite.

A key feature for 2027 will be Innovation Live, replacing the previous Demo Zone and providing visitors with a new way to see agricultural technology and machinery in action.

With the agricultural industry navigating continued changes around farm profitability, climate, technology, labour, sustainability and future investment, LAMMA 2027 will bring the industry together to explore the machinery and solutions that can help businesses meet those challenges.

The live feature will give visitors the opportunity to experience innovation beyond the exhibition stand, bringing products and technology to life and helping

LAMMA, CropTec & Low Carbon Agriculture 2027 takes place on 20–21 January 2027 at the NEC Birmingham. Registration is now OPEN! Farming

| Shows

FRUIT LOGISTICA 2027 brings innovation together in the new Innovation Zone he new Innovation Zone will showcase the entire product innovation cycle, from market launch to proven success. The new Innovation Zone will be located in Hall 3.2. With the new Innovation Zone, FRUIT LOGISTICA further strengthens its position as the international innovation platform for the fresh produce industry. From February 3 to 5, 2027, the Berlin event will bring together its most important innovation formats for the first time to create a cohesive ecosystem.

Market-Proven Solutions on Display: FRUIT LOGISTICA Innovation Showcases The New Product Showcases held thus far will be expanded and incorporated into the FRUIT LOGISTICA Innovation Showcases (FLIS). While the FLIA focuses on the latest developments, the FLIS showcases innovations that have already proven their outstanding significance and have been on the market for one to three years. For visitors, the event answers a key question: Which innovations are already proving successful in practice? At the same time, innovative companies have the opportunity to present their solutions to an international audience of industry professionals after their market launch. They can also present their solutions in a pitch on stage. The Innovation Stage as a Hub for Communication The FRUIT LOGISTICA Innovation Stage is at the heart of the new innovation ecosystem. In addition to the FLIA awards ceremony, the program features presentations by FLIS partners, expert discussions, examples of best practices, and presentations on future trends, sustainability, technology, and automation.

Guided by the principle of "One Innovation Journey — From New to Proven Success," the Innovation Zone will demonstrate how the entire innovation cycle progresses, from developing new products and solutions to successfully establishing them in the market and ensuring their long-term success. The focus is on the FRUIT LOGISTICA Innovation Award (FLIA), the FRUIT LOGISTICA Innovation Showcases (FLIS), and the Innovation Stage. Together, these features create a central hub for innovative companies in Hall 3.2. Christina Freier, the project director for FRUIT LOGISTICA, said, "Innovations have always been a central part of FRUIT LOGISTICA. With the new Innovation Zone, we are bringing them together in one place for the first time. This creates a central platform where innovative companies can present their developments to an international audience of industry professionals, establish valuable contacts, and increase their visibility in the market in a sustainable way."

During the three-day trade show, the stage will serve as a vital space for knowledge transfer and exchange and for establishing new business contacts. It will provide a central meeting place for companies and industry experts to discuss the future of the global fresh produce industry. Orientation and Visibility in One Place FRUIT LOGISTICA consolidates the Innovation Journey in terms of both space and content, making it easier for trade visitors to find their way around the exhibition grounds. Visitors can discover new solutions, test their practical applicability, learn from successful use cases, and connect directly with the companies behind the innovations.

Seeking the Latest Innovations: FRUIT LOGISTICA Innovation Award For over 20 years, the FRUIT LOGISTICA Innovation Award (FLIA) has recognized innovative products, services, and technologies in the fresh fruit industry. Solutions that have been on the market for no more than 12 months by the time of FRUIT LOGISTICA in February will now be showcased in the Innovation Zone. Another new feature is that nominees will present their products or solutions on the new Innovation Stage to a professional audience interested in the industry. In 2027, the FLIA will be presented on the first day of the trade show, marking the beginning of the innovation showcase at FRUIT LOGISTICA. Farming

The new Innovation Zone at FRUIT LOGISTICA brings together outstanding products, services, and technologies. Photo: Messe Berlin GmbH

| Shows

John Deere enthusiasts gear up for Newark show as brand marks 60 years in the UK and Ireland ohn Deere’s six decades of business in the UK and Ireland will be marked with a special class at this year’s Newark Vintage Tractor & Heritage Show. Dozens of exhibits from across the UK will compete to draw the eyes of judges who will single out the best John Deere in Show on Saturday 7 November. Visitors will also get to see the evolution of the brand’s most popular models with John Deere’s own 4020 from 1966 being shown alongside a modern-day 6 Series, which was only launched in June. The show takes place at the Newark Showground on 7-8 November. Exhibitor entries are open, and the full range of ticketing options – including camping – are on sale. Among those hoping to take home the coveted John Deere title is Lockerbie collector Danny Key, who will travel more than 300 miles with a selection of tractors from his growing collection. He will be joined by friend and fellow enthusiast David Kerr, whose painstakingly restored John Deere 3120 claimed the Best John Deere in Show award last year. “A group of us travel down from Scotland every year and stay in the same accommodation and we’re like a family now,” Danny shares. Danny has been collecting John Deere machinery for 14 years and credits his growing collection to a piece of wisdom passed onto him by David. “He told me that they don’t make them anymore, so if you see something then try to buy it if you can afford it,” he said. This philosophy has helped Danny build an impressive collection, with his number of tractors alone reaching double figures. “I like to keep them in their original condition as much as I can. I’m a joiner and my plan is to build a workshop just for the tractors. “I still work them too. I have five acres that I put barley into every year, and I do some combining and baling for other people too. I own a 1065 John Deere combine and recently bought a 545 round baler, which I’m hoping to bring to Newark.”

The centrepiece of his collection is an 1140 – a classic utility tractor built in the 1980s, and the machine he credits with kick-starting his passion for John Deere. “I worked on a farm as a young boy while I was still at school and they mainly had Fergusons, but they had one John Deere tractor which was the 1140, and I always liked it better. “It was the first John Deere I ever drove and I managed to buy that exact one in an auction 100 miles away.” Danny plans to bring his 1020, 2120 and 2140 John Deere tractors to the show. “The 2120 is special because ‘Key’ is my surname and that happens to be on its original number plate,” he added. David hopes to bring his 1020, 2120, 3120 and 4240 John Deere tractors. The 3120 is fitted with a rare Sta-Dri cab, was rescued from a wreck in Ashford, Kent, and restored to its former glory by David in a labour of love that took 14 years to complete. Chris Wiltshire, John Deere’s Tactical Marketing Manager, said: “Our 60th anniversary in the UK and Ireland is a huge milestone for the business. So much has changed in agriculture over that time, so Newark will be a perfect place to bring all that history together.” The Newark Vintage Tractor & Heritage Show brings together one of the UK’s most diverse collections of working heritage machinery, attracting exhibitors and visitors from across Britain and beyond. Much more than a tractor show, the event encompasses more than 49 classes spanning the full breadth of agricultural and industrial heritage. Exhibits include tractors, plant, commercials, horticulture, stationary engines and implements, with expert judges travelling from across the country to award prizes to the best on show. The variety on display is one of the event’s enduring strengths, with each year bringing fresh exhibits to the showground. Entries are open across all classes. Exhibitors must enter by 16 September, and with strong interest expected across the board, timely submission is encouraged. For tickets and exhibitor entry forms, visit newarkvintagetractorshow.com or call 01636 705796.

Farming

| Energy

£10 million off electricity bills for communities near wind and solar farms housands of households, businesses and community buildings across the UK are benefitting from direct electricity bill support through RES' pioneering Local Electricity Discount Scheme (LEDS), which has now delivered more than £10 million in payments since launching 13 years ago. The scheme gives eligible properties close to participating wind and solar farms a discount on their electricity bill, every year. Payments are credited directly with the account holder's electricity supplier, and vouchers are sent to properties on pre-payment meters. Since the scheme was launched in 2013, LEDS has provided £10,398,756 in electricity bill discounts through 50,664 individual payments. There are now 37 operational renewable energy projects within Great Britain and Northern Ireland currently offering LEDS, with more than 7,000 properties receiving almost £1.9 million in support during 2025 alone. The scheme was designed by RES following consultation with communities around its wind farm projects, where electricity bill discounts were identified as a top priority. More than a decade later, LEDS has become a proven example of how locally focused benefit schemes can help ensure communities see a direct, tangible and long-term benefit from renewable energy development. Lucy Whitford, UK & Ireland Managing Director at RES, said: "Surpassing this £10 millions milestone in LEDS payments is a clear demonstration of how renewable energy projects can efficiently deliver practical, lasting benefits for nearby communities.

Farming

"LEDS was created by listening to what communities told us they wanted: which put simply, was, and continues to be, cheaper electricity. With energy costs remaining a concern for many, the scheme has grown significantly as it continues to provide a meaningful benefit to thousands of properties every year, while also supporting home-grown electricity generation. As RES' recently published Power for Good Sustainability Report highlights, we want to

| Energy

deliver positive environmental and social impact through the way we work, including listening to communities and providing practical benefits that reflect local priorities." Unlike traditional community benefit funds, which typically support shared local projects, LEDS provides those living and working within a defined eligible area the opportunity to apply and receive electricity discounts directly. The scheme can complement wider community benefit packages, helping communities benefit both collectively and individually from nearby renewable energy projects. Energy Minister Michael Shanks, said: "Every

solar panel and wind farm installed brings us closer to an energy system that can bring down bills for good. "We welcome developers proactively taking action to give back to areas hosting vital infrastructure." RES provides end-to-end administration of LEDS, managing everything from eligible property participation and annual payments to coordination with energy suppliers, supported by robust governance and data protection processes. In addition to offering LEDS as a form of community benefit on its own projects in development, RES also administers the scheme as a service on behalf of third-party project owners, enabling more people to access this unique benefit. One example of this approach can be seen at Sanquhar in Dumfries & Galloway, Scotland, where RES has been appointed to deliver LEDS using community benefit funding from an existing renewable energy project operating in the area. Ronnie Johnsone, Sanquhar Community Council, said: "The Local Electricity Discount Scheme is now in its third year in The Royal Burgh of Sanquhar and District Community Council area, supporting eligible properties with an electricity meter. It has been very well received and is one of the most talked about and appreciated projects in our area. As a community councillor, it has been a pleasure to help deliver support directly through discounts on electricity bills. This has made a real difference to residents, local businesses, churches and others in the community who have been facing financial pressures for some time." With more than £10 million worth of payments already issued, RES will continue to offer and administer LEDS as part of its wider commitment to creating long-term value for the people and places connected to renewable energy projects around the world.

Farming

| Energy

WELTEC BIOPOWER builds biomethane plant in Spain Green energy for 11,700 households ogether with environmental services provider PreZero and Enagás Renovable, WELTEC BIOPOWER began construction of a biomethane plant north of Madrid in August 2026. Once operational, the plant in Colmenar Viejo will generate up to 60 gigawatt-hours of green energy annually, equivalent to the energy requirements of approximately 11,700 households or 30,000 residents. The project has received all the urban planning and environmental permits required for construction. In addition to planning approval and the construction licence granted by the municipality of Colmenar Viejo, the plant has received Integrated Environmental Authorisation from the Community of Madrid. This confirms that the project meets the comprehensive technical and environmental requirements applicable to this type of facility. The plant is being developed by PreZero and Enagás Renovable. PreZero, part of the Schwarz Group, which also includes Lidl and Kaufland, has extensive expertise in waste management and the biomethane sector. The company operates throughout Europe and manages waste generated by more than twelve million people in Spain and Portugal. As the Spanish market leader, PreZero produced more than 53 per cent of the country’s biomethane in 2025. Enagás Renovable is a leading independent energy producer in Spain, focused on the development of renewable gases and decarbonisation solutions. The company currently drives a portfolio of more than 20 projects across the country, positioning itself as a key player in the energy transition. The new facility will process up to 75,000 tonnes of organic waste annually. This will include separately collected household biowaste from the brown bin in Colmenar Viejo and surrounding municipalities. Organic material currently accounts for around 40 per cent of household waste by weight in the region. Instead of being sent to landfill, these valuable resources will be used to produce renewable biomethane. At the heart of the plant in Colmenar Viejo are three stainless-steel digesters from WELTEC BIOPOWER, each measuring 25.34 metres in diameter and 10.05 metres in height, with a volume of 5,067 cubic metres. The tall tank design enables a high substrate throughput within a small footprint, thereby contributing significantly to the efficient use of the approximately 6,200-square-metre site. A gas-tight pre-storage tank with a capacity of 1,177 cubic metres is situated upstream of the digestion process. It ensures a continuous supply of substrate and stable process conditions. Hygienisation ensures compliance with the statutory requirements governing the treatment of organic waste streams. Farming

All biogas digesters and storage tanks are made of highquality stainless steel and manufactured by WELTEC BIOPOWER using its tried-and-tested modular construction system. The components are industrially prefabricated and assembled on site, ensuring a consistently high level of production quality. The modular approach also enables efficient logistics and flexible scalability. “Stainless steel is particularly resistant to corrosion under the demanding biological and chemical conditions found in the digestion process. This gives the plant a long service life, high operational reliability and low maintenance requirements,” emphasises Alain Priser, International Sales Manager at WELTEC BIOPOWER. The facility will operate as a closed and sealed industrial system. Advanced biofilters and activated carbon systems are designed to remove up to 99 per cent of odorous substances from the exhaust air. The processed biomethane will be injected directly and continuously into the gas grid, eliminating the need to store it at the plant. With the biomethane plant in Colmenar Viejo, the municipality and the Community of Madrid are taking a pioneering role in sustainable waste management and the circular economy. Currently, around 60 per cent of the region’s waste is sent to landfill, leaving valuable resources unused. The new plant will help reverse this trend by converting regional organic waste into locally produced renewable energy. It will also support the European Union’s objective of reducing the proportion of municipal waste sent to landfill to no more than ten per cent by 2035. The project will also provide tangible benefits for Colmenar Viejo. A social agreement with the municipality provides for economic and community benefits. These include energy to support the heating of local public schools, the treatment of residents’ separately collected organic waste at no charge and priority consideration for local residents when filling jobs created by the plant. An environmental education centre will further strengthen environmental awareness in the municipality. By combining WELTEC BIOPOWER’s proven plant technology with the waste management expertise of PreZero and the renewable gas expertise of Enagás Renovable, the project establishes an efficient regional cycle: organic residues are converted into renewable energy, landfill volumes are reduced and approximately 30,000 people can be supplied with green energy each year. Visitors interested in this innovative plant type can obtain more information at WELTEC BIOPOWER‘s stand 276A at the Salon del Gas Renovable in Valladolid from 29 to 30 September 2026.

| Energy

ETW Energietechnik is constructing a highly efficient CHP plant for Stadtwerke Duisburg new combined heat and power plant is currently under construction at the Wanheim Energy Park in Duisburg: ETW Energietechnik GmbH from Moers is acting as the main contractor for Stadtwerke Duisburg to build the HKW 3c CHP plant. The new plant will replace an existing gas turbine plant and will in future be operated using 15 highly efficient gas engines. With an electrical output of 67.5 MWel and a thermal output of 74 MWth, the combined heat and power plant is designed to provide a flexible and efficient energy supply. An overall efficiency of 94.9 per cent enables particularly efficient use of the energy input. Flow temperatures of up to 120 °C can be provided to supply the local district heating network. At the same time, all gas engines are H2-ready and thus designed for the future use of green hydrogen. Flexibility for the energy and heating transition The new building forms part of the comprehensive refurbishment of the Wanheim Energy Park. With this Energy Park, Stadtwerke Duisburg aims to further decarbonise its district heating generation over the course of the coming decade. The HKW 3c combined heat and power plant is a key component of this transformation strategy. “With the HKW 3c, we are creating a high-performance and highly flexible CHP plant that enables an efficient supply of electricity and heat whilst also being prepared for the demands of a changing energy system,” says Marco Weiss, Managing Director of ETW Energietechnik GmbH. “Thanks to the gas engines’ H2ready design, the plant can be flexibly converted to 100 per cent hydrogen operation in the future.” As an expert in renewable gases, ETW Energietechnik sees not only the potential for using hydrogen but also the possibility of using CO2-neutral biomethane. Natural gas and biomethane are directly interchangeable, meaning that no technical adjustments are required. The proportion of biomethane can be gradually increased to any blend ratio up to 100 per cent. Furthermore, as of 15 September 2026, biomethane produced in Germany will be cheaper than fossil natural gas.

‘As the main contractor, we are responsible for the planning, construction and turnkey handover of the combined heat and power plant,’ emphasises Marco Weiss, Managing Director of ETW Energietechnik. “The scope of work covers all key trades – from the structural and civil engineering of the 80 x 30-metre building, the mechanical and plant engineering, and the three 60-metrehigh chimneys, right through to the electrical and heating systems,” adds Marco Weiss. A project with an eye to the energy supply of tomorrow The HKW 3c project is thus creating a modern combined heat and power plant in Duisburg that combines high efficiency with flexible operation and an infrastructure designed to meet future requirements. The project thereby establishes the technical foundations for an efficient electricity and heat supply, whilst also supporting the ongoing transformation of the Wanheim Energy Park. Farming

| Buildings

Ariel targets sales of roofing panels which allow higher levels of natural daylight in equestrian and livestock buildings riel Plastics has its sights set on increasing sales of its niche agricultural and equestrian systems – and has appointed a business development manager with an agricultural background to spearhead the growth plan. John Logue has joined the company as Agri Development Manager and brings a mix of 20 years' experience in sales of construction products – working with, and supporting, distributors, end users and merchants. He also has a working knowledge of farming – which he still does at the weekends. He is from a farming family, so he understands what matters on farms, not just from a technical product point of view, but from a dayto-day practicality perspective. John said that Ariel Plastics is well known as the market leader in the supply of UKmanufactured roofing sheets, rooflights and roofing accessories – but he sees significant growth potential in its agricultural and equestrian systems. "Joining Ariel Agri was a natural step for me, back to my roots so to speak," he said. "Parent company, Brett Martin, has an exceptional reputation in the industry, especially for UK manufacturing and long-term product performance. And Ariel Agri has a very focused mission that aligns closely with my own values: delivering quality, reliable building materials to the agricultural and equestrian sectors that are beyond equal." John points to the Marlon CST Heatguard as an example of roofing that is perfect for dairy sheds and equestrian/livestock buildings. Marlon CST Heatguard has been developed with an advanced heat-reflective pigment, allowing high levels of natural Farming

daylight to be transmitted into buildings whilst significantly reducing heat transfer. The result is a bright building with a controlled and comfortable temperature internally, which is beneficial to the wellbeing and productivity of animals. Speaking about John's appointment, Ariel Plastics' Sales Director, Jennifer Brookes, said he is another great addition to the team. She said: "Ariel Plastics has made a number of key appointments this year, and bringing in specialists like John is important because of his extensive sales experience and his in-depth knowledge of the agricultural and equestrian industries." Recently, Ariel Plastics announced the appointment of a new business development team consisting of David McCandlish, covering Scotland and the North East; Victoria McLaughlin's area is the North of England and North Wales; Craig Finch's territory is Central England and Wales; and Ian St John is in London and the South East. For more information, go to www.ariel-agri.com

| Buildings

Farming

| Buildings

Space costs money, but what is its value?

he previous issue of the RIDBA Journal introduced information garnered from space research, from space (the physical universe beyond Earth's atmosphere). In this edition we are returning to Earth to discuss the value and design requirements for space (a continuous area or expanse which is free, available or unoccupied). Space costs money, but what is its value? Guidance on pen space requirements for livestock has been available for years (BS 5502 Part 40, RIDBA Farms Buildings Handbook, 2019) and has been embedded in the requirements of production for quality assurance (QA) schemes since they emerged in the 1980s. The initial space requirements were produced as a result of collaboration between the livestock industry, scientists and veterinarians and were mostly based on factual data. Recommended dimensions have occasionally been updated either when new hard data evidence has appeared or when an element of QA ‘upgrading’ has occurred.

Farming

However, at farm and design level there has been minimal debate about the quality of space. Table 1 shows one set of standards for growing pigs and demonstrates that the recommended area per pig depends on pig weight and whether the pen is deep bedded, part bedded or has no bedding.

The Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals (RSPCA) welfare standards for pigs (2025) have mostly the same space requirements as the Red Tractor standards, but they are expected to increase in the next iteration. It is important to keep abreast of such statements as investment in

| Buildings buildings needs to recognise probable changes to the rules. Space rules may dictate where a producer may or may not sell their products.

defined by area looks okay according to the guidance data but is somehow not working. This leads to a strong suspicion that space quality is a problem.

Space and animal behaviour

Table 2. Recommended minimum area allowances for dairy cattle housed in bedded yards.

Early research from Aberdeen on commercial pig farms demonstrated a positive relationship between air quality in pens and the severity and prevalence of two major pig respiratory diseases. Investigation of the principal factors contributing to poor air quality showed that pig activity helps to make particles of feed dust, bedding and skin become airborne. Further work in early 2020 looking at pleurisy in pigs (pleuritis is an inflammation of the surface of the lungs) looked beyond the ‘measured’ space per pig in the pens. The target stocking density for a finishing pig is 1.0 m2 per pig, such that 20 pigs need a pen of 20m2. However, while a pen of 4m x 5m might tick the box for quality assurance and provide 1.0m2 per pig, the effective stocking density can be significantly less. This brings us back to space being more than a simple dimension - it is the quality of the square meter that matters. In the project mentioned above the effective stocking density was calculated as the floor space that was truly available to the pigs - physical pen size minus space in front of the feeders (constant animal activity), minus areas of wet floor (cold to lie on), minus areas affected by draughts (broken fans, broken back-draught shutters, poor cladding). The effective stocking density in some pens was less than 50% of the ‘measured’ stocking density, which creates more stress among the stock, more animal activity, a higher concentration of airborne particulates and reduced respiratory health (Figures 1 and 2). So, space quality matters. Space recommendations are a very useful guide when assessing a cattle system that is experiencing poor health or production levels. Actual space and stocking densities are easily defined and can be compared to recommended space allowances (Table 2). It is very common to find that measured space

The RSPCA notes that details within housing space should acknowledge social requirements, adequate size, solid flooring with suitable litter material, a stimulating environment, adequate feeder space per animal and respect for their routines. Recent advice for cattle housing is to provide space to loiter without social pressure and no more than 25 cubicles in a row without a cross-over. Space costs money and there can be pressure from the client to ignore social space, or the need for a cross-over, as it represents space that could have four or six cubicles. The same applies for adequate space at the end of cubicle runs. Again, space costs money but in these examples, it has valuable payback in cattle health and performance. Animal behaviour Cows are a herd animal and it has been estimated that a cow can recognise up to 60 other individuals in its group. Lower order cows will tend to avoid passing cows higher up the group hierarchy, with the effect that they prefer not to enter passageways with a dead end (no space at the end of a cubicle run) or even pass a dominant cow to get to an empty cubicle. The cost of a poor use of space in a system comes from increased stress to the individual, increased standing time that costs energy and an increased probability of foot problems. Lameness in UK dairy cows has an average financial impact of £330 per case, with standing times a significant associated factor. Space value Space can be simply defined as an area, but space quality is what is experienced by the livestock. The health, welfare and production benefits from intelligent use of space that recognises normal animal behaviours and requirements will help to maximise returns on investment. Space cost is a one-time investment; space value is what pays back. Credit: Jamie Robertson – RIDBA Livestock Consultant Farming

| Farm Safety & Security

NFU Mutual and the Insurance Fraud Bureau issue warning on rural insurance fraud

his Rural Crime Action Week, NFU Mutual has teamed up with the Insurance Fraud Bureau to raise awareness of the risks and pernicious consequences of rural insurance fraud and financial crime.

The isolated nature of rural communities means they have long been a target for criminals, with rural crime costing an estimated £41.5 million in 2025. Unfortunately, this isolation also means that rural communities can be a prime target or source of fraud, with offences ranging from identity theft to misrepresentation on an insurance claim. As technology develops and farmers and countryside communities rely increasingly on digital systems, fraudsters are continuously looking for ways to target vulnerabilities. To put the scale of the issue into perspective, counter fraud teams at the leading rural insurer NFU Mutual carried out over 6,000 investigations in 2025, identifying and preventing £43.2 million worth of fraud – greater than the cost of genuine rural crime. Charlotte Brown, Counter Fraud Manager at NFU Mutual, said: "Fraud is not a victimless crime, and its effects on individuals and communities can be long lasting. Farmers and the wider rural community find themselves the victims of theft and criminal damage far too often, and unfortunately they have become targets for scammers as well. "Insurance fraud is no less a crime. It trivialises an issue which is plaguing the countryside and causes daily worry to farmers, and left unchecked and uncovered it could also have real consequences for insurance cover and premiums. "NFU Mutual has responded to the threat by putting in place extra controls and checks to identify fraudsters, both when they claim and when they attempt to take out insurance. But we can all do our bit to protect rural communities from the impact of fraud, so I'd urge everyone to report their suspicions." Farms and other rural businesses, as well as individuals, are vulnerable to identity theft or account takeover, where criminals can access systems steal or falsely borrow money, or make purchases, with synthetic identity fraud a growing concern. Synthetic identities are those which blend real stolen identity information with false personas, with fraudsters then using these identities to take out products or loans in the victim's name. Rural businesses are also targeted by supply chain scammers and those selling misrepresenting Farming

valuable equipment – and sometimes inventing it entirely – to induce payment. Additionally, delinked payment schemes like the Sustainable Farm Initiative (SFI) scheme can be used by fraudsters to trick farmers into providing payment information. Those who believe they may have been targeted in this way should report it to Report Fraud, and always independently check the source of information through contact details not provided by the suspected fraudster. NFU Mutual has partnered with the Insurance Fraud Bureau to raise awareness of the risks and effect of fraud specifically related to insurance. This type of fraud includes people making false or inflated injury claims against a business or individual, and many fraudsters will also engineer road collisions or other accidents in a bid to win a payout, with 'crash for cash' schemes a common scam. In remote areas with fewer witnesses or CCTV, rural communities can be vulnerable to this type of scam. False insurance claims Another fraud risk is that of people making false or inflated claims on their own policy. This can include misrepresenting the value of livestock or machinery, exaggerating losses of livestock or when buildings are damaged, or attempting to take out insurance under false pretences or failing to disclose information. Insurers across the country are also the wider use of artificial intelligence to create false evidence when lodging claims. While these types of fraud are less common, they still impact the rural community by giving a misleading view of risk and forcing insurers to pay out money on fraudulent claims. John Davies, Intelligence and Investigations Manager at the Insurance Fraud Bureau (IFB), said: "Insurance fraud has a devastating impact on rural communities, leaving victims in emotional distress and financial hardship. Over the past two years, we've seen cases of identity theft linked to insurance fraud nearly double, and people living in rural areas are often targeted. "This Rural Crime Action Week, we're teaming up with NFU Mutual to encourage people to be vigilant to the signs of insurance fraud, helping them protect themselves and their communities. If you've seen something that doesn't look right and suspect it could be insurance fraud, report it to our anonymous CheatLine." If somebody believes a member of their community is attempting insurance fraud, or is being targeted in an insurance scam, they shout contact the Insurance Fraud Bureau's CheatLine service.

| Farm Safety & Security

Tel: 01455 891929 MID Business Centre/Sapcote Rd, Burbage, Hinckley LE102AU

http://www.multiindustrialdoors.co.uk sales@multiindustrialdoors.co.uk • Galvanised Roller Shutters

• Steel Fire Exit Doors

• Plastisol Colour Coated Roller Shutters

• Fast Acting High Speed Doors

• Insulated Roller Shutters

• Dock Leveller/Loading Bay Installations

• Sectional Overhead Doors

• PVC Strip Curtains

• Steel 10 Point Locking Security/Personnel Door • and many more products

INDUSTRIAL DOOR Specialists Manufacture - Service - Installation

Farming

| Farm Safety & Security

Hampshire police pioneer community drone project to tackle rural crime

ampshire & Isle of Wight Constabulary are launching a pioneering community drone project as part of our ongoing commitment to tackling rural crime.

Believed to be the first of its kind in the country, the project will see community volunteers – who have been fully trained and have passed a bespoke drone operators' course – called out and deployed by the police control room to provide drone support to live police incidents. The drones will be utilised where needed as part of the police response to an ongoing crime in rural Hampshire – such as hare coursing, poaching, and non-dwelling burglaries – with the project also focusing on information sharing between the police and rural communities alongside assisting police with evidence-gathering through the use of advanced drone technology. At present, we have five volunteers as we pilot the project, with ambitions to expand and recruit more volunteers in the future. The project has been made possible with funding from Test Valley Borough Council, North Wessex Downs National Landscapes (NWDNL) Farming in Protected Landscapes, and the Hampshire & Isle of Wight Police and Crime Commissioner Donna Jones. Inspector Stu Ross, who has been leading the project, said: "Rural criminals cause continued misery to farmers, landowners, gamekeepers and estate owners across the county, and indeed across the country. It's crucial that we all come together as a police service, as a partnership and as a community to tackle this. "That's why we have introduced this innovative project which enables us to bring the community into the heart of rural policing. "I am incredibly grateful for the volunteers we have recruited so far, who are lending their skills to pilot drones and assist officers on the ground dealing with crimes in action, and also to our key partners including the Police and Crime Commissioner, Test Valley Borough Council, North Wessex Downs National Landscapes, and the Country Land & Business Association (CLA). "These skills will complement the existing technology we have in our arsenal to combat rural crime such as police drones, mobile ANPR cameras and trail cameras, in addition to the expertise we have in our Country Watch Rural Crime Task Force which is made up of officers and staff with specialist qualifications and knowledge in matters including the Farming

identification of stolen plant, heritage crime and wildlife crime." Donna Jones, Police and Crime Commissioner for Hampshire and the Isle of Wight, said: "Rural crime is a blight on business & rural communities across our two counties. "I am pleased to fund this drone pilot, which will help rural communities, landowners, farmers and the police work together to prevent crime. "The drones are a great asset for rural communities. "They offer a sustainable and proactive approach to battling rural crime, which is often linked to organised crime. "This pilot will improve the intelligence police receive and, in turn, the police response to reported incidents. If successful I will roll it out across the whole police force area. "It is an important step to strengthen our policing of rural areas in addition to two other initiatives I launched; the Rural Crime Task Force and the EyesOn digital crime reporting app." Test Valley Borough Council's Portfolio Holder for community led projects, Councillor Stewart MacDonald; "We're proud to support this innovative project, which brings together local volunteers, Hampshire & Isle of Wight Constabulary and partner organisations in a new way. "Strong communities are built on people working together, and this initiative shows how local knowledge, technology and community spirit can combine to support our rural areas. The volunteers taking part are making a valuable contribution, helping to strengthen links between residents and the police while supporting efforts to protect and preserve our countryside. "Investing in projects like this helps build safer, more connected communities and demonstrates what can be achieved when organisations and local people work towards a shared goal." Richard Clarke, chair of the NWDNL Farming in Protected Landscapes panel, said: "Farming in Protected Landscapes is about enabling farmers to thrive while protecting the special places they manage. This innovative project empowers local communities to support farming by helping tackle rural and wildlife crime and anti-social behaviour, creating a safer environment for farmers, the local community and wildlife."

| Farm Safety & Security

RURAL CRIME ACTION WEEK HIGHLIGHTS HUMAN AND FINANCIAL TOLL

ural crime continues to impose significant financial and emotional pressures on Scotland's farmers and land managers, Scottish Land & Estates (SLE) has warned.

Ahead of National Rural Crime Action Week, which runs from 6 to 11 September, the rural business organisation said crimes including machinery and fuel theft, fly-tipping and livestock worrying continue to have consequences far beyond the immediate incident. As well as the cost of replacing stolen equipment or repairing damage, businesses can face lost working time, higher security and insurance costs, veterinary bills and the expense of clearing illegally dumped waste. SLE also highlighted the wider environmental damage caused by irresponsible and criminal behaviour in the countryside. Dogs running out of control can attack or distress livestock and disturb vulnerable ground-nesting birds, while carelessly discarded cigarettes, disposable barbecues and campfires can significantly increase the risk of wildfire. Nic MacLeod, Policy & Public Affairs Adviser at Scottish Land & Estates, said: "Rural crime is sometimes wrongly viewed as being less serious than offences committed in towns and cities, but its impact can be devastating. "The theft of a vehicle, piece of machinery or fuel is not simply an inconvenience. That equipment may be essential to caring for livestock, harvesting crops or managing land safely. Its loss can bring work to a halt and leave a business facing replacement costs, repairs, increased insurance premiums and further investment in security. "Fly-tipping places another unfair burden on farmers and land managers, who are often left to arrange and pay for the removal of waste dumped on their land. It can also pose a risk to livestock, wildlife, watercourses and the wider environment.

"Livestock worrying can result in animals being seriously injured or killed, as well as miscarriages and lasting distress within a flock or herd. Dogs running out of control can also disturb groundnesting birds and cause adults to abandon their nests, leaving eggs and chicks vulnerable.

"We must also recognise the wildfire danger created by reckless behaviour. A discarded cigarette, poorly managed campfire or disposable barbecue can ignite dry vegetation, placing lives, homes, businesses, livestock and internationally important habitats at risk." SLE is a member of the Scottish Partnership Against Rural Crime (SPARC), the multi-agency partnership chaired by Police Scotland. Its 2025– 2028 strategy prioritises rural machinery, tool, fuel and metal thefts; livestock crime; equine incidents; fly-tipping and heritage crime. Nic added: "Behind every incident is a person, family or rural business dealing with the consequences. The sense of isolation and vulnerability following a crime can be profound, particularly when someone's home and workplace are in the same location. Repeated incidents, or the fear of being targeted again, can have a serious effect on mental health and wellbeing. "Prevention, reporting and partnership working are all essential. Scottish Land & Estates remains fully committed to its work through the Scottish Partnership Against Rural Crime, helping to share information, raise awareness and develop practical measures that protect rural businesses and communities. "We encourage everyone visiting or living in the countryside to act responsibly and report suspicious activity. Rural crime should never be dismissed as an unavoidable cost of country life." Rural crime should be reported to Police Scotland by calling 101, or 999 when a crime is in progress or there is an immediate risk to life. Information can also be provided anonymously to Crimestoppers on 0800 555 111.

Farming

| Livestock

Coronavirus Link Highlights Need to Strengthen Calf Respiratory Disease Protection

ew screening data has highlighted the importance of protecting calves against bovine coronavirus as part of a wider strategy to prevent bovine respiratory disease (BRD).

Analysis of 1,732 calves screened through MSD Animal Health’s BRD screening service* between 2022 and 2026 found that 69.5% had antibodies to bovine coronavirus¹. Coronavirus-positive groups were also significantly more likely to show evidence of other respiratory pathogens, particularly bovine parainfluenza virus type 3 (PI3) and Mannheimia haemolytica¹. Each additional PI3-positive calf was associated with an approximately 37% increase in the odds of a group being coronavirus-positive¹. “Seeing evidence of multiple pathogens within the same groups reinforces that BRD is rarely caused by a single pathogen. It highlights the need for farmers to take a proactive, whole-farm approach to respiratory disease prevention,” says MSD Animal Health Veterinary Adviser Dr Kat BaxterSmith. Bovine coronavirus may play a role early in the disease process by affecting the protective lining of the respiratory tract, potentially making it easier for other pathogens to contribute to disease. Protection against respiratory coronavirus can start from day one, with Bovilis Nasalgen®-C, an intranasal vaccine that can be administered to calves from the day of birth. It is licensed to reduce clinical signs of upper respiratory tract disease and nasal viral shedding associated with bovine coronavirus infection. “For farms where coronavirus is identified as part of the respiratory disease challenge, having the option to protect calves from the day of birth can be an important part of a wider prevention strategy,” says Dr Baxter-Smith. Importantly, the absence of obvious respiratory signs does not necessarily mean calves are healthy. While clinical BRD typically affects around 11– 16% of calves, subclinical disease, where lung damage occurs without obvious signs, may affect 23–67%². “By the time coughing, nasal discharge or increased respiratory effort become apparent, lung Farming

damage may already have occurred,” says Dr Baxter-Smith. Even small lung lesions can affect performance, with research showing calves with 1–2cm lesions can have average daily gains 96–138g lower than calves without lesions³. “This is why understanding which pathogens are circulating and identifying risk factors on farm is so important,” adds Dr Baxter-Smith. “Vaccination, alongside good colostrum management, nutrition, housing, ventilation and hygiene, can all contribute to reducing the risk of respiratory disease.” Prevention starts before disease strikes BRD screening can help identify pathogen exposure and potential gaps in protection, while thoracic ultrasound (TUS) can identify lung damage and subclinical disease. MSD Animal Health offers vaccines covering key BRD pathogens, including respiratory coronavirus, BRSV, PI3, M. haemolytica and IBR. “Vaccination is not a silver bullet for respiratory disease, but it is an important part of a wider prevention strategy,” says Dr Baxter-Smith. “BRD results from a combination of infectious challenge and other risk factors, so prevention needs to focus on both reducing exposure and supporting the calf’s ability to withstand disease.” With respiratory disease often becoming more challenging during the autumn and winter months, farmers and vets are being encouraged to review their BRD prevention plans now, ahead of winter housing, and consider whether current vaccination and management strategies are providing adequate protection. BRD Webinars MSD Animal Health will be exploring the latest thinking around BRD in a webinar on Monday 14 September, featuring a farmer who is actively using thoracic ultrasound scanning as part of BRD management. Find out more and register here https://incisivemedia.zoom.us/webinar/register/ WN_JvkJDq_yTXyFR1yZs9pWIA The Webinar Vet will also host ‘BRD in Practice: Prevention, Diagnostics and Emerging Risks’ on Tuesday 22 September exclusively for vets. Register now > https://thewebinarvet.com/ webinars/brd-in-practice-prevention-diagnosticsand-emerging-risks

| Livestock

Farming

| Livestock

FarmWater recognised at dairy industry awards

service helping dairy farmers provide clean, hygienic water for livestock has been recognised for its potential to improve animal health and productivity at the 2026 Cream

Awards. FarmWater was named one of two winners in the coveted Innovation in Dairy category, sponsored by British Dairying, at the awards ceremony in Warwickshire on 3 September. The category recognised innovations launched or developed during the past two years. The judges highlighted FarmWater’s potential to transform water hygiene on dairy farms, particularly where water is sourced from boreholes and the quality of the supply is variable. “I feel we underestimate how much cows drink – so many troughs are slow or dirty, and we can forget about the bad bacteria in them,” said one judge. “The best and most successful farms always have clean, easy access to water and know what is in it.” Another added: “FarmWater is a deserving winner, it has proven results from real farm data demonstrating that clean water aids the reduction in cell counts and bactoscans and improves animal health.”

honoured with this award. Those nominated in this section are an example of the ongoing progress and innovation in this sector, so we are very proud to be recognised in this way. “Since the launch of the solution last year, the service has been adopted by many farmers across the UK. Combined with the veterinary and technical support we offer, it is helping to improve dairy hygiene and welfare and, in turn, productivity.” The system has already demonstrated measurable results on individual farms. Somerset dairy farmer Mary Cook turned to FarmWater after concerns about the quality of her borehole water. The problem first became apparent when calves began scouring. Testing revealed high levels of bacteria in the water source, including major mastitis pathogens. Within 12 months of installing the system, mastitis in the herd fell by 37%, while bactoscans declined by 81% and somatic cell counts fell by 28%. “We have seen an overall improvement in the cows’ health and, in turn, milk yields,” Mary said. “Improved water quality is also noticeable in the troughs, as once they have been cleaned out there is no further algae build-up.”

The recognition comes as a growing numbers of dairy farmers look more closely at the quality of the water available to their livestock. FarmWater uses a pressure-driven chlorine dioxide treatment to tackle pathogens in incoming farm water and maintain water quality throughout the farm’s infrastructure, including pipes, tanks and troughs. FarmWater vet Phil Elkins, who collected the award, said: “We are delighted to have been Farming

FarmWater has extensive experience in the poultry sector, where its benefits have been demonstrated over the longer term. The technology is now being adopted by dairy farmers. The system uses a generator to produce tasteless chlorine dioxide (ClO₂), which breaks down organic matter and targets bacteria, viruses, protozoa and biofilms. This helps make water safer and more palatable for livestock, before the chlorine dioxide breaks down into non-toxic constituents. For more information, visit www.farmwater.co.uk

| Livestock

Farming

Turning Data Into Better Dairy Decisions Modern dairy farming demands more than good stockmanship. With increasing pressure on efficiency, labour and profitability, access to timely and reliable information has become an essential part of herd management. For Michael Gowing of Scorduﬀ Farm in Ireland, the journey began with milk measurement. As the farm expanded, additional Aﬁmilk technologies were introduced, creating a connected system that now supports fertility management, health monitoring and feeding decisions across the herd. Today, information from milk yield, conductivity, temperature, rumination and activity monitoring helps provide a clearer picture of cow performance and wellbeing. By identifying potential issues earlier and highlighting cows that require attention, the system supports faster and more informed decision-making. Feed-to-Yield has become another valuable management

tool, allowing feeding strategies to be tailored to individual

animals and groups according to production requirements. The result is greater control, more targeted feeding and improved management ﬂexibility. As technology continues to evolve, ongoing software updates and remote support

Danny O'Connor - Sales Manager UK & Ireland | +353 85 8621280 Farming Bostock - Country Manager UK & Ireland | +447806728790 Richard

ensure the system continues to deliver value while adapting to changing farm needs. Importantly, farmers can implement solutions progressively, starting with the areas that matter most to their operation and expanding over time as requirements grow. For Michael, this ability to build capability step by step has been one of the key advantages of working with Aﬁmilk. What started with milk meters has evolved into a broader herd management platform that supports everyday decisions throughout the farm.



Afimilk has been a good fit. We have grown together. The technology is great. The backup is great and it has delivered a definite economic return



Today, Scorduﬀ Farm continues to build on that foundation, using data-driven insights to support cow health, reproductive performance and long-term proﬁtability.

Churchill Dairy & Parlour Services Ltd Goddards Farm, Sturminster Newton, Dorset, DT10 2AZ Tel:07885371731 - 01258 818 233 office@churchillsdairyandparlour.co.uk

MMT Services Ltd

Mid-Ulster Dairy Services

BoQuip

Lukers Farm, Grittenham, Wiltshire, SN15 4JR Tel:01666 511100 - 07717781103 www.mmtservicesltd.co.uk

21a Donaghrisk Road Tullyhogue, Cookstown, Tyrone, BT80 8UU Tel:028 8676 5098 midulsterdairyservices.co.uk

Ballynolan, Stradbally, Laois, Ireland Tel:00 353 87 687 7344 info@boquip.com www.boquip.ie

Scott Henshaw- Sales Manager UK | 07394 198 613

Afimilk.com

Farming

| Livestock

FlockCheck Results Highlight Continued Abortion Disease Risk Ahead of Tupping heep farmers are being urged to review their flock's abortion risk and vaccination strategy ahead of tupping after the latest FlockCheck diagnostic results1 revealed continued high levels of exposure to the two most significant infectious causes of sheep abortion.

The findings were shared during an MSD Animal Health-sponsored webinar on managing sheep abortion on 25 August 2026, where farmers heard the latest disease surveillance data alongside practical advice on reducing abortion losses ahead of the breeding season.

With many flocks now preparing for tupping, Ms Robson-Ingham says now is the time for farmers to review last season's performance with their vet and assess their disease risk. "Late summer provides the ideal opportunity to vaccinate non-pregnant ewes. Vaccines need to be administered at least four weeks before tupping to ensure immunity is established before mating begins, so now is the time to act." She recommends reviewing barren rates, scanning and lambing performance, together with any abortion incidents from the previous season, before deciding on the most appropriate flock health plan. "If you've experienced abortions, higher barren rates than expected, or poorer scanning or lambing results, speak to your vet and investigate the cause. Vaccination should form part of a wider flock health plan based on your individual disease risk." The webinar also featured Jane Lindop, Veterinary Disease Investigator at the Wales Veterinary Science Centre (WVSC), who shared the latest findings from abortion investigations submitted to the laboratory.

The latest 2026 FlockCheck results1, based on samples from 845 animals, showed that 74% tested positive for exposure to Toxoplasma gondii, while 24% tested positive for exposure to Chlamydia abortus, the bacterium responsible for enzootic abortion of ewes (EAE). Both diseases are classified as NOAH Category 1 diseases, meaning vaccination should be considered as part of routine flock health planning. Sara Robson-Ingham, Veterinary Adviser at MSD Animal Health, said the latest figures demonstrate that infectious abortion remains a significant threat to flock productivity. "These results show that toxoplasmosis and enzootic abortion continue to circulate widely within the national flock and reinforce why farmers should not become complacent," she said. "Abortion diseases can have a devastating impact on flock performance, yet they are often underestimated because losses aren't always investigated or recorded. Every abortion should be treated as a warning sign until proven otherwise." Farming

She highlighted that diagnostic rates have reached their highest level since 2020, with enzootic abortion of ewes (EAE), caused by Chlamydia abortus, accounting for 72% of diagnosed ovine abortion cases at WVSC2. Her presentation reinforced the importance of laboratory testing to identify the cause of abortion and better understand disease patterns within flocks. The combined findings underline the importance of taking a preventative approach to abortion control. Enzovax® provides protection against enzootic abortion for three to four years, while Toxovax® provides protection against toxoplasmosis for at least two lambing seasons, making both vaccines an effective long-term investment in flock health and productivity. Ms Robson-Ingham added: "Planning ahead is one of the most effective ways to protect flock performance. Taking the time now to review your records, discuss risks with your vet and put the right vaccination programme in place can help prevent significant losses next spring." To watch the webinar, visit https://m.youtube.com/ watch?v=P-I5t3G9mvE&utm_source=chatgpt.com

| INTRODUCING |

TOMAHAWK The UK’s market leading bale processor range.

Models to suit every farm: Up to 30% straw saved | As reported by users of our TOMAHAWK bale processors.

Value for money | Proven to reduce waste, improve TMR and boost yield.

Consistently even chop | Proven to reduce waste, improve TMR and boost yield.

2 year warranty* | Comes standard with all Teagle manufactured products.

Improved cow health and happiness | Uniformly chopped straw in TMR supports rumen activity, fertility, and butterfat production. Biomass pre-processing | Reliable, efficient performance for biofuel applications.

Bruce Hopkins Ltd

RVW Pugh

TR Machinery Ltd

Shenington Airfield, Banbury, Oxon, OX15 6NW Tel: 01295 680711 www.brucehopkins.co.uk

Mellington, Churchstoke, Montgomery Powys, SY15 6TQ Tel: 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel, Cheshire, CW4 8AX Tel: 01477533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Oak Tree Works, NI Park, Newport, Shropshire, TF10 9LH Tel: 01952 936900 Farming www.trmachinery.co.uk

| Livestock

CowToilet Launch in UK Could Cut Farm Ammonia Emissions by a Third

groundbreaking new technology, the CowToilet, made its UK debut at Lamma 2026, offering dairy farmers a practical way to reduce ammonia emissions by up to a third, improve nutrient use, and enhance sustainability on-farm.

Developed by Dutch agri-tech company Hanskamp, the CowToilet offers a unique solution for reducing on-farm emissions by separating cow urine and faeces, which, when combined, produce ammonia. Using the simple fact that cows never urinate and defecate at the same time, the CowToilet collects urine directly from under the cow’s tail before it mixes with solid manure. Farming

The CowToilet integrates seamlessly into a free-access out-of-parlour feeding station which can be installed in most cattle sheds. As a cow enters to eat, the CowToilet gently rubs against the suspensory ligament of the udder, triggering a natural nerve reflex that encourages urination. The urine is then collected in a sealed receptacle, removed by suction, and stored in an airtight tank. Research by Wageningen Livestock Research shows that keeping urine and manure separate can reduce ammonia emissions by up to 38%, total nitrogen by 33%, and nitrous oxide by 18% compared with conventional housing systems “Ammonia is one of the biggest

| Livestock

environmental challenges facing the livestock sector,” explains Hanskamp founder Henk Hanskamp. “We wanted to create a system that works with nature, not against it – improving animal welfare and helping farmers meet environmental targets without adding to their workload. The CowToilet achieves this in a simple, natural, and effective way.” In addition to reducing emissions, the CowToilet transforms waste into a resource. Nitrogen-rich urine can be reused as a natural fertiliser or even sold, while the remaining solid manure retains phosphate and organic matter for soil health. This separation allows farmers to apply nutrients more precisely, improving crop performance and reducing reliance on artificial fertilisers. Separating cow faeces and urine also keeps housing cleaner and improves air quality, contributing to improved animal health and hygiene.

Developed in close collaboration with Dutch livestock farmers, engineers, and researchers – including Wageningen University’s Paul Galama – the CowToilet is already successfully operating on over 35 dairy farms in the Netherlands, delivering strong results and positive farmer feedback. Each CowToilet unit is designed to serve 25 cows, and costs approximately £28,000 per unit (excluding installation). “This technology is about more than compliance,” adds Mr Hanskamp. “It’s about giving farmers tools that make sense – improving the environment, animal health, and profitability. The CowToilet shows that innovation and sustainability can go hand in hand.” To see the CowToilet in action, visit: https://hanskamp.com/en/solutions/ cowtoilet/ Watch the demo video: https://www. youtube.com/watch?v=c7duvrYtEmk

Mid-Ulster Dairy Services 21a Donaghrisk Road, Tullyhogue Cookstown, County Tyrone, BT80 8UU Tel: 028 8676 5098 www.midulsterdairyservices.co.uk

Mcknight Dairy Services Ltd Glenmaquin, Letterkenny, Co. Donegal, Ireland, Eir F92 X8C1 Tel: +353 8764 81124 www.mcknightdairyservices.com

Clarkson Dairy Services East Witton, Leyburn, North Yorkshire, DL8 4SQ Tel: 01969 623522 / 07703 535043 www.clarksondairyservices.co.uk

Wessex Farm Installations Ltd www.hanskamp.com The Old Cobblers,Langport, TA10 9DJ

info@hanskamp.com Tel: 07867 507711 31314393797 www.hanskamp.com Farming

| Livestock

TAKE EXTRA PRECAUTIONS AGAINST SUMMER MASTITIS

ugust temperatures have resulted in increased fly populations in many parts of the UK and dairy farmers are being advised to take extra precautions to guard against summer mastitis in heifers.

Alison Clark, from dairy hygiene specialists Progiene, says greater vigilance will be essential, particularly during hot weather, as early intervention is all important with a disease that can otherwise result in a lost quarter, or worse. In high risk situations, she recommends use of an external teat sealant for dry cows and in-calf heifers, to create a physical barrier to prevent the bacteria transmitted by flies entering the udder.

are highest and heifers are most vulnerable, this is an effective complementary action alongside the other precautions taken to minimise risks.”

Uddershield Dry, previously marketed by Progiene as T-Hexx Dry, is applied like a teat dip following thorough cleaning and disinfection of the teats. The application dries in five to ten minutes to form a distinctive blue physical shield over the teat end. The barrier is resistant to water, urine and manure and will remain effective for up to seven days. “Optimum timing of application can be determined through extra vigilance of the heifer groups,” Ms Clark adds. “If fly populations are excessive, with heifers being especially agitated, then it may be advisable to apply Uddershield Dry. “All being well, this is carried out before any problems arise, but the process of applying the barrier is an ideal opportunity to check udders closely and spot any early signs of infection. “If there are any indications of heat or swelling, consult your vet as this may be the early stages of summer mastitis. The condition will be treatable, with no long term effects, if caught early.”

“Summer mastitis, or ‘August Bag’, is a bacterial infection of the udder, with the bacteria being spread by biting flies, like the head fly,” she explains. “Where possible, it is best to avoid keeping heifers in areas where flies are most likely to be a problem, and steps should be taken to control flies. However, with this summer’s heat resulting in higher and more persistent populations, it may be advisable to take additional precautions. “Applying Uddershield Dry to the teats of heifers creates a physical external barrier, closing off the teat canal to the ingress of any bacteria, whatever the fly populations. If used strategically, when risks Farming

In conclusion, Ms Clark stresses the importance of vigilance and precautionary actions, particularly with livestock that represent the future of the dairy herd. “In most cases, dairy farms will have invested in the breeding and rearing of replacement heifers for at least two years, with their entry into the milking herd much anticipated. “Having one calve down three-quartered, as a result of summer mastitis, would be a severe blow and a significant loss of future performance and profitability. “Taking the extra step of an external teat sealant, when the risks are high, could be a very costeffective addition to the herd’s mastitis control plans.”

| Livestock

James Holding Dairy Engineering

Fernshire Ltd

Unit 18, The Gardens, Malton Road, York, YO32 9TN

Chapmans Farm Pristling Lane, Staplehurst, TN12 0HH

Office Tel: 01904 400449 James: 07807704884 info@jamesholdingengineering.com

Tel: 01580 891199 www.neguschaseltd.co.uk

Mcknight Dairy Services Ltd Glenmaquin, Letterkenny, Co. Donegal, Ireland, Eir F92 X8C1 Tel: +353 8764 81124 www.mcknightdairyservices.com

G&A Wallace Engineers Ltd Unit 17, Stainton Grove industrial estate, Barnard Castle, DL12 8UJ Office Tel: 01833 625361 Mobile: 07828532868 www.gawengineers.com

Farming

| Livestock

On-farm lamb trial puts individualised parasite control to the test new trial in South West England is testing whether technology could help farmers reduce wormer use, tackle anthelmintic resistance and maintain flock performance.

The two-season project is evaluating the SmartWorm app, a decision-support tool that combines EID data with live lamb performance and on-farm conditions to enable more precise treatment. Rather than blanket treating lambs, SmartWorm helps farmers identify which lambs actually need to be wormed while also maintaining animal health, welfare and productivity.

ranging from 200 to 2,500 ewes – allowing the technology to be tested within real farming conditions. Emily Gascoigne, veterinarian at Synergy Farm Health and project lead, said, "Most progressive sheep farmers are already using worm egg counts to make better group-level treatment decisions. This project asks whether we can take that one step further by making informed decisions at individual animal level. "The aim isn't simply to reduce wormer use. It's about maintaining lamb performance, protecting animal welfare and preserving the effectiveness of wormers for the future. If we can achieve all of those together, that's a significant step forward for sustainable sheep farming." Making better use of EID technology Electronic identification has been mandatory in sheep for many years, but much of the technology already installed on farms remains underused. During the trial, enrolled lambs are weighed approximately every three to four weeks using EID-enabled weighing systems. The SmartWorm app combines growth rate data, weather information, grazing quality and farmer observations (such as signs of scouring) to identify lambs for treatment. On farms equipped with auto-drafting systems, these lambs can also be automatically separated from the rest of the group.

The ADOPT-funded trial is being delivered across four commercial sheep farms with different flock sizes and production systems, Farming

The project also includes regular veterinary oversight, routine worm egg counting and laboratory support from the Moredun Research Institute, which will carry out parasite monitoring and resistance testing throughout the trial. Livestock software consultant Matt Blyth is supporting the farms to ensure EID equipment, software and weighing systems work seamlessly together. "The technology itself is only part of the

| Livestock

story," she explained. "Many sheep farms already have incredibly capable EID systems in place. This project is also about understanding how we can better connect that technology so it becomes a practical decision-making tool for everyday flock management." Supporting sustainable sheep production Emily believes sustainable parasite control starts with changing how farmers think about worms.

"We work closely with sheep farmers every day, so we understand the challenges they're trying to solve," she explained. "As a facilitator, our role is to help turn those ideas into successful projects, bring together the right expertise and keep everything moving." Emily believes that support removes a major barrier to farmers undertaking projects like this on their own.

"Sheep farmers are worm farmers," she stressed. "You need to look after the worm population on your farm. Worms compromise animal performance, but they become a much bigger problem if they develop resistance and you can no longer control them effectively." Parasitic worms remain one of the most significant health and productivity challenges facing the UK sheep industry, costing the sector millions of pounds annually while increasing pressure on the effectiveness of existing wormers as resistance continues to develop. By identifying only those lambs that require treatment, the project hopes to reduce unnecessary wormer use without compromising growth rates or welfare. Better parasite control can also improve feed efficiency and overall flock performance, contributing to both economic and environmental sustainability. Funded through ADOPT The project is being funded through ADOPT (Accelerating Development of Practices and Technologies), Defra's farmer-led innovation programme delivered by Innovate UK. ADOPT supports practical, on-farm trials that allow farmers, growers and foresters to test new ideas and technologies under real commercial conditions. Projects valued from £50,000-£200,000 can receive up to 80% funding to cover costs, including work with facilitators and specialist partners. A distinctive feature of ADOPT is the dedicated facilitator role, helping farmers develop projects and reduce the burden of managing complex trials. For this project, that role is being carried out by Rachel Hayton, Research Lead at Synergy Farm Health.

"The questions start with farmers, but turning a good idea into a successful trial takes time, coordination and the right expertise. ADOPT provides the mechanism to bring farmers together with vets, researchers and technical specialists so those ideas can be properly tested. It gives farmers access to expertise that would otherwise be difficult and expensive to bring together and helps turn good ideas into practical evidence for the wider industry." The trial is now underway and will run across two grazing seasons through 2027, with findings expected to provide valuable evidence on how precision parasite control could support more sustainable sheep systems. Farming

| Livestock

Revolutionary four-way milking technology he GEA IQ's revolutionary fourway technology ensures that you always have maximum milk quality, quantity and udder health. Using it is incomparably easy! Easier attaching, milking and maintenance.

The new milk guide piece has been designed following the natural structure of a cows udder. It is sub-divided into four guide chambers. The milk flows directly and quarter individual to the outlet. Thanks to the incline in the respective cluster chamber this process is faster and much more gentle.

Features & Benefits

clean your milk filters are with the IQ Milking Unit.

Maximum milk quality - smarter vacuum control significantly reduces milk contamination. Vacuum is greatly reduced when the liner is not attached, which means less manure and other soil/debris is sucked into the milk line. You won't believe how

Improved udder health - with four separate guide chambers there is no threat of teat-to-teat cross contamination of mastitis-causing bacteria. Unlike conventional milking units, the new IQ unit is subdivided into four quarters, and milk from each

Negus Chase Ltd Chapmans Farm, Pristling Lane, Tonbridge, TN12 0HH Tel: 01580 891199 www.neguschaseltd.co.uk GEA Rotary Milking Parlour DairyRotor T8900 Unbridled productivity and outstanding efficiency for animal-friendly milking in 24/7 operation. Developed for dairy farms worldwide that demand performance at the highest level. Whether it’s cow flow, milking process or milk transportation, the T8900 rotary milking parlour is designed for efficient processes and top performance. Mid-sized to very large herds are milked in 32-120 milking stalls with an outstanding ratio of manpower and milk yield. Without exception, all components are geared for maximum service life and highest reliability in 24/7 operation. Let the unequalled performance of the T8900 convince you!

gea-ad-280x200.indd 1

Farming

11/08/2025 18:18

| Livestock quarter is kept separate. Holds on any shaped udder the short milk tubes are longer which allows proper placement on virtually any udder shape. The unit weight is ideally distributed 80% on the teat and 20% in the claw. Plus, better unit alignment means fewer unit slips and squawks. Easy maintenance - unique and patented liner connection makes liner changes quick and easy. Shells, liners, and air dividers can be preassembled to allow liner changes in minutes instead of hours. Faster milk-out times - improved vacuum stability

unique in that it is fitted individually onto the IQ cluster! Take advantage of the optimum adhesion and flexibility on the udder! The well thought-out benefits of our IQLiner ensure animal-friendly milking together with the best possible teat conditions and the well proven rubber and silicone material works as reliably as ever. GEA and local GEA Dealers are offering a special offer on the IQ Milking Cluster this Autumn until 31st October 2025. Benefits from four-way technology to ensure you always have maximum milk quality, quantity and udder health by contacting GEA today for the special offer price. Contact your local GEA Dealer or visit www.gea. com for further information.

increases flow rates and the sharper angle of the milk chamber speeds flow to the milk line. Quieter operation - the automatic vacuum shifting system makes for virtually noise-free milking - even during attachment or during a kick-off. More reliable performance the slim profile of this unit is harder for cows to kick-off.

Components for IQ Milking Cluster For the milkers of today and tomorrow: The GEA IQLiner is Farming

| Livestock

Pearson Milking Technology The Smart Dairy Choice

stablished in 1948, Pearson Milking Technology is a third-generation Irish engineering company with over 76 years of experience designing and manufacturing milking parlours and dairy automation systems. From its headquarters in Athy, Co. Kildare, Pearson supplies herringbone, double-up, rotary, and rapidexit parlours to dairy farms in over 20 countries worldwide.

latest smart technology and data-driven innovation to help farmers improve herd performance, reduce labour, and enhance overall dairy efficiency.

At the heart of every Pearson system is a commitment to engineering excellence, cow comfort, and milking efficiency. The company combines decades of craftsmanship with the

Built on heritage, powered by innovation, and trusted by farmers globally, Pearson remains the farmer’s partner of choice — and The Smart Dairy Choice.

Farming

Through continuous product development and close collaboration with farmers, Pearson ensures that each system is tailored to meet the demands of modern dairy farming — balancing technology with reliability in every design.

| Livestock

James Holding Dairy Engineering Unit 18, The Gardens, Malton Road, York, YO32 9TN Tel: 01904 400449 www.jamesholdingengineering.com

Farming

| Livestock

UK DAIRY SECTOR UNITES BEHIND SHARED PATHWAY TO A RESILIENT, SUSTAINABLE FUTURE

ustainable Dairy Pathways report sets out a practical plan to accelerate environmental progress while safeguarding food security, nutrition and rural economies.

Following a summer that has tested dairy farms with extreme heat, weather pressures and the ongoing challenge of Bluetongue, The Dairy Roadmap has today launched Sustainable Dairy Pathways: The Path to 2030, an independently developed report setting out how the UK dairy sector can remain resilient and sustainable while continuing to provide safe, nutritious and affordable dairy products for future generations. Commissioned by The Dairy Roadmap on behalf of the full value chain and authored by Scotland’s Rural College (SRUC), the report is the first to bring together the dairy value chain behind a shared plan for the future. It builds on progress already achieved across the sector and identifies the priorities, investments and actions needed to accelerate environmental improvements by 2030. The report’s central message is clear: the challenge is no longer knowing what to do, it is scaling the solutions that are already working. It also highlights significant progress already made. National inventory data shows on farm emissions per litre of milk have fallen by around 22% since 1990, while methane emissions are nearly 14% lower. Industry data also shows greenhouse gas emissions have fallen by 9% in the past five years, while processors have reduced energy intensity by more than 30%, cut water use by over 50% per kg of milk and reduced waste sent to landfill from 24% to less than 2%. Bas Padberg, Chair of The Dairy Roadmap, said: “Sustainability is about securing the future of dairy farming, and now for the first time, the whole dairy value chain has come together behind a shared pathway to 2030. “The report identifies the actions, investment and partnerships needed to build on the progress already made while continuing to provide nutritious food, support rural communities and contribute to UK food security. “Most importantly, it shows that many of the solutions already exist. The priority now is scaling what works. “We must always remember that dairy is at the heart of the nation’s diet, with 99.6% of households having bought dairy produce in the last year*. This independent report demonstrates that environmental improvement and efficient food production can go hand in hand.” Farming

The report identifies four priorities for accelerating progress: •

Doing more of what works now by increasing uptake of proven practices.

•

Investing in infrastructure and technologies that deliver measurable impact.

•

Preparing for emerging innovations and future opportunities.

•

Creating the policy, finance, data and advisory support needed to enable faster progress.

Achieving these ambitions will require collaboration across the supply chain. The report calls on governments to recognize the sector’s progress and work with industry to accelerate further change through supportive policy, regulatory certainty and targeted investment, particularly in areas such as slurry management and storage. It also highlights the need for continued industrywide collaboration to support access to finance, improve knowledge transfer, build skills and align data collection across the value chain. This will help toward securing the £2.4bn in investment identified in the report, required to achieve this transition. David Homer, Chair of the Sustainable Dairy Pathways Task and Finish Group, said: "The extreme heat experienced this summer highlights changing weather patterns, and the very real risks climate change presents to dairy farming. Alongside challenges such as Bluetongue, these pressures are already affecting animal welfare, productivity and farm resilience. "What sets this report apart is that it represents a collective vision for the future of UK dairy. For the first time, the whole value chain has come together behind a practical pathway to 2030, bringing together existing evidence, recommendations and proven actions into a single plan for accelerating progress." The report outlines that UK dairy produces around 15 billion litres of milk every year, supports more than 50,000 on farm jobs and a further 22,500 jobs in dairy processing, and provides important, affordable sources of nutrition in households across the UK. This demonstrates how the sector has a vital role to play in delivering a low carbon, climate resilient and nature positive food system while maintaining food security. The Sustainable Dairy Pathways report is the first of two reports commissioned by The Dairy Roadmap. A second report, due in 2027, will explore the longer-term pathway to 2050.

| Livestock

Farming

| Livestock

Feeding cows for maximum milk production aximising milk production in today's high-yielding dairy cows requires more than just meeting the required megajoules (MJ) of energy, says Dr Richard Kirkland, Global Technical Manager for Volac Wilmar Feed Ingredients.

"Depending on stage of lactation, high-yielding dairy cows can require 400 MJ or more of metabolisable energy (ME) per day, and approximately 15 to 20% of that energy should be supplied from fat for optimal milk production efficiency," explains Dr Kirkland. "However, within rumen-protected fat supplements, individual fatty acids elicit different responses and partition nutrients towards different aspects of performance. This creates opportunities to target milk yield and milk fat production while protecting body condition and fertility through strategic use of differing rumen-protected fat supplements." Meet energy requirements while protecting rumen function The first part of the energy supply equation for maximum milk production is providing energy without compromising rumen function. On paper, cereals are an attractive source of dietary energy because they are widely available and more energydense than forages. However, their high starch content leads to acid production in the rumen, increasing risk of acidosis, cautions Dr Kirkland. "Energy supply and rumen function cannot be separated," says Dr Kirkland. "If the ration supplies more energy on paper but compromises rumen conditions, the cow may ultimately receive less energy from the total diet." Containing around 2.5-times more energy than cereals, rumen-protected fat supplements provide a practical way of increasing dietary energy density without adding to the acid load associated with rapidly fermentable starch. Manufactured to pass through the rumen before digestion in the small intestine, rumenprotected fat supplements increase energy supply without compromising rumen function. Target fatty acids throughout lactation Using rumen-protected fat supplements, optimising cow performance begins with matching the cow's stage of lactation and production objectives to the right fatty acid profile. During the first 100 to 120 days in milk, cows Farming

experience their greatest energy demand as milk production outpaces feed intake. At this stage, feeding strategies should prioritise energy supply, and avoid compromising body condition and fertility. "Supplements containing higher levels of rumenprotected oleic fatty acid (C18:1) are particularly valuable during early lactation," says Dr Kirkland. "C18:1 improves total fat digestibility, increasing the amount of energy extracted from the diet, while directing nutrients towards body condition. It has also been shown to support egg and embryo development, helping prepare cows for a successful breeding period." "Supplements containing higher levels of palmitic fatty acid (C16:0) exert different effects in the cow," explains Dr Kirkland. "C16:0 directs nutrients towards the udder, increasing milk fat and milk yield, particularly beneficial once cows have recovered from the demands of early lactation." "There isn't a single fatty acid profile that's right for every cow throughout lactation," says Dr Kirkland. "Matching the fatty acid profile of a rumenprotected fat to the cow's changing nutritional priorities allows producers to support energy demands and minimise body condition loss in early lactation, and target other areas of production such as milk fat production with different fatty acid profiles if the milk contract requires." Protect long-term cow performance Selecting the right fatty acid profile isn't simply about increasing milk yield. Long-term profitability depends on maintaining body condition, fertility and cow longevity alongside production. Excessive body condition loss during early lactation can reduce conception rates and delay the return to pregnancy. Research from the University of Nottingham, UK, indicates that every 0.5-unit loss in body condition score can reduce conception rates by around 10%, reinforcing the importance of meeting energy requirements while protecting body reserves during early lactation. "Ultimately, the goal is not simply to maximise milk yield, but to maximise lifetime performance," concludes Dr Kirkland. "When energy supply and fatty acid profiles are matched to the cow's natural production profile throughout lactation, producers can improve milk production, milk quality, fertility and overall herd profitability."

| Livestock

Take control of your dairy

Automate

Smart, Simple, Powerful ElectroMech Agri Limited 7 Tulnagall Rd, Donaghmore, Dungannon, Co, Tyrone BT70 3LR tel: 028 8776 7376 - www.electromechagri.com

boumatic.com Farming

| Livestock

The modern calf feeder with individual calf feeding, whole milk system, intuitive control of the graphic display and many other features alfExpert is a calf feeder that has been developed to meet the latest standards in calf feeding. State-of-the-art feeding technology ensures that the milk for the calves is always freshly mixed. It does not matter whether milk replacer or pasteurised whole milk is used. CalfExpert prepares the milk automatically and individually for each animal.

modern feeding programmes (e.g. metabolic programming) require a higher CMR concentration (e.g. 160 g/l) at the beginning of rearing to stimulate performance. However, a lower milk replacer powder concentration (130 g/l) is necessary in the weaning phase. This individual animal feeding can only be achieved if the mix is prepared individually for each calf, as is the case with CalfExpert.

You, as farmer, remain completely flexible in your work schedule while calves are fed 24/7. The calf feeder takes your calf rearing management to a whole new level.

QuickChange logic for greater performance

Intuitive operation via the graphic display and the link to the CalfGuide mobile app make it easier for you and your team to monitor your animals. All the information about your calves, status reports and alerts are at your fingertips in the app and directly on the calf feeder at all times. Different feeding programmes form the basis of successful and performance-oriented calf rearing in automatic calf feeding. Labour savings and complete supervision included. Individual animal feeding Feeding a large number of calves with a fresh mix adapted to each individual calf is a major challenge. CalfExpert makes it child's play. Always freshly mixed The CalfExpert calf feeder mixes the milk fresh for each calf. Any residual milk is kept warm and flushed out of the system following longer drinking breaks. Other calf feeders work with a central milk supply. In milk stored this way at 40 °C, the bacterial count doubles every 20 minutes. In contrast, the CalfExpert guarantees maximum hygiene and feeding suitable for every individual animal. Individual adaptation

Milk is mixed quickly and can be called up at the feeding station after just 3 seconds. Once the milk meal is finished, a switch is immediately made to the second feeding station. Here, a second calf can be fed immediately while the first is still satisfying its need to suckle. In addition, priorities can be specified in the CalfExpert menu so that young or sick calves are given preferential treatment. The tried and tested flexitime programme ensures that meals are distributed very evenly throughout the day without clusters of visits to the stations. The result is reduced waiting times with high animal occupancy and a positive "visiting experience" for the calves. Enjoy calm and compliant calves Since CalfExpert does not restrict feeding to certain times of day, calves can come and feed at any time. Your calves will no longer see you as a nurse and will therefore remain calm when people enter the barn. Younger and weaker calves have all the time they need to consume their full ration. As the CalfExpert also works with an intelligent credit logic, all calves have a feeding credit at a different time. As a result, fewer animals crowd around the station. The anti-pirate milk valve ensures that stronger calves do not steal milk. The result: extremely uniform, relaxed groups of calves.

Puckington TA19 9JD Ilminster, UK +44 7714 846987∙colin@rumitechs.co.uk www.rumitechs.co.uk

A central milk supply has another major disadvantage:

We have accelerated the mixing process and the change of calves in the CalfExpert, thereby optimising utilisation of the HygieneStations.

Feed calves automatically. Organise feed changes gently: milk mixed freshly and precisely matched to the calf. For healthy and productive calves.

Clarkson Dairy Services

K&M Dairy and Refrigeration

East Witton, DL8 4SQ Leyburn, North Yorkshire

Trench, SY12 0LR, Ellesmere, Shropshire

Phone: 01969 623522 / 07703 535043 e-mail: info@clarksondairyservices.co.uk www.clarksondairyservices.co.uk

Phone: 07912 763051 e-mail: karlmarkdairy@gmail.com Mark mobile: 07895 341595

•

Farming

| Livestock QuadroFlex: simultaneous and yet flexible feeding With the new QuadroFlex system, four calves can feed at the same time at two PowerMixers. The CalfExpert mixes the milk freshly when calves wish to drink. This means no tank supply system is required. The feeding quantity is determined precisely for each calf by maintenance-free sensors. If a calf requires a special mix e.g. including medicine or electrolytes, only the sister stall at the same PowerMixer is switched off. Feeding continues at the second Power Mixer at both stations. This allows 120 calves to be fed at 4 HygieneStations. Thus the capacity of the CalfExpert has been increased by approx. 20 – 30 % compared to its predecessor H&L 100. Flexible feeding programmes Modern feeding programmes should always adapt to the age and breed, personally set rearing goals and state of health of the calves. CalfExpert allows you to do all this in the optimum way. Weaning process CalfExpert prepares your calves in a particularly gentle way for the intake of concentrate and roughage. It reduces the amount of feed at the end of rearing in small steps of 0.1 l per day and thus stimulates the development of the forestomach system. 8 feeding curves CalfExpert can be used to turn any feeding programme into reality. Feeding curves can be adjusted very flexibly in each of the 8 groups. Up to 16 "turning points" allow you to fine-tune your personal feeding concept down to the last detail. Or you decide in favour of one of the proven and pre-set CalfExpert feeding programmes. Metabolic programming Intensive feeding in the first few weeks of a calf's life will usually lead to significantly higher milk production later. However, the correct weaning of calves, for example after an ad libitum phase, poses particular challenges for every calf breeder. With CalfExpert, each calf is slowly weaned off high milk intake, in terms of volume as well as concentration. Effective mixing of milk replacer powder Flexible feeding also means that a wide range of CMRs and additives have to be prepared in an optimum and lump-free way. The continuously variable PowerMixer ensures a soft start to avoid splashing and then stirs the milk replacer powder thoroughly. This means the calf receives its freshly mixed milk directly at the teat in just 3 seconds. The feeding process can sometimes take longer where young or weak calves are involved. We prevent the separation of the milk replacer powder by slow permanent stirring. And if it gets colder, the heater in the mixer always ensures the mix is kept at a constant temperature, for no matter how long the calf needs. Second milk powder chamber The new option allows the CalfExpert to feed two different types of milk replacer (CMR). The milk powder compartment is at a 90° angle to the CalfExpert and feeds milk powder into the PowerMixer

of the machine via a dosing augur on the side. The volume of 50 kg of CMR can be supplemented by a further 25 kg via the additional powder chamber. This gives the CalfExpert the largest milk powder storage capacity of any automatic feeder on the market, with a maximum powder storage capacity of 150 kg (2 x (50 + 25 kg)). Ideally, this is done in such a way that one type of milk replacer slowly takes the place of the other. This can make sense, for example, if a high-quality skimmed milk replacer is to be used in the first few weeks of life in order to promote the early development of the calves with highly digestible CMR. Later, cheaper milk replacers can be used, whose ingredients (e.g. certain proportions of high-quality vegetable proteins) are intended to support the transition to ruminant. Specific additive feeding Minimal doses of feed additives can be added to the milk diet in order to stabilise the gastrointestinal system. Sick calves can be treated with medicines in the milk. You can use two powder dosing units and two liquid dosing units. As with the milk programme, you can set different feeding curves for these additives as well. This means maximum flexibility for top calf health. EvenMilk: intelligent whole milk feeding Whole milk is digested perfectly by the calf and results in the best performance. With the CalfExpert whole milk programme you can set whole milk proportions or supplement the whole milk in the feeing programme flexibly. What happens with your feeder when the whole milk supply has been used up? Does it then feed powdered milk? This causes changeover stress with your calves and is likely to cause digestion problems. "EvenMilk", our intelligent whole milk control, knows how much whole milk is available and how much is to be fed. It makes sure that whole milk and CMR are mixed in balanced proportions even when whole milk quantities fluctuate daily. Clean and reliable A calf feeder is designed to make your work easier and perform continually for 24 hours. To achieve this it has to work reliably under the rough conditions of a calf stall, like the CalfExpert does. Hose cleaning including the teat All hose systems used to have deposits of contaminated milk because they had not been cleaned often enough or thoroughly enough. The HygieneStation rinses the entire milk hose through to the teat during longer drinking breaks. In addition, the complete milk system is cleaned several times every day. If the DoubleJug milk tank is used, the supply line to the CalfExpert is also cleaned automatically. This will reduce a calf’s exposure to bacteria, improve the health of the calves and save on manual cleaning. Two cleaning agents To optimise cleaning even further, the CalfExpert can use two different cleaning agents: either alternate with each cleaning cycle or combine in one cleaning cycle (alkaline, rinse, acid, rinse). The cleaning agent pumps are fitted on the outside. They can thus draw directly from the tanks. This is safe and convenient. In addition, the CalfExpert generates automatic messages as soon Farming

| Livestock always sure that the calves have been fed correctly. Smarter work – better performance Kill two birds with one stone: CalfExpert not only frees you up from tedious and strenuous work. Intelligent software and smart operation also increase feeding quality. SmartKeys

as a canister is empty. Fly shield as standard Two large doors protect the critical area where the mixer bowls are located. This keeps flies away from the milk and avoids problems in the milk system. The doors can be locked so children cannot be harmed or injured. Integrated operating instructions The 7″ graphic display not only allows all calf data to be conveniently viewed. Pressing the key with the book icon opens help texts and information from the operating instructions at every level of the application. Ready to work whatever the weather Calves love the outdoor climate, your CalfExpert does too. It comes with a frost protection programme that is activated automatically as soon as there is a risk of frost. Sensors in every HygieneStation and in the CalfExpert mixing chamber measure the ambient temperature and then adapt the mixing temperature and intensity of the frost protection programme accordingly. You can clean the outer surfaces of the automatic feeder with water, since all the sensitive components are water spray-proof. Simple maintenance Regular inspection of the technology is easy: you can test all the important CalfExpert components quickly and easily in the maintenance menu. You can also carry out calibration quickly yourself, because the software always tells you exactly what to do. We recommend that you have your CalfExpert serviced by a qualified technician at least once a year. This provides you with the peace of mind that the automatic feeder will be ready for the next rearing cycle. Automatic calibration The CalfExpert checks the flow rate of milk and water at regular intervals. ensuring a consistent amount of water for the calves without your needing to actively worry about it. Although this unfortunately does not apply to the amount of powder, the machine will remind you as soon as calibration needs to be performed. However, with its Brix-TS option, CalfExpert compensates for deviations in the mix concentration, so that you are Farming

We deliberately avoid the use of touch technology and rely instead on the use of SmartKeys, meaning that a CalfExpert can be operated reliably even in frost, rain, with gloves or even dirty fingers. The illuminated SmartKeys guide you through the programme. The completely new control software offers maximum clarity and simple CalfExpert operation. All calf data with individual feeding curve, alarm lists, technical parameters etc. can be viewed on the 7" display. The Wi-Fi connection also allows you to retrieve individual items of data on mobile devices and to receive push notifications in the event of error messages. Higher income thanks to improved performance Calves supplied with a lot of energy start lactation at an earlier age and produce more milk later on. CalfExpert also provides you with the best prerequisites for optimum animal health. This means a lower death rate and more animals in the herd reared from your herd offspring. This in turn gives you the opportunity to select the offspring in a targeted manner and to sell surplus heifers at a profit. And last but not least: by saving working time, you are freeing up capacities on your farm that can be used profitably. CalfGuide app CalfExpert comes with a WiFi interface as standard. The CalfGuide app allows you to access important information directly on your mobile phone. This includes the general calf feeder data and details of the calf lists with the entire calf history. You can easily modify calf information and feeding curves in the app. The CalfExpert also sends messages when the cleaning containers are empty, for example. A particularly practical feature is a health check, which allows you to objectively assess the health of your calves. AmmoniaDetect Ammonia irritates the mucous membranes of calves, even in small doses. This can lead to bronchitis in the long run, which can soon turn into pneumonia. Ammonia is only perceived as an odour when it is already in the harmful range. AmmoniaDetect is an electrochemical sensor that permanently measures ammonia levels in the barn air. It is installed directly in the lying area, protected from the calves by a pipe. CalfExpert analyses the measured values continuously and documents them in a chart. This enables you to optimise the ventilation of the calf barn and determine the best time for mucking out.

James Holding Dairy Engineering

Wessex Farm Installations Ltd

Unit 18, The Gardens, Malton Road, York, YO32 9TN

The Old Cobblers, Langport, TA10 9DJ

Office Tel: 01904 400449 James: 07807 704884

Tel: 07867 507711

Farming

| Livestock

Large-scale trial to test strategic sodium salicylate use in dairy beef calves

large-scale trial will investigate whether the strategic use of sodium salicylate can improve calf health and lifetime performance in dairy beef systems.

Supported through ADOPT, the project will follow 725 dairy-beef calves from arrival through to finishing and processing, generating evidence to help farmers and vets decide when and how sodium salicylate should be used. The team is testing how the timing of sodium salicylate supplementation can impact pneumonia rates and lifetime growth performance, as well as determine which protocol may provide the most benefit. Led by James Watson, Group Sustainability Lead at Buitelaar, the project also brings together Synergy Farm Health, the Royal Veterinary College and independent consultant Marc Jones to evaluate sodium salicylate under real commercial farming conditions. The trial is being carried out by Buitelaar's dedicated Trials Committee, at Long Lane Development Farm in Somerset, a specialist calf rearing research and demonstration facility

Farming

that rears around 8,200 calves each year. James believes that practical focus is what makes Long Lane Development Farm the right place to carry out trials like this. "Everything we trial at Long Lane Development Farm has to be commercially viable – it's all very well saying something works for 10 calves or with expensive technology. But we don't want anyone visiting the farm thinking, 'I can't do that on my own farm.' If we're going to test something, it has to be practical and scalable." Calves are allocated to one of four trial groups, receiving sodium salicylate either on arrival, from day 10, at both periods or not at all. Researchers will monitor antibiotic treatments, daily liveweight gain and lung health using ultrasound scanning at Long Lane. After Rearering, calves will leave the farm and be followed through to slaughter to capture lifetime growth and carcass quality. One of the project's most distinctive features is that calves will be followed throughout the entire production cycle, allowing researchers to assess not only early health but whether any benefits are carried through to finishing and carcass performance. Buitelaar's integrated

| Livestock

supply chain makes this approach possible. The project focuses on the period following calves' arrival at the rearing unit, as they transition into their new environment and management routine. This is an important stage for calf health, particularly in relation to respiratory disease. "Arrival at a rearing unit is an important transition point for calves," explains Rachel Hayton, Research Lead at Synergy Farm Health and trial facilitator. "They are adapting to a new environment, new routines and, in many cases, a new group. Understanding how we can best support calf health through that period is therefore really valuable. "Sodium salicylate is an anti-inflammatory, so the question is whether using it strategically at particular points during the rearing period can improve health and performance. This study gives us the opportunity to answer that question using objective measures, including lung ultrasound scanning, alongside production data collected throughout the animals' lives." As well as recording growth rates and antibiotic use, the project includes lung ultrasound scanning during the rearing period, providing an objective measure of respiratory health that can be compared with lifetime performance and carcass data. Supporting collaborative trials like this is the purpose of ADOPT (Accelerating Development of Practices and Technologies), Defra's farmerled innovation programme delivered by Innovate

UK. ADOPT supports practical on-farm trials that help farmers test new ideas under commercial conditions, generating evidence that can improve productivity, resilience and sustainability across the wider sector. James added that the project is designed to answer questions that many farmers and vets have been asking. "People have been trying sodium salicylate in different ways for years. You speak to one person, and they'll tell you to give it on arrival. Someone else says day 10, someone else does something completely different. There hasn't been much evidence so far to say what's right, and we want to find out what actually works under commercial conditions." "A trial like this involves a huge amount of work behind the scenes. We're collecting detailed health and performance data right through to slaughter, so in a couple of years' time we'll have a really valuable body of evidence for the industry. "The support available through ADOPT has made that possible by bringing together the right expertise and enabling us to collect the depth of information needed to produce evidence that the whole industry can have confidence in." As with all ADOPT projects, the findings will be shared when the two-year trial concludes, helping farmers, vets and advisers make more informed decisions about calf health management. Farming

| Livestock

The Engineering Angle

ow Bespoke Engineering Overcame Complex Challenges in a Dairy Parlour Overhaul.

1. This was your largest BouMatic installation to date. Can you tell us about the project and what made it so significant? While this wasn't actually our largest rotary installation we have completed 72-point rotary projects including the full parlour, racework and backing gate it was certainly one of the most demanding projects we've undertaken. What made this installation significant was the requirement to replace an existing rotary parlour within an extremely tight six-week deadline. Unlike a new-build project, we were retrofitting our INDY 360EX 60-point rotary platform into an existing structure and onto concrete groundworks that were already in place. That presented a number of engineering challenges. he basement levels were shallower than we normally design for and we had to develop bespoke solutions for pipework, drainage and services integration while ensuring the new platform operated exactly as intended. Every aspect of the design had to be carefully engineered around the existing infrastructure, Farming

making this a highly customised installation rather than a standard rotary build. 2. The installation took around six weeks. What were the biggest challenges, and how did your team overcome them? The project was scheduled for six weeks from start to finish, so precision and planning were critical from day one. One of the biggest priorities was ensuring the rotary platform was installed perfectly level. The rotary it replaced had suffered from alignment issues throughout its life, resulting in multiple replacements of tracks, drive components, Ibeams and rollers over a 19-year period. We understand how important accurate installation is to the long-term reliability of a rotary, so extensive laser levelling checks were carried out throughout the build process. Drainage was another challenge. We identified early on that the existing system wasn't capable of handling the volume of wash water required for the new installation. To resolve this, we removed part of the existing concrete and installed a bespoke 2m x 1.5m x 0.5m collection tank beneath the wash vat to provide additional capacity.

| Livestock

Take control of your dairy

Automate

Smart, Simple, Powerful ElectroMech Agri Limited 7 Tulnagall Rd, Donaghmore, Dungannon, Co, Tyrone BT70 3LR tel: 028 8776 7376 www.electromechagri.com

Wessex Farm Installations Ltd The Old Cobblers, Langport, TA10 9DJ tel: 07714 846987

Milkflo Dairy Systems Ltd

Elite Milking Systems Ltd

Trengove Farm, Illogan, Cornwall, TR16 4PS tel: 08450 944815 mob: 07828 409 442 www.milkflouk.com

Alwoodley, Edge lane, Endon, Stoke-on-Trent, Staffordshire, ST9 9DG tel: 01782 50 40 70 mob: 07812 221000 www.elitemilking.co.uk

boumatic.com

Farming

| Livestock

Cow flow was also carefully reviewed. We felt the existing exit bridge was too narrow to allow cows to leave the platform as comfortably and efficiently as possible, so we widened the exit area by the equivalent of one and a half stalls. Because this was a retrofit project, cable routing also required a different approach. Rather than traditional underground routes, we designed an overhead trunking system around the perimeter of the rotary to safely and efficiently bring services into the parlour. 3. What BouMatic equipment and Apollo technologies were installed, and how do they work together to improve the day-to-day running of the farm? The rotary platform itself was designed, manufactured and installed by ElectroMech Agri, while the milking and herd management systems were supplied through our partnership with BouMatic. The installation features BouMatic's latest Apollo herd management software, providing real-time animal monitoring and management information to support informed decision-making on farm. Milking equipment installed included ICARapproved milk meters, Pulse MD technology, EVO pulsators, FloStar Xtreme clusters, OptiFlo CF, cluster flushing, a Guardian automatic plant washer and twin AirStar oil-free vacuum pumps supporting the rotary operation. The strength of the system lies in how these technologies work together. Farmers have access to accurate milk production data, cow health information, milking performance monitoring and automated cleaning systems, all integrated into a single management platform. As a cloud-based system, Apollo can be accessed by operators from a PC, tablet or smartphone,

Farming

allowing them to monitor herd performance and farm data wherever they are. This combination of advanced milking technology, herd management software and automated system monitoring helps improve labour efficiency, animal performance and overall herd management while ensuring consistent milking routines every day. 4. From an installer's perspective, what impressed you most about the BouMatic system? We've been BouMatic dealers for decades, and one of the main reasons for that partnership is reliability. The equipment is designed to perform consistently in demanding dairy environments, and that's something our customers value highly. As installers and service providers, we also appreciate systems that are engineered for longevity, ease of maintenance and future development. One of the latest innovations that has particularly impressed us is Pulse MD. The technology dynamically monitors each milking point during milking, providing valuable insights into system performance and helping identify potential issues before they become larger problems. We're also excited about the introduction of Apollo. Apollo is an intuitive, modular automation ecosystem designed to seamlessly integrate with dairy operations and provide farmers with a smarter, more efficient way to manage their businesses. It centralises key dairy processes including herd management, feeding, sorting and real-time performance data, all through a modern and user-friendly interface. The cloud-based platform allows farmers and managers to access information from a PC,

| Livestock

between our engineering team, workshop, installation crews and external contractors. The experience has allowed us to further refine our project management processes and identify opportunities to streamline workflows. The lessons learned from coordinating multiple teams against a fixed deadline will undoubtedly strengthen our approach to future rotary installations and other large-scale dairy projects. 7. If another dairy farmer was considering a similar investment, what would you tell them about the benefits of a complete BouMatic installation? tablet or smartphone, giving them greater visibility and control whether they're in the office, the parlour or out on the farm. It's a significant step forward in making dairy data more accessible, actionable and valuable for day-today decision-making. For us, BouMatic's continued investment in technologies such as Pulse MD and Apollo demonstrates a clear commitment to helping farmers improve efficiency, animal performance and long-term profitability while keeping the focus firmly on the cow.

Every farm is different, and not every project will require the tight timescales involved in this installation. However, what this project demonstrated is that with the right planning, engineering and support team, even highly demanding projects can be delivered successfully. For farmers considering a major investment, one

5. How has the customer responded since the installation was completed? Have you already seen any noticeable improvements or feedback? It's still very early days as the herd has only recently started milking through the new rotary, so it will take time for performance data to build up. However, the customer's initial feedback has been extremely positive. They were particularly pleased that we achieved the six-week installation deadline despite the complexity of the project. Throughout the installation we were also able to identify and implement several additional improvements beyond the original scope of work, including rewiring the backing gate and upgrading sections of the race-work. Being able to provide those solutions while maintaining the tightly scheduled project which demonstrated the value of having design, fabrication, installation and service expertise all within one team. 6. What did you and your team learn from delivering a project of this scale, and how will that experience help with future installations? Projects of this nature reinforce the importance of communication, planning and coordination across every department. From the initial design concept through to fabrication, installation and commissioning, this project required a very high level of collaboration

of the biggest advantages of choosing BouMatic is the company's commitment to cow-focused technology. Everything is designed around cow comfort, milking efficiency and long-term herd performance. At ElectroMech Agri, we share that philosophy. We focus not only on the cow, but also on the farmer and the long-term return on their investment. Because we design, manufacture, install and maintain our milking parlours, handling facilities and backing gates in-house, customers benefit from a single point of responsibility throughout the entire project. When farmers choose ElectroMech Agri and BouMatic, they're partnering with specialists who can manage every stage of the project—from concept and design through to installation, servicing and ongoing support—ensuring the investment remains productive and future-proof for years to come.

Credit: www.electromechagri.com Farming

| Livestock

New livestock cleaner combines powerful cleaning with eco-conscious formulation

oam Technology, manufacturer of the market-leading water disinfectant Huwa-San TR-50, has launched Zix Eco Power, a powerful alkaline foam cleaner that is currently awaiting EU Ecolabel approval*.

If awarded, the EU Ecolabel would recognise the product against defined environmental criteria, alongside its cleaning performance. Designed to effectively remove heavy soiling and organic matter, Zix Eco Power provides strong degreasing action, superior foam stability and adhesion, making it suitable for both vertical and horizontal surfaces. The visible foam also helps users achieve thorough and consistent coverage.

cleaner that tackles heavy organic contamination while supporting more sustainable farm hygiene practices. “Good cleaning is about more than simply removing visible dirt,” adds Mr Bennet. “Organic material can provide protection for harmful pathogens, so thorough cleaning is fundamental to an effective biosecurity programme. Zix Eco Power provides a highly effective way of tackling heavy soiling while making the cleaning process visible to the user.” Proven performance on farm The cleaning performance of Zix Eco Power was demonstrated in a comparison trial on a Norfolk pig farm, where pens are cleaned and disinfected after every batch. Applied at a 2% dilution and compared with two competing foam cleaners, Zix Eco Power delivered an average ATP cleanliness result that was 38% better than competitor 1 and 48% better than competitor 2. The trial also demonstrated its strong adhesion to vertical surfaces. “Thorough cleaning is the essential first step in any effective hygiene programme,” adds Mr Bennet. “Removing organic contamination helps maximise the effectiveness of subsequent disinfection and supports a healthier environment for livestock. This is the whole ethos of the products from Roam Technology, designed to clean, disinfect and protect farm livestock.” Zix Eco Power can be diluted at 1–3%, depending on the level of soiling. Combining proven cleaning performance, ease of application and an environmentally conscious formulation, Zix Eco Power provides livestock producers with a practical solution for maintaining high standards of farm hygiene while considering the environmental profile of the products they use.

Zix Eco Power strengthens Roam Technology's integrated hygiene approach, supporting the first step in biosecurity by enabling more effective cleaning before disinfection. The formulation contains no EDTA (ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid), phosphates or chlorine, helping to reduce the environmental impact associated with ingredients that may persist in natural ecosystems. “Livestock producers shouldn't have to choose between cleaning performance and environmental responsibility," says Roam Technology’s Nigel Bennet. "With Zix Eco Power, we've developed a Farming

Zix Eco Power is available now exclusively through leading specialist farm supplier Intemax at www. intemax.co.uk * The EU Ecolabel is one of Europe's most recognised environmental certifications and is awarded only to products that meet stringent criteria related to environmental performance and responsible ingredient selection while maintaining high cleaning efficacy. Through this certification process, Roam Technology aims to offer livestock producers a cleaning solution that combines effective cleaning power with a formulation designed to meet stringent environmental criteria.

| Livestock

Farming

| Livestock

Grass Shortages Put Fresh Focus on Controlled Outdoor Bale Feeding

rass Shortages Put Fresh Focus on Controlled Outdoor Bale Feeding

As conserved forage is opened earlier than planned, Blaney Agri urges farmers to protect valuable winter stocks by feeding only what livestock require

from the bale to the ground, but loading quickly, controlling the discharge and feeding consistently as the bale changes shape require a machine engineered around the complete feeding process. Controlled feeding matters when every bale must go further

Prolonged dry conditions and restricted grass growth are forcing livestock farmers in parts of Ireland to begin supplementary feeding earlier than anticipated, adding further pressure to winter forage reserves that are already below target on many farms.

Placing a complete bale in a field may be quick, but it gives the farmer limited control over distribution. Livestock can pull forage from the bale faster than they consume it, walk it into the ground or contaminate it with soil and dung.

Recent PastureBase Ireland figures showed average grass growth across Ireland at 31kg DM/ha, compared with demand of 35kg DM/ha. The national average disguised substantial regional variation, with growth falling as low as 8kg DM/ha in parts of the South-East and some farms moving to full silage and concentrate diets because grazing supplies had been exhausted.

The problem becomes more costly when bales intended for winter housing are being used to bridge a summer grass deficit.

The latest Teagasc Fodder Survey provides a wider indication of the challenge ahead. Only 42% of the dairy and drystock farms surveyed were on target or carrying surplus winter feed. A further 27% had deficits of less than 10%, while 31% were at risk of more significant shortages. The position was most severe in the SouthEast, where 40% of participating farms reported winter fodder deficits of more than 10%. Teagasc also reported heavier supplementary feeding during July and August because of the lack of grass during the drought. The immediate priority for affected farms is to maintain livestock performance and protect grazing covers. However, opening winter silage earlier than planned creates another important question: how can that conserved forage be distributed without creating unnecessary waste? For Blaney Agri, the answer is not simply to feed more silage. It is to retain control over how much forage is fed, where it is placed and how easily livestock can access it. The machine selected to do that job also matters. A basic bale unroller may move forage Farming

| Livestock

Controlled unrolling allows forage to be placed in a long, consistent swath suited to the number of animals and the available feeding space. It also allows one bale to be divided between paddocks, groups of livestock or separate feeding periods, helping the operator provide the quantity required while retaining the remainder for later use. Not every bale feeder delivers the same degree of control. Blaney's machines have been developed to do more than simply turn a bale. They are designed to make loading quicker and easier, retain control as the bale changes shape and allow the operator to regulate where and how quickly forage is discharged. Sean Blaney of Blaney Agri said: "For farms affected by the drought, the concern is no longer only the shortage of grass today. Many farmers are already using baled forage that was made for the winter, so every bale now has to last longer and work harder. "The priority should be to assess the farm's

fodder position, plan carefully and avoid preventable losses during feeding. Dropping a complete bale in a field may be convenient, but once silage is pulled apart, trampled or contaminated, that investment is lost. "A controlled bale feeder allows the operator to take forage directly to the livestock, regulate the quantity being discharged and place it in a clean, accessible swath. The same machine can then move indoors with the cattle and continue working throughout winter. "That is why the detail of the machine matters. When forage is valuable, farmers need a feeder that loads easily, retains control of the bale and continues feeding consistently, rather than leaving them to deal with large lumps, interruptions or material falling where it will be wasted. "That is the type of practical machinery investment we focus on at Blaney: equipment that solves the immediate problem but continues delivering labour, machinery and forage savings long after the present grass shortage has passed." Forager X10 engineered for challenging bales The Blaney Forager X10 is the company's premium round-bale feeding solution, developed specifically to handle the wet, heavy, tightly packed, saggy and misshapen bales that can challenge conventional bale unrollers. The X10 is Blaney's best-selling bale feeder for a reason. It combines faster, easier loading with the company's most advanced baleretention and feed-out technology, helping one operator complete the entire job with less interruption and considerably less physical handling. A round bale becomes less stable as it is fed. Its diameter reduces, its structure loosens and, in wet silage, the remaining material can sag or collapse. If the machine cannot retain and rotate the changing bale effectively, it may discharge large lumps, stop feeding consistently or require the operator to interrupt the job. The Forager X10 addresses this through a combination of heavy-duty frame construction, reinforced crossbars, side rollers and Blaney's specialist feed-out and bale-retention systems. These features keep the bale securely contained and rotating as its weight, shape and consistency change. This gives the operator control from the beginning of the bale through to the final section, producing a more consistent feed rate Farming

| Livestock

and reducing the sudden piles that are most likely to fall through a feed barrier in a house or be trampled, contaminated or left uneaten during field feeding.

engineering, self-loading operation and a substantial working specification in a compact machine designed to deliver dependable performance over repeated feeding seasons.

The machine incorporates its own bale-loading system, allowing one tractor and one operator to load, transport and feed without a separate loader or second tractor. From the tractor seat, the operator can control the direction and rate of discharge, feeding to either side and adjusting the quantity placed in each feeding area.

The X6 is compact, self-loading and designed to feed from either side under hydraulic control. The operator can regulate the feed-out rate and alternate the discharge direction when working in narrow passageways.

The time saving begins before feeding starts. The X10's loading arrangement has been developed to make picking up and loading the bale quicker and easier, without repeatedly repositioning the tractor or relying on a separate loading machine. On a job repeated every day throughout winter, those individual time savings soon become significant. The controlled discharge makes it possible to divide one bale between different paddocks or groups of livestock, which is particularly valuable where silage is supplementing rather than completely replacing grazed grass. The same operating principle transfers directly to winter housing. Once cattle move indoors, the X10 can distribute forage along passageways, yards and feeding areas without requiring the farm to change to another loading and feeding system. The result is a genuine one-tractor solution: load, carry and feed with one machine, one operator and no back-breaking manual grappling with silage. It is this combination, rather than one isolated feature, that distinguishes the Forager X10 from a conventional bale unroller. Faster loading, positive bale retention, controlled discharge and the ability to handle difficult bales are incorporated into one complete Blaney feeding system. A Forager X10 customer described the machine as "a game changer", adding: "It's a super piece of equipment. It saves you a lot of time, effort and money." Bale Feeder X6 combines compact dimensions with a high working specification The Blaney Bale Feeder X6 provides a classic, proven design, offering a more economical alternative while retaining a strong mechanical specification. Economical does not mean stripped back. The X6 gives farmers access to proven Blaney Farming

At approximately 1.85m wide, the machine can operate in passageways of approximately 8ft, making it particularly useful in traditional farm buildings where access can restrict larger feeding machinery. Its self-contained bale lifter turns loading and feeding into a one-tractor operation. The low cradle makes loading easier and improves access when removing plastic wrap or netting, while uneven-length loading tines mean only one tine needs to be aligned at a time when collecting the cradle. Behind its straightforward operation is a specification developed for repeated seasonal work. The X6 incorporates: •

A chain rated at more than 50,000N.

•

Hardened rollers to reduce friction and support smooth chain operation.

•

Galvanised feed bars.

•

A non-corrosive floor designed to encourage bale movement and rotation.

•

Hydraulic control of feed direction and discharge rate.

•

A frame developed using finite element analysis for strength with controlled machine weight.

•

Three linkage mounting positions to accommodate different tractor heights.

•

Compatibility with tractors from 75hp, subject to machine specification and operating conditions.

More than one million bales have been fed worldwide using the proven X6 design. That working record is difficult to replicate. It demonstrates that the X6 is not simply an entry-level alternative selected on price, but an established Blaney design that has already proved its durability and practicality through extensive real-world use. The distinction between the two machines is deliberate. The X6 is designed to provide robust, straightforward and outstanding-value feeding with standard bales in favourable conditions. The Forager X10 adds the heavier

| Livestock

construction and advanced bale-management capability required for consistent feed-out with wet, heavy or misshapen bales and more demanding daily use. This gives farmers a genuine choice within the Blaney range rather than forcing a compromise. The X6 provides proven performance and exceptional value for standard feeding conditions, while the X10 offers Blaney's highest level of loading efficiency, bale control and difficult-bale capability. One machine for the present shortage and the winter ahead The current drought has brought supplementary feeding forward, but the machinery requirement will not end when grass growth recovers.

strong chains and crossbars, positive bale rotation and the ability to retain control when a bale becomes soft or loses its shape. "When a farmer chooses Blaney, they are not simply buying a frame that turns a bale. They are buying 30 years of development focused on making the whole job quicker, easier and more controlled. That experience is built into the loading system, the drive, the chains, the crossbars and the way the machine manages the bale right through to the final section. "The X6 gives farmers an exceptionally strong specification and proven performance at an accessible price. The Forager X10 is the machine for those who need our most advanced handling and retention system for difficult bales. It is important that farmers choose the Blaney machine that genuinely suits their forage and their system."

Where winter fodder stocks are tight, Teagasc is advising farmers to complete a feed budget, identify potential gaps early and develop a plan to make available forage last through the remainder of the drought, autumn and the full housing period.

Built on 30 years of agricultural engineering

Machinery cannot replace that planning, but it can help farmers implement it more accurately.

Rather than adapting a generic machine to perform the job, Blaney has continually refined its feeding equipment around the problems farmers encounter in practice: awkward loading, changing bale shape, inconsistent rotation, demanding materials and the need for one operator to work efficiently without unnecessary manual intervention.

A controlled bale feeder allows the operator to decide how much forage is distributed rather than automatically feeding a complete bale. It can reduce additional loader movements, remove the need for a second tractor and operator, and limit the manual work associated with pulling silage apart. It also allows the same machine to support outdoor buffer feeding, winter housing and outwintered livestock, improving utilisation over a much longer working season. Choosing a Blaney machine therefore means investing in a feeder developed for the complete working year—not purchasing a short-term response to the present shortage. The same engineering that protects forage outdoors now can continue saving tractor movements, operator time and manual handling throughout winter. Sean continued: "Farmers are not buying a bale feeder simply to unroll silage. They are investing in control: control over their time, the amount being fed and the proportion of each bale that reaches the animal. "Our engineering development has concentrated on the points that make the difference in real conditions: quicker and easier loading, dependable drive systems,

Blaney Agri has spent 30 years developing agricultural machinery around the practical challenges encountered on working farms.

Its wider feeding and bedding range includes bale shredders and cubicle bedders alongside the Forager X10 and Bale Feeder X6. The range provides options for farmers who need to unroll round bales, process forage for feeding, distribute bedding materials or combine feeding and bedding tasks. All machines are developed with the same objective: to reduce unnecessary handling, improve control over material distribution and help one operator complete repetitive work more efficiently. It is this combination of practical experience, proven designs and continued engineering development that separates Blaney machines from more basic alternatives. Farmers are not left to choose between low-cost simplicity and advanced performance; the Blaney range provides a properly engineered solution for different bale conditions, buildings, workloads and budgets. With grass and fodder supplies under pressure, Blaney Agri is encouraging farmers not to wait until machinery is required every day before assessing their feeding system. Farming

| Livestock

Mill Dairy Service: Delivering Practical MilkPlan Solutions for Modern Dairy Farms

s dairy farms continue to focus on efficiency, milk quality and profitability, having the right equipment partner can make a significant difference. For nearly four decades, Mill Dairy Service has been supporting dairy producers with engineering expertise, technical support and innovative equipment solutions. Today, the company continues to help farmers improve performance through its range of MilkPlan products, designed to enhance productivity across every stage of milk production.

helping producers maintain reliable and efficient dairy operations. Its commitment is simple: helping farmers get the best possible return from every litre of milk produced.

Mill Dairy Service has established a strong reputation throughout the dairy sector, supplying equipment, servicing milking systems and delivering practical advice tailored to individual farm requirements. Operating since 1986, the family-run business combines industry knowledge with responsive customer support,

This commitment to innovation was recently highlighted through a significant milestone for both Mill Dairy Service and MilkPlan. Ben and Lillie recently installed and commissioned the first MilkPlan Mobile Sheep Parlour in the UK, marking an important development for the country's growing sheep dairy sector. Designed to provide sheep farmers with a flexible, efficient

Farming

The company's partnership with MilkPlan allows it to offer a range of advanced dairy technologies designed to save labour, improve hygiene and support animal health. Available through Mill Dairy Service, the range includes milk cooling tanks, pasteurisers, mobile feeding systems and portable milking equipment suitable for a wide variety of dairy enterprises.

| Livestock

and professional milking solution, the mobile parlour combines rapid setup, modern milking technology and the ability to move the system wherever it is needed most. The successful commissioning of the unit and the first sheep being milked through the system demonstrated the practical benefits of the technology and expanded the range of specialist solutions now available to sheep dairy farmers across the UK. The achievement represents a major milestone for both Mill Dairy Service and MilkPlan, reinforcing their commitment to delivering innovative and adaptable equipment solutions for modern livestock enterprises. Particular attention has also been drawn to the MilkPlan MilkCab Pasteuriser Mobile Feeder, an all-in-one unit that allows farmers to pasteurise, mix, transport and dispense milk using a single machine. By supporting consistent calf feeding and enabling the safe use of unsaleable milk, the system can help improve calf health while reducing waste and labour demands. For those looking to diversify or add value to their milk, Mill Dairy Service also offers MilkPlan processing equipment, including batch pasteurisers and specialist yoghurt production systems. Designed for accurate temperature control and consistent product quality, these

solutions can support on-farm processing ventures of varying scales. Alongside equipment supply, Mill Dairy Service provides comprehensive technical support, including servicing and 24/7 breakdown cover across a range of leading milking systems. It is this combination of quality products, engineering expertise and customer service that has made the company a trusted partner for dairy farmers across the UK. As the industry looks to balance productivity, milk quality and profitability, Mill Dairy Service continues to offer practical solutions that help dairy businesses move forward with confidence. Through its partnership with MilkPlan, the company is helping farmers invest in technology that delivers long-term value and performance. Whether investing in new milk processing equipment, improving calf rearing systems, upgrading milk cooling capabilities or exploring specialist sheep dairy technologies, producers looking to enhance efficiency and profitability can benefit from exploring the range of solutions available through Mill Dairy Service. For more information about the MilkPlan range, including the new Mobile Sheep Parlour and other dairy technologies, contact Mill Dairy Service on 01603 898963.

Farming

| Livestock

Galebreaker puts dairy lighting in the spotlight at UK Dairy Day

alebreaker has launched a new dairyspecific lighting system at UK Dairy Day, designed to help farmers create better housed conditions for cow health, welfare and performance.

The RUDAX Dairy LED Light System, developed by Dutch livestock lighting specialist HATO, exclusively joins Galebreaker’s agricultural range as part of its wider approach to optimising livestock housing. Designed specifically around the needs of dairy cows, RUDAX provides controlled, consistent lighting to support natural behaviour and performance. William Johnson, UK and Ireland sales manager at Galebreaker, says research highlights the important role lighting can play in dairy performance, with an AHDB review finding that managed periods of light and darkness can increase milk yield by 2kg a cow a day.

alongside controls that can automate day and night periods. Each system is designed around the individual building, with Galebreaker surveying the shed and developing a bespoke lighting plan according to how different areas are used. Mr Johnson adds: “It’s an animal-led solution. We start by asking what the cow needs and how the building can best provide it. “That means looking at the whole shed, rather than simply installing a row of lights. “We can provide more light around passageways and the feed fence, for example, while creating different conditions over lying areas.” Consistent lighting can help minimise dark areas and shadows, which cows may be reluctant to move through, helping create a stable, optimised environment. The IP67-rated units are designed to withstand livestock housing conditions, while the plug-andplay system is supplied ready for installation following the farm assessment.

He says this makes the range a natural extension of Galebreaker’s work to address environmental pinch points within livestock buildings.

For Galebreaker, RUDAX also strengthens its ability to help farmers improve existing buildings rather than undertaking major redevelopment.

“Farmers often ask us to look at a building because something within the environment isn’t working as well as it could,” he says.

“Many dairy buildings have evolved over decades as herds and farming systems have changed,” says Mr Johnson.

“We’re already looking at ventilation, airflow and how the roof and sides of the building are performing, and lighting is another part of that conversation.”

“The answer isn’t always to knock everything down and start again. There are opportunities to improve the environment within the building you already have through ventilation, air movement, flexible openings and now lighting.”

RUDAX uses specialist flicker-free LED lighting Farming

| Livestock

Volac partners with Trident Feeds to enhance support of Megalac range of Rumen-Protected fats

olac has announced a new distributor agreement with Trident Feeds for the Megalac® range of RumenProtected fats.

Drawing on the combined expertise, innovation and heritage of two recognised names in British agri-business, the partnership is designed to provide even greater access to specialist expertise, with the sales and day-to-day technical support of the Megalac® range transferring to Trident Feeds. “In a response to the continually evolving dairy industry, we are in turn evolving our customer coverage model, and working with Trident Feeds forms part of this drive to add further value to our customers,” explains Andrew Thompson, MD at Volac. Trident Feeds, part of Asterra, the dairy division of AB Agri, has extensive experience in dairy nutrition and rumen-protected fats, and will provide increased customer access, greater local engagement and dedicated technical expertise. Combined with Volac’s industry-leading knowledge, and more than 40-years of scienceled research behind Megalac®, this creates a stronger platform to support customers, with a shared commitment to unlocking ruminant potential. Crucially, there will be no change to the quality, performance or supply of Megalac®. The range will continue to be manufactured by Volac at its Liverpool facility. “Our commitment to delivering the products and services our customers rely on, remains unchanged.

By evolving our approach today, we can further strengthen our focus on innovation, technical knowledge sharing, research and sustainability. This will ensure Megalac® continues to support dairy producers in meeting the challenges of a changing industry, while improving productivity, efficiency and resilience,” Andrew Thompson explains. Alistair Jackson, head of Trident Feeds, adds, “We are excited to enhance the value proposition of our product portfolio by incorporating Megalac®’s industry recognised sustainability credentials. We see this as an important addition to the 1.2 million tonnes of diverse animal feeds we are already marketing across the UK, and are delighted to be working in partnership with Volac to further enhance the technical support and customer access to the range.” The agreement takes effect from 1st October 2026. More details can be found at www. tridentfeeds.co.uk and www.megalac.com

Farming

| Livestock

Stabiliser Cattle Company partners with Tarff Valley Ltd to expand support for Scottish beef producers he Stabiliser Cattle Company has announced a new partnership with Tarff Valley Ltd to improve access to Stabiliser genetics, nutritional advice and technical support for beef producers across Ayrshire and southern Scotland.

the region, making Stabiliser genetics more accessible while providing stronger local support for both new and existing breeders. The Stabiliser is a composite beef breed developed to produce the best maternal cows available, combining 50% British Native and 50% Maternal Continental genetics. The breed is backed by data enabling breeders to use EBVs as a selection tool along with strong phenotypic performance. The maternal performance will help improve fertility, calving ease, longevity, and feed efficiency. Their ability to consistently produce highquality, uniform calves with excellent growth rates and strong carcase performance has made them an increasingly popular choice for progressive beef producers looking to improve efficiencies and profitability. Together, the two organisations will work closely to help producers access the genetics, nutritional advice and technical support needed to build more efficient, profitable and sustainable beef enterprises. Derek Watson, Chairman of the Stabiliser Cattle Company, said:

The collaboration marks an important milestone for the UK beef industry, representing what is believed to be the first partnership between a UK agricultural merchant and feed business and a beef genetics company. By bringing together expertise in cattle breeding, nutrition and onfarm support, the partnership aims to deliver greater value and improved performance for commercial beef producers. Tarff Valley, Scotland’s oldest agricultural cooperative, has been serving farming businesses since 1903. Operating throughout southern Scotland and Ayrshire, the cooperative provides livestock feed, animal health products, agronomy, machinery, fuel and a comprehensive range of services to support its members and customers. Working alongside Tarff Valley, the Stabiliser Cattle Company will strengthen its presence in Farming

“I am delighted both companies are working together to promote the Stabiliser breed. This will give benefits not only to the companies involved but will also give many more farmers access to the superior genetics of the Stabiliser breed. Ian Houston, Chief Executive Officer at Tarff Valley Ltd, said: "We're delighted to be partnering with the Stabiliser Cattle Company. Stabiliser genetics, backed by strong data and proven performance, are a great fit alongside the nutritional and technical advice we already provide our members. We're looking forward to working closely with the Stabiliser team." The two organisations look forward to working together to support Stabiliser breeders and commercial beef producers across the region, with more details on joint events to follow in 2027. Visit stabiliser.co.uk to find out more.

| Livestock

Timely supplementation could avoid below par ram performance reeding rams may require greater nutritional supplementation than usual in the lead-up to tupping this season, especially in areas where grazing pastures have been depleted due to drought.

So says Rumenco’s Technical Services Manager Dr Alison Bond, highlighting potential deficiencies in key minerals and trace elements, and the usual need to build ram condition at a critical time. Providing rams with a well-formulated feed and mineral block that supplies quality protein and extra energy, alongside reliable sources of key micronutrients and essential vitamins, will offer a practical and cost-effective solution, she advises. “Many farms around the country will have endured a shortage of quality grazing this summer and, in some cases, this will have impacted on ram nutrition,” Dr Bond points out. “Whether rams have been underfed, or supplemented with poor quality forage, the potential for sub-optimal condition as well as deficiencies will be there, and this could impact flock performance for the next year. “Rams can experience a drop-off in condition of between 1 and 1.5 BCS (Body Condition Score) during a six week tupping period, so they need to be fit from the outset. They also need to have the right levels of the important micronutrients. “Adequate levels of zinc, for example, are necessary for sperm production, whilst selenium and cobalt are implicated in optimum health and reproductive efficiency. Other minerals and vitamins have key roles in general health and wellbeing, including

immune function, so it is important not to neglect these areas if rams are going to perform to their full potential.” Dr Bond recommends Rumenco’s Rumevite Sheep Super extra high energy and mineral block as a practical and cost-effective solution for the majority of flocks, offered in the lead up to tupping and during the early stages of the breeding season. “A feed and mineral block is an efficient way to provide supplementation in this context and, with Rumevite Sheep Super, Rumenco has developed a proven product that is palatable and provides the key minerals and trace elements with a focus on availability,” she adds. “The formulation includes fish oil as a source of omega-3 fatty acids, for optimum fertility, and high energy along with natural and urea protein sources which help build condition and supports forage utilisation. A full complement of minerals, vitamins and trace elements help complement levels often found lacking in forages, including a more bio-available form of zinc, which will help support key areas like foot health and sperm production, and boost immune function.” Dr Bond suggests that sheep farmers will quite rightly be focussed on their ewes in the run up to tupping, but that, this year in particular, it is important not to neglect rams. “Any drop off in ram performance will have a significant and long-lasting impact, which could include reduced lambing percentages, a less compact lambing period, and a greater number of barren ewes. “Investing in the right supplementation at this critical time may well increase the crop of saleable lambs in 2027, and that will be the key to flock profitability,” she concludes.

Farming

| Livestock

More Farmers Testing Colostrum Quality as Focus on Calf Immunity Grows ore farmers are checking the quality of colostrum they feed to calves, with new survey findings highlighting growing awareness of the role colostrum plays in supporting calf immunity1.

In 20222, 84% of farmers reported feeding colostrum within one hour of harvesting. In the latest survey1, 66.2% reported feeding it within two hours of calving, suggesting that speed of feeding remains an important area of focus.

The survey of 142 GB dairy farmers by MSD Animal Health1 found that 66.2% now test colostrum quality, up from 48.8% in a comparable 2022 survey of 248 dairy farmers2.

In addition, only 11.3% of farmers reported carrying out hygiene checks on their colostrum1.

However, the findings also highlight an opportunity to strengthen monitoring of passive transfer, with the proportion of dairy farmers testing calves for failure of transfer of passive immunity (FTPI) falling from 41.1% in 20222 to 31.7% in 20261.

The survey also highlighted the importance of colostrum management for farms buying in calves1. Of the 18 farms identifying as calf rearers, five did not know about colostrum management on the farm of origin, while 14 identified poor colostrum management at the farm of origin as a risk factor for calf health1.

Dr Katie Denholm, Senior University Clinician in Farm Animal Clinical Sciences at the University of Glasgow, who was involved in the survey and analysis, says the findings highlight the importance of measuring both colostrum quality and the outcome in the calf.

“For bought-in calves, the first farm’s colostrum management can have consequences long after that calf has left the farm,” says Dr Denholm.

“Testing colostrum quality is a really positive step, but it is only part of the picture. We also need to know whether calves have successfully received and absorbed enough immunoglobulin. “Poor-quality colostrum, bacterial contamination or delayed feeding can affect absorption, so testing calves for passive transfer can help identify where management protocols may not be working as expected.” Dr Denholm says farmers should work with their vet to routinely monitor IgG levels. “It’s a quick and relatively straightforward blood test, but it remains underutilised. It can tell farmers a great deal about whether their colostrum and calf management protocols are actually working.” Transition milk The survey also suggests a shift towards extended transition milk feeding1, with 70.4% of dairy farmers reporting that they feed transition milk for four days or more. This compares with the 2022 survey2, when 77.4% of farmers reported feeding milk replacer instead of transition milk from the third feed onwards. This may indicate growing recognition of the benefits of extending colostrum-derived nutrients and immune factors beyond the first few feeds. “Transition milk contains a range of bioactive components, so continuing to feed it for several days after birth can be a valuable part of a calf-rearing programme,” says Dr Denholm. Areas for improvement The survey also highlights opportunities to improve colostrum management. While 82.4% of farmers now report feeding between 2.5 and 4 litres1, compared with approximately 74% in 20222, the lower end of this range may not provide sufficient immunoglobulin for an average 40kg Holstein calf unless a second feed is given3. Farming

Calf rearers

“Better communication between the farm of origin and the calf rearer around colostrum management, vaccination and disease status could therefore be extremely valuable.” Dr Kat Baxter-Smith, Veterinary Advisor at MSD Animal Health, supports Dr Denholm’s point about regularly testing calves for IgG concentration, adding: “It is really encouraging to see the increase in farmers testing colostrum quality. However, the reduction in calf testing is something we should not overlook. “Ideally, dairy farmers should be looking to monitor calf bloods regularly, ideally monthly, rather than testing just once and assuming everything is fine. IgG concentrations can be influenced by changes in farm management and risk factors, including staffing pressures and increased pressure on calf-rearing facilities during busy periods. “Testing the colostrum tells us about the input, while testing the calf tells us about the outcome. We need both to understand whether a colostrum management programme is working effectively,” she said. Good colostrum management is particularly important where cows have been vaccinated to provide passive protection to their calves. Vaccines that help manage key scour pathogens in calves, such as Bovilis® Rotavec® Corona and Bovilis Cryptium®, increase the levels of specific antibodies available in the dam’s colostrum. These antibodies are then transferred to the calf through colostrum and transition milk. Dr Baxter-Smith added: “When farmers are investing in vaccination to help protect their calves, it is important that the management protocols are in place to allow calves to receive this antibody-rich colostrum effectively. “Vaccination is only one part of the protection strategy. Calves need to receive sufficient antibody-rich colostrum quickly and hygienically to benefit from the passive immunity the vaccination programme is designed to provide.”

| Livestock

RVW Pugh

TR Machinery Ltd

Cornish Tractors

Mellington, Churchstoke, Montgomery, Powys SY15 6TQ

Holmes Chapel, Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel, Cheshire CW4 8AX

Oak Tree Works, Ni Park, Newport, Shropshire, TF10 9LH

Timberlake, Week St Mary, Holsworthy, EX22 6XG

Tel: 01588 620 545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Tel: 01477 533 560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Tel: 01952 936900 www.trmachinery.co.uk

Tel: 01288 341 326 www.cornishtractors.co.uk Farming

| Muck & Slurry

SAMSON receives 2026 innovation award for GreaseControl AMSON AGRO has received a 2026 Sommets d'Or innovation award for GreaseControl, its smart greasing monitoring and control system for SAMSON TG slurry tankers. The award is presented as part of the Sommet de l'Élevage, held in Clermont-Ferrand, France in October.

Grease Control was recognised for its innovative approach to preventive maintenance. By integrating the automatic greasing system into the slurry tanker's electronic architecture, the solution enables operators to monitor and adjust the system directly from the cab, helping to improve machine reliability, simplify maintenance and provide greater peace of mind during spreading operations. Smarter preventive maintenance On a slurry tanker, several mechanical components are subjected to particularly high loads during spreading operations. This includes the running gear, suspension, pump arm and unloading pump. Their reliable operation depends on regular greasing adapted to the conditions of use. Insufficient lubrication can have significant consequences, including premature wear, machine downtime or the interruption of spreading operations during peak season. With GreaseControl, SAMSON takes automatic greasing one step further by transforming it from a standalone auxiliary system into a connected solution fully integrated into the slurry tanker's electronic architecture. The objective is clear: to ensure reliable lubrication of essential components while giving the operator immediate visibility of the actual status of the greasing system. Full control from the cab GreaseControl integrates the lubrication system directly into the machine's electronic architecture. The EP1 pump is fully controlled via the SM 5000 Mk2 terminal, with no timer or settings to adjust directly on the pump. From the cab, the operator

Farming

can adjust the greasing cycles, configure the number of pulses per cycle and monitor the grease level in the reservoir. The system uses sensors to monitor the grease level and ensure that the lubrication system is operating correctly. If the grease level is too low, a line is blocked or broken, or a pressure fault occurs, an alert is displayed directly on the terminal. This enables the operator to react quickly before insufficient lubrication results in a mechanical failure. As an option, monitoring of the application implement's greasing system can also be connected to the terminal. Less to monitor, greater peace of mind For farmers, farm machinery cooperatives and agricultural contractors, GreaseControl provides tangible benefits in the day-to-day operation of the slurry tanker. The operator no longer needs to manually check whether the greasing system is working correctly or adjust settings directly on the pump. All essential information is centralised in the cab, providing a clear overview of the system status and greasing cycles. This approach makes it possible to move from reactive maintenance to a more preventive approach. By reducing the risk of missed greasing operations, making faults easier to identify and improving maintenance traceability, GreaseControl helps maximise slurry tanker availability and secure even the most demanding spreading operations. "With GreaseControl, our aim was to reduce some of the mental load associated with preventive maintenance. The operator no longer has to wonder whether the system is working correctly: all the information needed to monitor, adjust and react quickly in the event of a fault is available directly in the cab. It provides real peace of mind for the operator while also improving the reliability of the slurry tanker," explains Christophe Marzin, Product Manager at SAMSON AGRO.

| Muck & Slurry

Farming

| Muck & Slurry

New Pig Slurry Store with pump & mixer works wonders for farmer’s crops

or an expanding pig business in Yorkshire that needed to meet environmental permitting regulations, A-Consult has completed the installation of a new 2200m3 (5m deep) concrete slurry tank, together with a pump and mixer, installed by Landia. At the 600-acre, largely arable farm, which mainly produces wheat, pig numbers were increased from 2,000 to 3,200, prompting the need for a suitable slurry store, with pump and mixer system. “Before we chose A-Consult & Landia, there was a suggestion that we could use a tractor to drive a PTO-driven stirrer to mix the slurry, but that wouldn’t work for us because our two tractors are normally used as a pair,” said farm proprietor, Nigel Lee. “We preferred the option of an electrical submersible mixer, which would do the job at the push of a button at minimal cost; offset from the 50kWp (kilowatt-peak) solar panels on our grain store.” Whilst weighing up all the pros and cons, what ultimately sealed the decision for Nigel was visiting another (larger) pig farm in Yorkshire that already had the A-Consult tank and Landia pump/mixer set-up. “Seeing it all first-hand showed me how simple yet very effective this installation would be,” continued Nigel. “Cost-wise, there wouldn’t have been Farming

much in it at first, but the A-Consult concrete tank and the Landia equipment also made far more economic sense for the long term.” While traditionally, steel tanks were noticeably cheaper until substantial material price increases, the lifetime of an enamel-lined or glass-lined tank would be 20-25 years, whereas the design life of a concrete tank will typically be 50 years. It is also not unusual for Landia pumps and mixers (suitably serviced) in the pig industry to last 20-plus years. The Landia mixer is one of the few that has twin mechanical seals to prevent ingress, compared to most that only have one mechanical seal and one lip seal.

| Muck & Slurry

Even the first spread of slurry from the new AConsult/Landia set-up provided new benefits, as Nigel Lee explains: “Because the Landia mixer does such a good job of homogenising the slurry, we get a better uptake with uniformed nitrogen, phosphate, potash and trace elements. Nitrogen had increased from about four and a half kilos per cube to five and a half, which I thought was quite a big jump, really, in percentage terms.” He added: “Also, with fertiliser prices still so high, it is more and more critical to utilize the slurry to the best of your ability. We’re on course to make a saving of between £40,000 to £50,000 per year on our fertilizer bill. ‘Retains the valuable nitrogen for use in our soil for crops’

“Also,” said Nigel, “installation was easy. We’d sorted out the hard core for the base, and the panels for the new tank were up in a day.” Unlike most, the A-Consult tank benefits from tensioning wires within the panels, so that they can’t suffer from corrosion inside the tank, or from weather conditions on the outside. Rubber seals on the joints also provide longevity by allowing slight movement when filling and emptying.

“Overall, we are very happy with the new system. The covered A-Consult tank helps protect the environment by greatly reducing ammonia and methane from going into the atmosphere - and retains the valuable nitrogen for use in our soil for crops. The slurry is applied to oilseed rape and wheat in Spring, which maximises the benefits of the nitrogen, and minimises the loss from either volatilization or leaching. “The new store also gives us far more flexibility, especially during prolonged rainfall, allowing us to apply the slurry earlier, or delay, if necessary, from the typical March/April period. This extra breathing space is a big plus.” www.landiaworld.com

Howard Burton from Landia, said: “Some pig farms like the flexibility of the portable trolley mixer from Landia, which stops the build-up of crust that would attract flies. The dry-well 15kW Landia Chopper pump will always deal easily with ingress of foodstuffs or solidification of bedding materials, using its external knife system to continuously reduce the particle sizes of solids. It’s a very neat installation with the covered tank, pump, mixer, ladder, gantry, manway, top-fill pipe and transfer pipe, with just a 24-hour timer on the mixer and manual control on pump, it pretty much looks after itself.” ‘Saving of between £40,000 to £50,000 per year on our fertilizer bill’ Farming

| Muck & Slurry

Vogelsang and BeTE Make it HOMOGENOUS with in the business of a proven Landia mixer Then pump it EFFICIENTLY with a proven Landia pump

pper UoR ch K rryO lu C s r E e p H Su C A3T3 ...19 sin CcTeS sU p m u D p O R P k .uK .co.U iaO nd.C .lIaA w ww D N

Tel. 01948 661 200 Farming

ogelsang GmbH & Co. KG is entering into a strategic joint venture in the field of slurry applicators with the Slovenian agricultural machinery manufacturer BeTEC. As part of this agreement, BeTEC will drive forward the needsbased production, design, and technical development of the applicators. At the same time, all sales activities in Germany and Europe except for the Slovenian market will remain exclusively with Vogelsang within the existing organisational structures.

The partnership combines Vogelsang’s comprehensive expertise in sales and after-sales with BeTEC’s effective construction and production processes. Vogelsang thus underlines its commitment to continuing to operate efficiently and competitively in the dynamic agricultural sector.

| Muck & Slurry

TEC establish a strategic joint venture f field slurry application technology Harald Vogelsang, Managing Director of Vogelsang: “We are very pleased to shape the future of slurry application technology together with BeTEC and to set new standards in precise slurry application with modern applicator systems for all customer types and price segments. As the inventors of dribble bar technology, we are now taking this defining product line of our company to a new level through a European partnership.” Jure Brečko, Head of Sales at BeTEC: “This joint venture is a milestone in our company’s still-young history. The core beliefs and values of our two familyowned companies align perfectly. These synergies will enable us to grow together.” New, comprehensive product portfolio: First solutions at EuroTier

Effective immediately, the high-performance product lines of both companies in the field of dribble bar and trailing shoe technology are being consolidated into a new product portfolio under the “Vogelsang-BeTEC” brand. “Starting immediately, we will be able to offer our customers from large-scale operations and contract farming businesses to part-time farmers an even wider range of slurry application technologies, working widths, and price segments,” says Henning Ahlers, Head of Sales for Agricultural Technology and Biogas in Germany at Vogelsang. “In this initial phase, our focus is on the pan-European market, which we can optimally serve with our combined expertise and our network of subsidiaries and dealer networks.”

Vogelsang will be showcasing solutions from the new portfolio at EuroTier, which takes place November 10 13 in Hanover.

Farming

| Machinery

New 1100 MT most powerful CVT tractor

endt has unveiled its new flagship tractor range, the 1100 Vario MT series. With four models ranging in power output from 521hp to 680hp, the top 1167 MT model is the most powerful tractor with a stepless, or CVT, transmission in the world.

Launched at The Farm Progress Show in Iowa on 2nd September, the MT demonstrates Fendt’s pioneering technology and engineering. Built at the brand’s Jackson factory in Minnesota, the 1100 Vario MT Gen 2 series features an entirely new cab, which includes the familiar FendtONE workstation, a new lighting system and a selection of customisable configurations for the terminals and 3L-joystick. “The new 1100 MT has incorporated the best features of the wheeled tractor range alongside class leading economy and power to help save farmers time and money. The MAN D38 and MAN D42 have updated engine control units, a new Tractor Management System (TMS) and a hydraulic fan system that runs independently of the engine,” says Fendt’s Ed Dennett.

Farming

•

Bomford Hawk 7T

•

Proportional Controls

•

Power Slew

•

Telescopic Oil Cooler

•

4 Point Linkage Mouting

•

Electric Rotor Reverse

•

1.5m Pro Cut Head

Bomford Kestrel 5.7 Power Plus

•

Bomford Kestrel 5.7 VFA

•

Variable Forward Reach

Proportional Electric Controls Power Slew 1.2m Head

•

Power Slew, Oil Cooler

•

3 Point Linkage Mounted

•

Electric Rotor Reverse

•

1.2m Pro Trim Head

Oil Cooler, 3 Point Linkage Mounted

| Machinery

The cab configuration includes an armrest with multi-function joystick and freely assignable buttons, a 12-inch armrest terminal, 3L-Joystick and a digital dashboard behind the steering wheel. A second roof mounted terminal is also available as an option. ISOBUS implement control is standard, and there are new agronomy functions including doc task management and telemetry functions. A further option is the Fendt Guide guidance system. “The MT series has the option of our TI Headland management system which automates headland turns and adjusts the height of the implement automatically. A dual pump offers greater oil capacity and pressure and the MT can be specified with up to eight spools. Key to the innovation of the MT is its Mobile Track System (MTS) which helps provide a smooth ride while spreading the weight of the tractor to minimise soil compaction,” adds Mr Dennett. The MT runs on a 3-metre long twin track that uses 10 metres of tracks to make the system longer lasting than triangular systems. The six-axle track design distributes the nearly 20 tonne weight of the MT, and new Michelin tracks range in width from 18 inches to 36 inches, although the widest available in the UK will be 27.5 inches to keep the overall width of the tractor to 3 metres. “A two-track design with fewer moving parts provides reduced operating costs and the longer track enables the maximum permissible weight of the MT to increase by 7 tonnes to almost 27 tonnes, with a rear lift capacity of 9 tonnes,” he says. The MT promises to be easier to live with thanks to dust extraction and passive filter cleaning, easy access oil control and the option of a compressed air connection for cleaning. The MT’s fuel tank has swelled by 16 litres to 1370 litres and an upcoming DLG test should prove fuel economy to be class leading. “The Fendt 1100 Vario MT series is available to

order now from UK dealers and we expect the first machines to be delivered early in 2027,” concludes Mr Dennett. Farming

| Machinery

UHN Farm Machinery is offering users of its non-ISOBUS large-scale mowing units and new disc mowers a retrofit equipment package allowing seamless ISOBUS integration to improve machine control and overall

ease of use.

wanting to improve functionality, without upgrading their mowing units. “Mowers without ISOBUS fitted during the build process can now be retrofitted with the functionality at a fraction of the cost compared to buying a new set of ISOBUS mowers. Users who’ve purchased non-ISOBUS new or second-hand mowers can retrofit an industry standard system to quickly and easily adjust settings from a single terminal. “The upgrade kit will also appeal to dealers stocking used, non-ISOBUS mowers, as retrofitting these models with ISOBUS capabilities adds significant value, making them more attractive to prospective buyers requiring the functionality on a used budget.” The retrofit ISOBUS system works directly through the tractor’s existing terminal, or via KUHN’s external ISOBUS displays, including the CCI 60, CCI 800 and largest CCI 1200. All three terminals are transferable between tractors and, crucially for users with multiple branded implements, are compatible with a wide selection of ISOBUS machines from different manufactures. Operators requiring further customisation can choose a CCI A3 touchscreen joystick to house all machine functions in one place.

The retrofit ISOBUS kit allows users to streamline mower operation through tractor terminals or external screens such as the CCI 1200

Mower control via the customisable CCI A3 external joystick is also possible through the retrofit ISOBUS kit

The benefits of ISOBUS are well known and grouping controls this way reduces the requirement for multiple control boxes in the cab. ISOBUS functions for KUHN mowers include setting and modifying headland turn sequences; adjusting the suspension system on the mowers to suit ground conditions; operating automatic section control to precisely raise and lower each mowing unit to avoid contact with already cut crop; along with precise area counters and single button operation of folding and unfolding sequences to save time. Sam Alford, KUHN’s grassland product specialist, says the retrofit kit could prove popular with users

AVAILABLE FROM

BRUCE HOPKINS LTD

Farming

Compatible KUHN mowers for the kit include model year 2026 GMD 9530+, GMD 9530 RV, FC 9530D+, FC10030+ D. Model year 2027 machines available for the ISOBUS kit are the GMD 9530+ and GMD 10030+; FC 9530+ DR; FC 8830+ DR and FC 10030+ DR. The price for the retrofit kit is £5,060 and installation takes three hours.

| Machinery

RVW Pugh – Montgomery

RVW Pugh – Holmes Chapel

Mellington,Churchstoke, Powys, SY15 6TQ Tel: 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Oakwood Park, Cheshire, CW4 8AX Tel: 01477 533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

T R Machinery Oak Tree Works, NI Park, Newport, Shropshire, TF10 9LH Tel: 01952 936900 www.trmachinery.co.uk

Farming

| Machinery

JCB 3CX SITEMASTER BACKHOE LOADER IS FIT FOR FARMING CB has launched a new backhoe-loader that will appeal to farmers and agricultural contractors wanting to undertake their own on-farm groundworks, building projects, ditch cleaning and water pipe installation.

The new 3CX Sitemaster will be available to a single, well-equipped specification for just £55,000 or from £271 per week through JCB Finance. Key features of the machine include: •

JCB 3.0 litre Stage V, 55kW (74hp) engine, no DEF

•

1.0 cu m 6-in-1 shovel with integrated pallet forks

•

Sideshift excavator with extending dipper

•

Seat mounted servo excavator controls

•

Single-lever servo loader control

•

Return to Dig function for faster re-handling cycles

•

Air conditioning and LED work lights

•

LiveLink for maximum security and maintenance monitoring

When JCB launched the world’s first backhoe-

loader in 1953, it set new standards for machine versatility and utilisation with its ability to dig and load, not just one or the other. Over the years, the modern JCB backhoe-loader has become better equipped and more sophisticated as an indispensable tool for construction works. Now a brand new 3CX Sitemaster has been introduced as a highly cost-effective solution for small plant hire and owner-operator contracting businesses, and with potential for use in agriculture for specialist on-farm infrastructure works. JCB Sales Managing Director Tim Burnhope said: “JCB’s backhoe-loader range is already very well accepted around the world, which is the reason why we have remained the global market leader for this product for more than 30 years, and the launch of the new 3CX Sitemaster is another milestone.” Available through JCB construction equipment dealers, the new JCB 3CX Sitemaster backhoe-loader is powered by a 55kW/74hp JCB four-cylinder engine, with no requirement for exhaust after-treatment making it simpler and cheaper to run. It comes in one well-equipped

Farming

| Machinery

specification, including a comfortable cab with air conditioning and heating, and light-touch servo controls that make the machine easy to operate, whether working with the excavator at the back or the loader at the front. For maximum flexibility, the new 3CX Sitemaster has single and twin auxiliary hydraulic circuits for the excavator to operate a wide range of tools, while the loader can be equipped with a JCB Quick Hitch to operate familiar farm implements such as bale spikes and grabs, including those from the extensive JCB Attachments range. Sideshift and a telescopic dipper arm also feature on the excavator for versatile reach and digging depth – particularly handy for farm and estate ditch cleaning.

handling cycles quicker and easier for the operator, and JCB’s Smooth Ride System (SRS) loader arm suspension for improved ride and load retention on the move. JCB’s proven 3.0-litre 55kW/74hp diesel engine, generating 440Nm of torque and meeting the EU Stage V emissions standards with no requirement for exhaust after-treatment, is paired with a four-speed manual gearbox providing a travel speed of up to 40kph. This engine/transmission combination results in reduced service and maintenance costs, with easy access for daily checks and to all filters and fill points, cutting downtime and total cost of ownership.

The telescopic dipper arm adds another metre to the excavator’s side reach – up from 5.57m to 6.57m – while up front, the loader has 3.65 tonnes maximum lift capacity and a lift height of 3.59m to the bucket pin. The loader comes with a six-in-one shovel with pallet forks, a return-todig function making loading and re-

HEAD OFFICE Mellington, Churchstoke, Montgomery, Powys, SY15 6TQ Tel: 01588 620 545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

HOLMES CHAPEL Oakwood Park,Holmes Chapel,Cheshire, CW4 8AX Tel: 01477 533 560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

LATHOM Unit 2, Holland Business Park Spa Lane, Lathom, Lancashire, L40 6LN Tel: 01695 816444 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

TR Machinery Ltd Oak Tree Works, Ni Park, Newport, Shropshire, TF10 9LH Tel: 01952 936900 www.trmachinery.co.uk

Farming

| Machinery

Readman Mowers The Shed, Sand Lane, Wilberfoss, YO41 5PB Tel: 01759 380 231 or 07860 684 597 www.readmanmowers.co.uk

Farming

£100 OFF!

Quote CHAP100 with your order VALID UNTIL 31/11/2026

FOCUS ON YOUR STOCK

The TF350 Trailed Stock Feeder (Sheep Snacker) features fully galvanised all-steel construction & electronic operation with high visibility digital counter ensure the right amount of feed is dispensed, exactly where you want it.

Contact Your Dealer Cornish Tractors Timberlake, Week St Mary Devon, EX22 6XG Tel: 01288 341326

Duncan Brassington Agricultural Sales & Service Ltd Banbury Lane, Burwarton,Bridgnorth, WV16 6QN Tel: 01746 787983

www.cornishtractors.co.uk

www.brassingtonagri.co.uk

AgriSource Machinery Foxberry Farm, Caldwell, Richmond, North Yorkshire, DL11 7QL Tel: 01748 352123

Youltree Agricultural Engineering Hartland, North Devon, EX39 6BY Tel: 07500 776708

www.agrisourcemachiney.com

www.youltreeagriculturalengineering.co.uk

TF350 LIVESTOCK FEEDER

www.chapman.co.uk Farming

| Machinery

hen it comes to investing in a new tractor, today's buyers expect more than just horsepower. They want reliability, versatility, operator comfort and outstanding value for money. That's exactly what has helped TYM become one of the fastest-growing tractor brands, with a range designed to meet the needs of everyone from smallholders and equestrian centres to professional farmers, estates and grounds maintenance contractors.

Whatever the task, there's a TYM tractor built to tackle it. The range begins with the compact yet capable Series 1 models, offering 19-25hp. These agile machines are ideal for mowing, paddock maintenance, landscaping, loader work and general property upkeep. Their compact dimensions make them easy to manoeuvre around buildings and confined spaces, while their impressive lifting capacity and versatility mean they're ready to work all year round.

Need something with even greater capability? The Series 2 range, delivering between 25 and 50hp, offers the perfect balance of power and practicality. Whether you're feeding livestock, maintaining equestrian facilities, transporting materials or carrying out routine farm maintenance, these tractors provide the performance to get more work done in less time. For customers looking for serious productivity, the Series 3 and Series 4 models step things up another level. With outputs ranging from 51 to 75hp, these tractors are built for heavier workloads, offering increased hydraulic performance, greater lifting capacity and the strength to handle larger implements with confidence. They're equally at home on busy farms, estates and commercial operations where dependable performance is essential every day. What really sets TYM apart is the incredible versatility of the range. A tractor is only as useful as the jobs it can

From routine yard work to challenging commercial jobs and everything in between, you’ll find the right sub-compact, compact utility or utility tractor with TYM Tractors UK Marches Machinery Ltd

Duncan Brassington Agricultural Sales Service Ltd

Farmore Mills, Shrewsbury road, Craven Arms, SY7 9QG Tel: 01588 671335 / 07342 887280 www.marchesmachinery.com

Banbury Lane, Burwarton, Bridgnorth, WV16 6QN Tel: 01746 787983 www.brassingtonagri.co.uk

Curtis & Shaw (Sussex) Ltd

Farming

Cowbeech, Hailsham East Sussex, BN27 4JE Tel: 01323 833441 / 07483 334448 www.curtisandshaw.co.uk

| Machinery perform, which is why TYM offers a comprehensive selection of genuine attachments designed to maximise productivity throughout the year. Front loaders transform your tractor into a highly capable materials-handling machine, making light work of muck, feed, soil, gravel and bales. A choice of buckets and loader accessories allows you to tailor your machine to the work you do most. When grass management is the priority, TYM's range of mower attachments delivers a professional finish across paddocks, parks, gardens and amenity areas. Add the right rear-mounted implements and one tractor quickly becomes a true multi-purpose workhorse, capable of replacing several dedicated machines while reducing ownership costs.

and that's another area where TYM continues to impress. Buyers benefit from high specifications, premium features and exceptional build quality, all at a highly competitive price. It's a combination that's winning over more customers across the UK every year. Whether you're maintaining a smallholding, managing an estate, operating a livestock farm or running a contracting business, there's a TYM tractor that's perfectly matched to your needs. Better still, with a wide range of genuine attachments available, your investment continues to work harder as your business grows and your requirements change.

It's this flexibility that makes TYM such an attractive investment.

The best way to appreciate everything a TYM tractor has to offer is to experience one for yourself.

Every tractor has been designed with operator comfort in mind, featuring ergonomic controls, spacious operator stations and excellent visibility to reduce fatigue during long days in the seat. Practical maintenance points and dependable engineering help minimise downtime, keeping your tractor working when you need it most.

Visit your local authorised TYM dealer to explore the full range, discuss the right model for your application and arrange a demonstration. Once you've seen the build quality, versatility and performance first-hand, you'll understand why so many operators are making the switch to TYM.

Of course, performance means little without value,

Power. Performance. Value. Discover the TYM difference today.

Farming

| Machinery

Unlock Flexible Finance on Merlo Telehandlers erlo UK is making it easier than ever for businesses to invest in premium agricultural equipment with its latest Retail Finance Schemes. Designed to help spread the cost while keeping cashflow healthy, the offer includes 0% APR options on selected agricultural telehandlers, so you can fix your finance and plan for growth with confidence.

Under the new terms, customers can choose from flexible payment options such as 1 + 2 annual payments or 4 + 20 monthly payments at 0% APR, available on up to 40% of the recommended retail price (RRP) on eligible models. There’s also an alternative 3 + 33 monthly payment plan at a competitive 1.99% APR for even greater flexibility. For smaller machines like the CINGO range, the finance deal is equally attractive, with lowdeposit plans and 0% interest spread over simple instalments. Whether you’re expanding your fleet or upgrading to the latest Merlo technology, these retail finance options could make ownership more accessible and affordable than you think. Speak with your local Merlo dealer to explore the best package for your operation and see how you can benefit from this limited-time opportunity. Finance Terms & Conditions Retail customers only. Maximum balance financed is 40% of RRP, subject to DLL terms and conditions. Finance offers exclude fleet deals of three or more machines. Model eligibility: •

P27.6 and TF27.6 models are eligible only Farming

for the 4 + 20 payment plan at 0% APR. CINGO Retail Finance Schemes (0% interest): •

CINGO M500DM: £500 deposit, 50% payable after 6 months, 50% after 18 months

•

CINGO M700TD: £700 deposit, 50% payable after 6 months, 50% after 18 months

Finance for Merlo agricultural models is available through Merlo Finance, a trading style of De Lage Landen Leasing Limited (DLL). All finance is subject to status and approval. Applicants must be UK-registered businesses and aged 18 or over. VAT is excluded unless stated. Fees may apply. Finance cannot be combined with other campaigns. DLL is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority in respect of agreements regulated by the Consumer Credit Act 1974. Merlo Finance Sales Desk: Agricultural: 01923 810078 Construction: 01923 810946

| Machinery

FIX YOUR FINANCE AT 0%* OPTION 1: 1 + 2 Annual Payments*

OPTION 2: 4 + 20 Monthly Payments*

*Terms and conditions apply

Contact your local Merlo Dealer to find out more: TR Machinery Ltd Oak Tree Works, NI Park, Newport, Shropshire TF10 9LH Phone : 01952 936900 www.trmachinery.co.uk

RVW Pugh, Mellington, Churchstoke, Montgomery Powys. SY15 6TQ Phone : 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

RVW Pugh Unit 2, Holland Business Park, Spa Lane, Lathom, Lancashire, L40 6LN Phone : 01695 816444 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Brian Robinson Machinery Ltd

Birkby Lane East Cowton, Northallerton

North Yorkshire DL7 0DX Phone : 01325 378552 www.brianrobinson.co.uk

D.A.Forgie Co Londonderry, BT49 9DW Phone : 02877722375 www.forige.com

RVW Pugh, Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel, Cheshire CW4 8AX

D.A.Forgie Lisburn, BT27 5QB

Phone : 01477 533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Phone : 02892677736 www.forige.com

Dealer Locator

Farming

| Machinery

More Power, Smarter Operation: Bobcat Presents the New L100 and Updated L85 Compact Wheel Loaders at GaLaBau obcat is presenting the all-new L100 (1.0 m³ bucket capacity) and the updated L85 (0.8 m³) compact wheel loaders for the first time at GaLaBau in Nuremberg in Germany — at the Bobcat booth in Hall 7, Stand 7-334 — from 15–18 September 2026. Both models feature a redesigned operator’s workstation, a wide range of application-specific options for landscaping and horticulture and significantly higher hydraulic performance.

“Compact wheel loaders in landscaping are under pressure every day: completing many work cycles, dealing with changing ground conditions and often very limited space. The new L100 and the L85 are built for exactly that,” says Matyáš Heuer, Loader Product Manager at Bobcat. “They are intuitive to operate from the first shift, deliver high breakout forces for clean penetration and keep the bucket steady even on uneven terrain.”

brake, joystick integrated into the seat and a highresolution display. In addition, they can be tailored specifically for landscape construction, municipal operations or material handling through application-oriented options. Redesigned Workspace: Everything Within Reach, Without Changing Grip The centrepiece of the redesigned cab is the way the attachments are controlled via the joystick: up to four attachment functions can be operated directly via the joystick without the hand having to leave the joystick. The optional 5-inch colour display provides access to advanced settings: •

Three selectable drive response modes adjust acceleration, braking and forward-reverse switching according to the respective application

•

The working mode maximum speed is infinitely adjustable between 8 and 16 km/h

•

With automatic ACD attachment recognition, the machine automatically recognizes connected Bobcat attachments and adjusts the assignment and logic of the attachment control on the joystick according to the respective attachment type

Two Models, One Principle With the new compact wheel loaders, the bucket volume is already indicated in the model name: 1.0 m³ in the new L100 and 0.8 m³ in the L85. Both machines are delivered as standard with a heated cab, adjustable steering wheel, automatic parking

Three additional assistance functions provide relief in everyday work: the automatic ride stabilization system stabilizes the machine while driving by activating the boom suspension via an integrated hydraulic accumulator, keeping the bucket steadier and reducing material loss. The return-to-position automatic function stores the bucket position and recalls it at the push of a button and joystick movement. The bucket shake function facilitates emptying even with sticky materials. Engine auto-stop and adjustable working group speed round out the package. Flexible on the Road, Robust on the Construction Site

www.brucehopkins.co.uk

Mobile: 07435 609580

Shenington air�eld, Banbury, Oxon OX15 6NW Farming

| Machinery The L85 and L100 compact wheel loaders can be ordered in three speed variants: 20, 30 or 40 km/h, suitable for registration requirements and application profile. An optional hitch up to 3.5 t with electrical socket simplifies the transport of equipment between construction sites. For demanding operating conditions, an additional counterweight, a reversible cooling fan to prevent dust clogging, protective plates and a ground protection kit are available as options. Maintenance, Warranty and Fleet Management For maintenance and service, both models follow the principle of simplicity: a single service point covers the machine and engine, which noticeably saves time and coordination effort in daily workshop operations. The Bobcat Machine IQ telematics system is standard. It transmits operating data in real time, enables remote diagnostics and allows remote activation or engine lockout. This makes it equally useful for theft protection and fleet

management. The standard warranty of 2 years or 2000 operating hours can optionally be extended to up to 5 years or 6000 operating hours, which is increasingly becoming the decisive argument in the calculation of leasing costs and residual values. 30 Bar Higher Pressure: Noticeably Higher Attachment Performance The auxiliary hydraulic pressure has been increased from 205 to 235 bar (+15%); for particularly power-hungry attachments such as angle brooms, snow blowers or multipurpose sweepers. The High Flow option with up to 103.5 l per minute is also available. The Quick Tach™ quick coupler system is standard; optionally, the Bob Tach™ system as well as 7 and 14 pin connections further extend attachment compatibility. In practice, this means that hydraulically driven attachments work more powerfully and reliably, breakout forces increase and compatibility with a wider range of tools improves.

Farming

| Machinery

YANMAR AND ARIENSCO JOIN FORCES TO ACCELERATE NEXT-GENERATION OUTDOOR POWER EQUIPMENT anmar Holdings Co., Ltd. (“Yanmar”) and AriensCo announce a strategic partnership. The collaboration brings together two family-owned companies with traditions spanning generations to drive innovation in the industry and create new value for dealers and customers.

Yanmar Holdings Co., Ltd. (“Yanmar”) and AriensCo today announced a strategic partnership that unites two multigenerational family-owned businesses to accelerate the development of next-generation technologies and deliver even greater value for dealers, customers and partners of both companies. Through the combination, Yanmar, a Japan-based manufacturer of engines, agricultural machinery and energy systems, becomes the majority partner in AriensCo, a family-owned manufacturer of outdoor power equipment. The Ariens family will retain a significant stake in the business and lead operations and strategy for the company from its existing headquarters in Brillion, Wisconsin. Both companies will continue operating as usual under their respective brands, from their current

headquarters, with the same teams, and with their manufacturing and distribution networks intact. Ariens®, Gravely®, AS-Motor® and all associated brands will uphold their commitments to dealers, customers, employees and communities. “Strong relationships have always been at the core of AriensCo’s strategy, and we are confident this new partnership with Yanmar is the right next step to position our company as an R&D leader while maintaining the same commitments to quality and longevity that have always distinguished our brands,” said Dan Ariens, Chairman & CEO, AriensCo. “As a family business with a history spanning more than 100 years, Yanmar shares our belief that family ownership is a competitive advantage. This partnership provides continuity by keeping family ownership at the heart of AriensCo. It allows both companies to look beyond shortx-term business performance to deliver long-term value to our dealers, customers, partners and communities around the world. We are stronger together.” The partnership positions Yanmar and AriensCo to lead the development of next-generation industrial power equipment as automation, artificial intelligence, electrification and complex global supply chains transform the industry. Yanmar’s world-class engineering, production and diagnostic capabilities, alongside AriensCo’s established North American and European manufacturing and distribution networks, enable the partners to compete at scale while staying grounded in the quality, longevity and trust that have defined both companies for decades.

https://www.claas.co.uk The ARION 600 and 500 range - the new mid-range standard Assisting you, wherever it is needed. One of our most popular tractors has just got even better thanks to a host of new functions developed by our engineers in consultation with ARION drivers. After all, they work in the field every day, so they know exactly what they want.

For more information contact:

Sharnford Tractors Ltd Lodge Farm, Broughton Road, Frolesworth, Lutterworth, Leicestershire, LE17 5EH Telephone: 01455 209300 https://www.sharnfordtractors.co.uk

Farming

The partnership is also expected to create new opportunities for AriensCo’s nationwide dealer network. Over time, dealers may benefit from broader product and technology capabilities, enhanced service and diagnostic resources, and access to Yanmar’s global business network. AriensCo will continue to emphasize the personal, relationship-based service that has long defined its relationships with dealers and customers. “AriensCo has built trusted brands and strong customer and dealer relationships over generations,” said Takehito Yamaoka, President and Representative Director of Yanmar Holdings Co., Ltd. “Together, we aim to create greater value for customers, dealers and the communities we serve. This partnership will also provide a strong foundation for the long-term growth of both companies. We look forward to building a lasting partnership founded on our shared values.” AriensCo was advised in this transaction by Baird as financial advisor and Reinhart Boerner Van Deuren s.c. as legal counsel. Yanmar was advised in this transaction by JP Morgan as financial advisor and Arnold & Porter s.c. as legal counsel.

| Machinery

Barlows Farm Machinery Unit 2B, Yew Tree Works, Congleton Road (A34), Marton,Macclesfield, Cheshire, SK11 9HN Tel: 01625 422489 www.barlowsfm.co.uk

Farming

Greencircle Technology Ltd Grange Farm, 389 Worksop Road, Mastin Moor, Chesterfield, S43 3DH Mark: 07507 621 239

STRAIGHTFORWARD AND DEPENDABLE COMPACT TRACTORS

MF COMPACT SERIES | 20-65 HP HIGH LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE FOR SMALLHOLDINGS, GREEN SPACES, GROUNDSCARE & CONTRACTING BUSINESSES BUILT FOR DRIVER COMFORT Cab or platform options with ergonomic controls THE RIGHT DRIVELINE FOR A FUEL‑EFFICIENT OPERATION RVW Pugh Ltd Mechanical or hydrostatic transmissions WIDE CHOICE OF TYRES Agri, Turf and Mixed Services Tyres Visit www.masseyferguson.co.uk for more information is a global brand of AGCO Corporation.

RVW Pugh Ltd

G B Farm Services Ltd

Celtic Mowers Limited

Clarke 4x4 Ltd

| Machinery

Alvanley Agricultural Services Church House Farm, Manley Road, Alvanley, Cheshire, WA6 9DD Tel: 07860 530861

Robert Lee Plant Ltd Unit 10, New Road Industrial Estate, Hixon, Staffordshire, ST18 OPJ Tel: 01889 271 727

www.alvanleyagricservices.co.uk

www.robertleeplant.co.uk

J M Coles Ltd Brent House Farm Works, Edingworth Rd, Edingworth, Weston-Super-Mare, Somerset, BS24 0JA Tel: 01934 750104 www.jmcoles.co.uk Farming

| Machinery

ISEKI SXG327 185x131mm.pdf

08/01/2025

05:21

Cut and Collect

whatever the weather C

CMY

Whether you are mowing your lawn, an estate or numerous contracts, the new ISEKI SXG324 and SXG327 ride-on mowers cut and collect superbly in wet or dry conditions leaving a superior finish. Designed and engineered to offer the most reliable, high quality diesel mower on the markert for the most demanding of users.

Contact your local dealer to book a demo on your premises today!

RVW Pugh Mellington, Churchstoke, Montgomery, Powys, SY15 6TQ Tel: 01588 620545

RVW Pugh Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel, Cheshire, CW4 8AX Tel: 01477 533560

RVW Pugh Unit 2, Holland Business Park, Spa Lane, Lathom Lancashire, L40 6LN Tel: 01695 816444

Web: www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Web: www.rvwpugh.co.uk Farming

| Machinery

STEYR ADVANCES HYDROGEN-POWERED FARMING WITH NEW HYTRAC RESEARCH PROJECT U Wien, Vienna's leading technology university, together with STEYR® and other project partners, has launched the HYTRAC hydrogen agriculture research project. The project combines a hydrogen-powered tractor with on-farm hydrogen storage and refuelling infrastructure – the socalled COMBHY. The objective is to investigate a viable and scalable pathway towards low-carbon agricultural mechanisation, while maintaining the performance, operating times and flexibility required by modern farming operations. A realworld demonstration is planned at the Energy Hub Neusiedl, located in Neusiedl am See, Austria.

"With HYTRAC, we are looking beyond the tractor powertrain. Our goal is to demonstrate how hydrogen can become part of a fully integrated farm energy ecosystem, combining productivity, energy independence and reduced emissions in a solution that is both practical and scalable for agriculture," says Franz Josef Silber, global product marketing at STEYR. "The HYTRAC project enables us to analyse the interaction between hydrogen-powered agricultural machinery, energy infrastructure and farm operations under real-world conditions. This systems approach is essential to understanding how hydrogen technologies can contribute to future carbon abatement in agriculture," states Johannes Konrad, Assistant Professor at the Institute of Powertrain and Automotive Technology at TU Wien. Hydrogen-powered engine Building on the pioneering STEYR FCTRAC, an innovative hydrogen fuel cell-powered concept tractor unveiled in July 2024, the HYTRAC project represents the next step in STEYR's exploration of hydrogen-powered agricultural machinery. The new project builds on this foundation by combining the benefits of hydrogen power with an advanced electric power-split eCVT transmission developed by VDS Holding GmbH. At its core is a hydrogen-powered tractor featuring an adapted and mature hydrogen internal combustion engine (H₂ ICE). The project aims to create a fully integrated smart energy system linking hydrogen Farming

production, storage and refuelling infrastructure for maximum practicality and efficiency.

Based on a conventional STEYR Expert, the research tractor applies a direct-injection hydrogen internal combustion engine (H₂ ICE), designed to provide continuous power comparable to that of the donor vehicle while aiming at zero-emission standards. HYTRAC is designed to become a practical solution for farmers. Power is transferred to the wheels via a high-efficiency eCVT transmission, while implements can also be powered electrically by the tractor’s high-voltage battery, which is developed by Voltfactory GmbH. Benefits of the design include zero-emission operation at the point of use, high working efficiency and extended operating times, matching the needs of modern agriculture. On-farm fuel production The integrated project aims to enable practical onfarm hydrogen production, using existing energy generation resources including biomass from plant residues, wind and photovoltaics, supplying an onfarm hydrogen refuelling station. As these sources are increasingly featured on many farms, with the incorporation of advanced hydrogen storage and compression technology, there is significant potential to advance energy production as part of routine farming operations. In addition, AIoptimised intelligent energy management, using load profiles, user data and predictive control integrated into this smart Energy Hub, will help ensure fuel production meets demand. STEYR’s pioneering hydrogenpowered research tractor is designed for agriculture’s carbon abatement and focuses on realworld applicability and system integration. The project will demonstrate the value and scalability of the HYTRAC tractor and COMBHY hydrogen infrastructure by featuring them at the Energy Hub Neusiedl. Together, the system design delivers both carbon abatement and energy independence to farmers. By combining vehicle development and intelligent energy management, the HYTRAC project demonstrates STEYR's commitment to exploring practical pathways towards a sustainable future for agricultural mechanisation. Further details on scalability and the path towards series production will be announced in due course.

| Machinery

THE BOSS Think big. Think smart. With the sixth generation Valtra S Series, no task is too big, no detail too small. The S pushes, lifts, and pulls through the toughest workdays with ease and does it with precision and intelligence. This is power and performance that reaps rewards.

valtra.co.uk/sseries

SCAN HERE TO GET YOUR QUOTE

Birkby Lane, East Cowton, Northallerton, N. Yorkshire DL7 0DX T: 01325 378552 enquiries@brmltd.co.uk

Chatford, Bayston Hill, Shrewsbury, Shropshire SY3 0AY T: 01743 718762 sales@edwardsandfarmer.co.uk

Henderson House, Acomb, Hexham, Northumberland NE46 4SA T: 01434 601966 valtra@hendersontractors.co.uk

Farming

| ATV

The new CFMOTO C Platform: more than just a new quad

FMOTO has launched an entirely new generation of its best-selling mid-capacity ATVs. Meet the new C Platform.

Replacing the familiar CFORCE 450 and 520, the new C4 and C5 aren’t a facelift or a few tweaks to an existing quad. CFMOTO has started again. New engine. New chassis. New transmission. New suspension. Even the way the engine sits in the quad has been turned around. Before the new machines reached dealerships, CFMOTO invited dealers to ride them back-to-back with the outgoing CFORCE 450 and 520, as well as several competitor ATVs. One dealer’s reaction? “Compared to the old one and the competitors,

Farming

it’s a massive improvement. Chalk and cheese.” Now farmers can find out for themselves. The new C Platform is in UK dealerships now, available to demo, with prices starting from £4,700 ex VAT + OTR.

| ATV

The biggest change is underneath CFMOTO has developed an entirely new engine platform, including a reversecylinder layout that directs the exhaust more efficiently towards the rear of the ATV. Why does that matter on a farm? Heat. Spend hours working a quad hard at low speeds and heat around your legs soon becomes noticeable. The new layout directs more of it away from the rider, while dual balance shafts help reduce vibration. There’s more power too. The C4 produces 33hp from its 408.8cc engine, while the C5’s 498.6cc engine produces 39hp. The transmission has also been redesigned, with a new CVT developed to deliver smoother, more controllable power, particularly at lower speeds. So, how does it actually ride? “Smooth, not jerky, not grabby, not whiny.” That was one dealer’s verdict after riding the C Platform alongside the outgoing models and competing ATVs. Others picked up on the stability: “The stability was amazing; a leap forward compared to everything else here.” Another added: “It’s a bit softer and you have a lot more control. I thought the older model was a bit on the stiff side.” Suspension travel has increased to 210mm at the front and 235mm at the rear. The engine is narrower too, reducing the leg-grip width by around a third, while the seat gets more cushioning. As one dealer put it: “They are listening to us. They’ve heard us, and they have completely redesigned the bike from the bottom up.” It’s not just the engine The new steel racks carry up to 40kg at the front and 80kg at the rear, while towing capacity reaches 612kg and a 2,500lb winch comes as standard.

Farming

| ATV

CALL YOUR LOCAL DEALER TODAY CFMOTO.CO.UK/FIND-A-DEALER

Highland Leisure Sport Unit 20, Cromarty Firth Business Park Invergordon, IV18 0LT Tel: 01349 854620 www.highlandleisuresport.co.uk

Duncan Brassington Agricultural Sales & Service Ltd CFORCE C4 from £4,700 + VAT

THE NEXT GENERATION: CFMOTO C PLATFORM AVAILABLE NOW, TALK TO YOUR DEALER

CFORCE C5 from £6,250 + VAT

THE UK’s BEST-SELLING ATV & UTV BRAND* *Based on UK market share Farming

Banbury Lane, Burwarton, Bridgnorth, WV16 6QN Tel: 01746 787983 www.brassingtonagri.co.uk

| ATV

There’s also full LED lighting with a reversing light, USB-A, USB-C and 12V power outlets and a 5.9-inch LCD display. Even the gear selector and handbrake have been reworked following feedback from existing owners. One dealer noticed the difference immediately: “It didn’t matter where I backed to or drove to, I was always able to change gear and into park smoothly without resistance. It was a big improvement on the previous model.” Small changes, perhaps, but important ones when you’re on and off a quad all day. Ready to put it to work? The range starts with the CFORCE C4 AGRI at £4,700 ex VAT + OTR, followed by the C4 at £5,750 ex VAT + OTR and the larger-engined C5 at £6,250 ex VAT + OTR. All three are available through CFMOTO dealers across the UK now, with demonstrator machines available at selected dealerships. If you’re familiar with the outgoing CFORCE 450 or 520, a demo is probably the best way to understand just how much has changed. Sit on it. Ride it. Put it over some rough ground. See what’s changed for yourself. Find your nearest CFMOTO dealer at CFMOTO.co.uk/find-a-dealer

Farming

LONCIN X-WOLF Work-ready ATVs. Serious spec. Serious

UK DEALER’S Quadfactors U n i t e , Ke l l s B u s i n e s s P a r k , Cavan Rd, Commons Of Lloyd, Ke l l s , C o . M e a t h , A 8 2 K 1 5 6

Tel: 046 901 0222 www.quadfactors.com

value.

Contact Loncin Quads On 01-9125027 From UK 00353-19125027 Sales@Loncinquads.ie www.

QUADS .ie

Fra n c e A g r i

E d w a r d s AT V S a l e s

Pilling, L a n c a s h i re

50 Cullion Road, Te m p o, E n n i s k i l l e n

Tel: 07575 594559 www.franceagri.co.uk

Tel: 07908 512321

| ATV

Built for the Farm: Kawasaki's Brute Force ATV Line-up

awasaki’s UK ATV line-up consists of four Brute Force models, offering two engine sizes and a choice of specifications for riders who need capability, off-road performance and versatility. The range consists of the Brute Force 450 T-CAT, Brute Force 450 EPS T-CAT, Brute Force 750 and Brute Force 750 SE.

The Brute Force 450 T-CAT provides a compact and capable option for riders looking for a versatile machine. Its 443cc liquid-cooled, single-cylinder engine produces 17 PS, while the automatic CVT transmission and selectable 2WD/ 4WD system provide flexibility across different conditions. Front and rear racks, a 730kg towing capacity and 235mm of ground clearance make it suitable for practical work as well as recreational riding. Its T-CAT specification also brings European T3b certification, allowing the ATV to be registered for road use. The Brute Force 450 EPS T-CAT adds Kawasaki’s two-mode Electronic Power Steering as standard. The system is designed to reduce steering effort at lower speeds while providing appropriate assistance as speed increases. It retains the 443cc engine, automatic transmission and selectable 2WD/4WD system, combining the compact dimensions of the 450 with additional steering assistance for demanding work and longer rides. Moving to the larger machines, the Brute Force 750 uses a 749cc liquid-cooled Vtwin engine producing 51 PS and 58.1Nm of torque. Electronic power steering, selectable 2WD/4WD and double-wishbone suspension are designed to provide a balance of strength, traction and control. With a 567kg towing capacity, the 750 is equipped for demanding jobs while remaining capable on challenging offroad terrain. Farming

| ATV

ENGINEERED FOR REAL FARM TASKS STRONG, RELIABLE AND BUILT TO LAST.

This versatile model features rugged capability and unrivaled all-day comfort to finish the job and get you where you need to go. With responsive power, sporty handling, and Kawasaki build quality, you can take on more with confidence.

For more information and to find your local Kawasaki dealer, visit WWW.KAWASAKI.CO.UK At the top of the UK line-up is the Brute Force 750 SE. It shares the 749cc V-twin platform but adds equipment aimed at riders seeking greater protection and practicality. A front brush guard, protective handguards and a WARN VRX 25-S winch with 15 metres of synthetic rope are fitted as standard. The SE also features Kawasaki’s 4.3-inch TFT instrumentation, LED lighting and rugged front and rear carriers. Together, these machines give Kawasaki UK

a defined ATV range. The 450 models provide a manageable and versatile platform, while the 750 models offer greater engine capacity and additional performance. With roadregisterable T-CAT models alongside the larger Brute Force 750 and 750 SE, Kawasaki’s UK 2026 ATV line-up focuses on practical utility, dependable performance and off-road capability, giving riders a choice of machines suited to different requirements and riding environments

Farming

| ATV

Taylors Tools (KL) Limited 43 Hempstead Road, Kings Langley, WD4 8BS Tel 01923 268 355 www.taylorstools.co.uk Farming

Lindstead Farm & Garden Machinery The Garage, Linstead Parva, Halesworth, IP19 0AA Tel 01986 785272 www.polaris-halesworth.co.uk

Bruce Hopkins Limited Shenington Airfield Oxon, OX15 6NW Tel 01295 680 711 www.brucehopkins.co.uk

| ATV

Polaris Unveils 2027 European Lineup Led by New RANGER Diesel Nordic Pro

olaris Off Road, the world leader in powersports and off-road innovation, unveiled its 2027 European vehicle lineup, featuring new cab-equipped work vehicles and enhanced ride and drivability updates designed for agricultural, forestry, and property management applications.

Leading the 2027 lineup is the new RANGER Diesel Nordic Pro, which combines the proven diesel platform with a factory-installed cab, heating, and weather protection for year-round productivity. “For 2027, we’re focused on delivering more value and capability across our lineup” said Jenika Bishop, Global Market Manager. “From the new RANGER Diesel Nordic Pro to updates across our Sportsman and youth lineups, these vehicles are built to help customers work smarter and ride with confidence” RANGER Lineup Designed to simplify demanding work, the 2027 RANGER lineup introduces several drivability upgrades and new features.

Polaris expanded the Nordic Pro range with the addition of the RANGER Diesel Nordic Pro, delivering enhanced comfort for year-round operation. Polaris renamed the 570 platforms to Sportsman 600 and RANGER 600 to better align model positioning within the product portfolio. The RANGER 600 lineup receives the Gen 2 transmission for 50% easier shifting, upgraded Electronic Power Steering (EPS), a new colour display and an updated engine controller enabling integrated speed-limiting capability. RANGER Diesel Nordic Pro: Combines a Kubota diesel engine with a factory-installed cab, heat and defrost, manual-crank windows, under-seat storage, and an integrated noise reduction system. Available in Onyx Black. RANGER 600: Available in a professional Stealth Grey colourway on the base trim, and Blue Dusk with colour-matched doors on the Nordic Pro trim. RANGER 1000 & XP 1000: Available in new Farming

| ATV

Sportsman 600 EPS Deluxe: Now available in the striking Zenith Blue colourway. Sportsman 600 EPS and EPS 2-UP Black Edition: This trim line receives an updated Matte Black Crystal colour alongside its suite of accessories, including a 1587 KG (3,500 lb) winch and rear cargo storage box. Sportsman XP 1000 S LE: This premium platform with Walker Evans adjustable shocks is now available in a new Crater Grey colourway. RZR Lineup Granite Grey and Stealth Grey colourways, respectively. Nordic Pro trims feature a factory-installed cab, heating, and weather protection for year-round productivity, and are available in Blue Dusk with colour-matched doors. SPORTSMAN Lineup The 2027 Sportsman lineup brings new colour options for European markets along with new features. The Sportsman 600 lineup benefits from an updated engine controller enabling integrated speed-limiting capability and new drive modes on the SP model.

Farming

The 2027 lineup update also brings changes to the RZR models. Both the Trail S and the XP variants provide dependable power across varied terrain while adhering to European Tractor (T1a/T1b) homologation standards. By updating these popular variants with striking colour visual updates, Polaris provides professional operators with highly agile machinery built to tackle demanding land management and utility tasks in stylish new paint schemes. RZR Trail S Sport: Available in a new White Lightning colourway accented in red. Standard equipment includes Walker Evans needle

| ATV

shocks, Electronic Power Steering, half doors, LED lighting, and a 1.25″ hitch receiver. RZR XP Sport: Refreshed with a professional Stealth Grey finish. Backed by the ProStar 1000 Gen-2 engine, it features a heavy-duty front bumper, a full skid plate, full half doors, and 29″ Trailmaster X/T tyres. Youth Lineup Polaris continues to support the next generation of riders with practical safety technology and fresh aesthetics across its youth range. The 2027 models bring updated, vibrant styling while retaining the critical safety technologies that help parents manage and monitor young riders. •

•

Outlaw 110 EFI: Available in the Lime Squeeze colourway, standard safety features include an adjustable speed limiter, safety tether, and daytime running lights. RZR 200 EFI: Available in Storm Grey/ Polaris Blue and Indy Red. Standard safety integrations include Ride Control Technology, Helmet Aware Technology, and hard doors.

•

RANGER 150 EFI: Available in Zenith Blue, featuring Helmet Aware Technology and Youth Ride Control with geo-fencing, location tracking, and speed limiting.

•

Phoenix 200: Continues in Storm Grey, featuring an adjustable speed limiter and a safety whip flag.

Customers can learn more about the 2027 lineup and find the vehicle that best suits their needs by visiting their local authorised Polaris dealer.

Farming

| ATV

Honda Unveils Special Edition Colours to its TRX520 ATV Range

onda has added a touch of exclusivity to its popular TRX520 ATV range with the launch of two brand new striking Special Edition colour options, both arriving in September and available in strictly limited numbers.

The first colour addition is on the TRX520FA6, Honda's 518cc ATV featuring Automatic Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT), Electric Power Steering (EPS) and Independent Rear Suspension (IRS). This popular machine will be offered in Special Edition TrueTimber Atera Camouflage, designed to blend seamlessly into rural environments and perfect for gamekeepers and large estate owners. The second colour addition is available on the TRX520FM6, a trusted favourite among farmers and industry professionals who demand durability and dependability. Built for serious work, it combines Honda's proven manual transmission with Electric Power Steering (EPS) and Independent Rear Suspension (IRS) for exceptional capability and comfort. This model will be available in an eye-catching Matt Timberwolf Grey Metallic finish.

Honda says each Special Edition colour variant will be limited to just 180 units across the UK, with every machine carrying its own individually numbered special edition plaque. The limited-run models will be available exclusively through Honda Authorised Dealers, with deliveries expected to commence later this month. The announcement builds on the strong reputation the TRX520 platform has earned among livestock and hill farmers, where reliability and sure-footed performance remain essential attributes. Featuring Farming

Honda's proven 518cc fuel-injected engine, the range is designed for demanding agricultural work, whether that involves towing, gathering stock or navigating challenging terrain. That reputation is echoed by Highland farmer David Colhart Appin, who currently operates three TRX520 ATVs on his farm. "I went back to the Honda TRX520, and I now have three of these models. We run three for lambing and our farming operations and change them every three years. Our ground is very rough and steep in areas of our farm, but they're always stable on the hill and start every time. They've got plenty of power, especially for towing, and the manual and automatic options make a real difference when you've got weight on the back. They're tough, reliable, and just get on with the job. If they didn't do the job, I'd have changed machines, but for an ATV I won't go past Honda." With limited numbers available and a longestablished reputation among working farms, Honda's latest Special Edition TRX520 models are likely to attract attention from both existing Honda users and those looking for a dependable ATV capable of tackling demanding agricultural conditions.

TRX520 FA6

INVEST IN THE BEST ON EARTH

Taylors Tools (KL) Limited

Push-button Diff. Lock

Manual Override

Skip Switch

Allows you to simply lock the front differential, driving full power to all wheels - a real benefit in loose rocky terrain or deep muddy, boggy conditions.

Instantly switch gears on DCT models with handlebar mounted controls for complete control.

Forward/Reverse Skip Switch allows the rider to bypass neutral and go directly from drive to reverse.

Automatic 5-speed transmission

Shift Map

Utility Box Front mounted 1.9L water resistant utility box allows the rider to store essentials in all weathers.

Fuel efficient Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) provides smooth automatic shifting.

Double-Wishbone Front suspension Independant double-wishbone front suspension with increased travel to 185mm and adjustable pre-load to cover rough terrain with complete control, even when laden.

Hydraulic Disc Brakes Impressive stopping power in all conditions with front and rear hydraulic disc brakes.

Monitors RPM in real time and adjusts accordingly for smoother and more responsive performance.

Powerful and Efficient Easy starting liquid-cooled, fuel-injected 518cc OHV 4-stroke engine is fuel efficient, yet delivers responsive power - ideal for pulling away with heavy loads.

Independent Rear Suspension (IRS) 216mm travel with pre-load adjustable twin shock absorber to give a smoother, more controlled over harsh terrain.

Also available in green and camo

Farminguse. *Subject to following the service schedule, 2 year warranty applies to domestic and non-competitive

| ATV

Highland Leisure Sport Named New Yamaha ATV Dealer for the Scottish Highlands

amaha Motor UK has strengthened its dealer network in northern Scotland with the appointment of Highland Leisure Sport Ltd as an authorised ATV dealership serving customers across the Highlands.

Based at Unit 20, Cromarty Firth Industrial Park in Invergordon, the new dealership will provide a full range of Yamaha ATV services, including vehicle sales, workshop facilities, genuine parts supply and accessories. The move is intended to ensure continued support for existing Yamaha owners, while also improving access to the manufacturer's latest utility ATV models. The dealership appointment reflects Yamaha's ongoing commitment to supporting the agricultural, estate management and commercial sectors throughout the region. Owners will continue to benefit from local warranty support, servicing and maintenance, as well as ready access to replacement components. Highland Leisure Sport brings strong links to the local farming community and already operates established servicing facilities. Yamaha believes this local knowledge and infrastructure will help

deliver responsive customer support and maintain high standards of dealer service throughout the Highlands. Farmers, contractors, estate managers and fleet operators interested in viewing Yamaha's ATV range, arranging a demonstration, booking servicing work or sourcing genuine parts can contact Highland Leisure Sport on 01349 854620 or visit its premises at Cromarty Firth Industrial Park, Invergordon.

Kodiak 700 – A force of nature. From £11.520.00 Kodiak 450 – The beauty of work. From £8,640.00 RVW Pugh Ltd Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel Cheshire, CW4 8AX Tel: 01477 533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Stirling's Powersports East Fulton House, Darluith Road, Paisley, Linwood, PA3 3TP Tel: 01505 382222 www.stirlingspowersports.com

RVW Pugh Ltd Mellington, Churchstoke Montgomery, Powys SY15 6TQ Tel: 01588 620545

#DRIVENBYRESULTS Farming

Choose the Pathcross ATV 525/650/800/1000cc

PATHCROSS ATVS AND WORKCROSS UTVS Discover the exceptional from a global leading powersports manufacturer.

Unleash the power with V-Twin engines. Tackle the most rugged trails and rough terrain. Enhance your ride with advanced suspension and electronic fuel injection. Enjoy the comfort with a cab, heating and air conditioning.

Satisfy all your expectations with the Workcross 525/650/800/1000cc

GO BEYOND ROADS. GO TO YOUR DEALER Readman Mowers

Curtis & Shaw (Sussex) ltd

The Shed, Sand Lane, Wilberfoss, North Yorkshire. YO41 5PB Tel: 01759 380 231 www.readmanmowers.co.uk

Cowbeech, Hailsham East Sussex, BN27 4JE Tel: 01323 833441 / 07483 334448 www.curtisandshaw.co.uk

Distributed by: Farming

| ATV

One Tracker, Five Stolen Quads, and SE a Recovery That Made the Difference

he theft of agricultural vehicles continues to be a growing concern for rural businesses across the UK, but a recent incident at the Royal Welsh Agricultural Show demonstrates how modern tracking technology can make the difference between losing a machine forever and recovering it within hours.

the tracked quad helped police identify a location connected to other stolen machines. Although those vehicles were not fitted with ATVTrac systems, the discovery of the site ultimately led to additional recoveries.

During this year's show, thieves targeted multiple exhibitors overnight, stealing five quad bikes from display stands. Among them was a CFMOTO ATV belonging to D G Thomas Agri, a leading machinery dealer based in Mid Wales.

"I would be mad not to be an ATVTrac dealer," he said. "ATVTrac comes as standard on agricultural ATVs. If we didn't fit these trackers, how embarrassing would that be?"

For Will Thomas, the discovery that the machine had disappeared came as a major blow in the middle of one of the agricultural calendar's biggest events. "Somebody broke into the show," he explained. "Multiple people were involved, and they went for multiple machines. They ripped the ignition barrel off ours but clearly hadn't worked out how to get it going. It's a massive pain to deal with in the middle of a show like that." Yet, remarkably, D G Thomas Agri's machine would become the only one of the stolen quads to be recovered quickly, thanks to one crucial piece of technology: an ATVTrac tracker. As soon as the theft was discovered, Will contacted ATVTrac, which immediately supplied tracking information showing a breadcrumb trail of the ATV's movements during the hours following its theft. Armed with the live location data, Dyfed-Powys Police were able to trace the vehicle to a wooded area nearby.

For Will, the experience reinforced something he already believed.

The incident also highlights a reality that many farmers are increasingly facing. Traditional security measures such as locks, chains and immobilisers remain important, but determined thieves are often prepared to overcome them. Recovery has become just as important as prevention. "We don't need this happening to farmers all over the UK," said Will. "That's exactly why we keep the recovered bike on site at shows, so people can see it and it raises a bit of awareness. Bottom line: get a tracker on your bike."

ATVTrac's appeal lies not only in its tracking capability but in the support behind it. The system combines GPS tracking, capable of locating a machine to within three to five metres, with RF technology that can narrow the search area to around one metre. Owners can monitor vehicle location and status in real time through the app, while a dedicated recovery team works alongside police in the event of theft. Additional features include rollover alerts sent to nominated emergency contacts, insurer recognition and a lifetime warranty on the hardware. At a starting subscription cost of £82.50 per year, ATVTrac's Rupert believes the investment is an easy one to justify.

"We track every single bike we sell, so ours was found and recovered thanks to Dyfed-Powys Police and the ATVTrac tracker," said Will. "Really good to get it back that quickly."

"Let's face it," he says, "that's less than most memberships these days."

The recovered ATV was far from untouched. Thieves had ripped out the ignition barrel and somehow managed to remove the parking lock mechanism as well. Nevertheless, the machine was back in its owner's possession, something that cannot be said for many stolen agricultural vehicles.

The events at the Royal Welsh Show provided a timely reminder that theft remains a threat wherever valuable machinery is found. But they also demonstrated that when the worst happens, the right tracker can mean the difference between writing off a loss and getting a machine home where it belongs. As Will puts it: "Get a tracker on your bike. It's the difference between getting it back quickly and not getting it back at all."

After just five to ten minutes of searching a copse, officers located the missing quad bike.

Perhaps even more significantly, the recovery of Farming

| ATV

TAKE MACHINERY ECURITY www.atv INTOtrac.co.uk YOUR OWN HANDS TAKE MACHINERY SECURITY INTO YOUR OWN HANDS

SEE YOUR ASSET ANYWHERE, ANYTIME 24/7

24/7 Real-Time GPS & RF Theft Response Monitoring Tracking Team 24/7 Real-Time GPS & RF Theft Response Monitoring

Tracking

Team

Recognised By Insurers Recognised

Lifetime Unlimited Notifications Lifetime Warranty Unlimited

By Insurers

Notifications

Warranty

NFU Mutual NFU MutualDiscount Discount

Customers who insure theirtheir vehicle Mutual Agricultural Vehicle Policy have a Thatcham Customers who insure vehicleon onan an NFU NFU Mutual Agricultural Vehicle Policy and have aand Thatcham CategoryCategory ST tracker suchsuch as ATVTrac getup uptoto 10% discount on their insurance policy. If customers have ST tracker as ATVTraccan can get 10% discount on their insurance policy. If customers have agricultural and construction securityequipment equipment registration, (marking scheme) they can get up can to 12.5% agricultural and construction security registration, (marking scheme) they get up to 12.5% discount on their NFU Mutual Agricultural Vehicle insurance policy NFL] Mutual too. These can be combined to discount on their NFU Mutual Agricultural Vehicle insurance policy NFL] Mutual too. These can be combined to receive up to 22.5% discount. Talk to us about your insurance today. Find out more at nfumutual.co.uk receive up to 22.5% discount. Talk to us about your insurance today. Find out more at nfumutual.co.uk The National Farmers Union Mutual Insurance Society Limited (No 1 11982)

The National Farmers Union Mutual Insurance Society Limited (No 1 11982)

Radio Frequency Tracking (RF)

ATVTrac uses GPS mainly which gives accuracy down Radio Frequency Tracking (RF)

to 3 metres. ATVTrac can also use RF (Radio Frequency)

ATVTrac uses GPS mainly givestoaccuracy down which allows us towhich locate down 1 metre in garages,

is accurate enough to gain warrants. o 3 metres.this ATVTrac can also use RFsearch (Radio Frequency)

which allows us to locate down to 1 metre in garages,

his is accurate enough to gain search warrants.

D G Thomas Agri Ltd Clarke 4x4 Ltd

GPS 3M

RADIO FREQUENCY 1M

GPS 3M

GPSWe 3M canRADIO FREQUENCY 1M see your ATV, UTV, 4x4,

GPS 3M

Dorn Hill Machine Services Ltd Farming Equipment and more

Old RAF camp Sprinks Barn Farm, Unit 1, Dorn Hill Farm, Moreton In Marsh, We can seeGL56 your ATV, UTV, 4x4, Llanbedr, LL45 2LS Dunstall, Burton Upon Trent Gloucestershire, 9QG TEL: 01341 241319 DE13 8BG Tel: 01608 239437 / 652653 To find your nearest ATVTrac dealer go toFarming www.atvtrac.co.uk Equipment and more www.dgtagri.co.uk TEL: 01283 711 610 www.dornhillmachineservices.com www.clarke4x4.co.uk

 hello@alltrac.co.uk |  +44 (0) 1327 317 980 (Lines open 9am - 5:30pm) Farming To find your nearest ATVTrac dealer go to www.atvtrac.co.uk

| ATV

Can-Am Unveils 2027 Side-by-Sides and All-Terrain Vehicles: The Evolution of Off-Road Performance an-Am, iconic brand of BRP Inc. (TSX/NASDAQ: DOO), proudly introduces its 2027 range of sideby-side vehicles (SSV) and allterrain vehicles (ATV). From the unstoppable Traxter to the ground-breaking Maverick R and the iconic Outlander, the CanAm lineup features a host of advancements designed to deliver a riding experience unlike any other machine.

Simply put, the 2027 Can-Am lineup is all about refinement and value, said Carlos Alvarez-Valls, Product Analyst, Global Product Strategy at BRP. At Can-Am, we never rest on our laurels. We are always striving for the ultimate rider experience. From the hardworking Traxter XU package to the updated Maverick lineup, the advancements made across our platforms showcase our commitment to delivering greater value for every rider. The 2027 Can-Am Traxter Lineup The Can-Am Traxter embodies the grit, determination and unstoppable spirit of the farmers, land managers and riders who rely on it daily. Following the success of the 2026 Traxter HD11, Can-Am is bringing the same innovation, comfort and performance to its midhorsepower offering, the Traxter HD10. Equipped with a new best-in-class 80horsepower (58.8 kW) Rotax triple-cylinder

Farming

engine, the second-generation HD10 lineup boasts quiet, hardworking power to knock out the toughest jobs. In addition to its revamped powertrain, the new-generation HD10 also benefits from an updated chassis and suspension design, state-of-the-art technology and premium interior comfort, all while working harder and smarter than ever before. Additionally, 2027 sees the introduction of the Can-Am Traxter X mr HD11 in Europe. This machine takes mud performance to the next level, combining class-leading capability, purpose-built mud-ready features, and relentless power for riders eager to tackle the toughest terrain with confidence. The all-new 2027 Traxter HD11 will also be equipped with BRP’s latest 10.25-inch Wireless Touch display, featuring embedded navigation

| ATV

powered by BRP GO!. The advanced display delivers an enhanced riding experience with a high-quality digital camera offering crisp image clarity, FM radio, improved digital audio for clearer sound, greater customization options, and full-screen functionality for seamless access to key information and entertainment. In addition, for the new Traxter lineup, a new 5inch color instrument display positioned behind the steering wheel will provide improved visibility and a more intuitive interface. Designed to keep essential vehicle and riding information clearly within view, the display enables riders to monitor key metrics at a glance for a more confident and connected driving experience. The Traxter 6X6 legacy continues its evolution The Can-Am Traxter 6x6 XU HD10 - the ultimate workhorse with heavy-duty Rotax engines - is now available with an XU package that comes with Tractor homologation for onroad use, giving professionals greater flexibility to travel efficiently between job sites, fields, forests, and worksites. Built for demanding applications, it combines exceptional versatility, capability, and productivity, delivering uncompromising performance both on and off the road. The 2027 Can-Am Maverick Lineup Through its race-bred DNA, the Can-Am Maverick R has earned a reputation for all-out performance. For 2027, all Maverick R models are equipped with the second-generation Rotax dual-clutch transmission. Initially

debuted in the Maverick R X rc and the Maverick R MAX, the second-generation Rotax transmission features an extra low gear for optimal power delivery in low-speed terrain, and reinforced components to support the additional torque. All 2027 Maverick R and Maverick models come equipped with integrated window nets for a race-inspired look and better protection from the elements. Plus, all 2027 Maverick models come equipped with door fillers for improved cabin sealing, while the RS and DS iterations receive a full roof. The 2027 Can-Am Outlander Lineup From the game-changing Can-Am Outlander Electric to the industry-leading Outlander 1000R, the Outlander family builds on consecutive years of momentum and innovation. The 2027 model year sees the addition of a new MAX configuration for the Outlander X mr models, designed for solo riders who seek high comfort and stability levels thanks to a longer chassis. Offering more connectivity packages than ever before, the high-horsepower Outlander XT and Backcountry models are now available with a 10.25-inch Touch display. The intuitive infotainment system offers a built-in GPS for access to offline mapping and group ride features, while also offering convenient ride settings adjustments on the fly. Can-Am expands its 2027 lineup of Can-Am SSVs and ATVs with 105 new accessories that unlock more capability and confidence in demanding conditions. Farming

Richard Jones ATV

Range and Road LTD

Unit 5 The Old Foundry, Victoria Road, Kington, HR5 3DA TEL: 01544 350256 www.richardjonesatv.co.uk

Neaton Business Park Norwich Road, Watton IP25 6JB TEL: 01953 528053 www.rangeandroad.co.uk

Some call it premium. We call it standard. MADE FOR DIFFICULT CONDITIONS. BUILD THE PERFECT VEHICLE FOR YOUR LAND. • 95 hp, a 95 Nm Rotax engine • 454 kg Cargo Box Capacity • 1,111 kg Towing Capacity

THE 2026 TRAXTER MAX HD11 T

5% DISCOUNT for NFU members*

AVAILABLE ON ALL CAN-AM OFF ROAD VEHICLES MY23 AND UP (EXCL. OUTLANDER ELE

* Valid until 31st of January 2027. 5% discount off suggested retail price (excl. VAT & transport costs) for the purchase of a Can-Am Traxter MY23 and up. 5% discount off suggested retail price (excl. VAT & transport costs) for the purchase of a Can-Am Outlander MY23 and up (excluding Outlander Electric). This promotion cannot be substituted and only for NFU members. Offer valid at participating local dealers. © 2026 Bombardier Recreational Products Inc (BRP). All rights reserved. The BRP logos are registered trademarks of BRP or its affiliates.

ECTRIC).

| ATV

Suzuki KingQuads Benefit from Enhanced Security as Standard very new Suzuki KingQuad ATV comes with an enhanced security package, combining Datatool tracking and immobilisation technology with the CESAR Security System powered by Datatag.

The Datatool Stealth S5+ tracker and immobiliser provides an additional layer of protection against theft, with 4G-enabled tracking, tow-away alerts and support from a UK-based 24/7/365 Theft Monitoring Team.

The system also features a ‘no tag, no start’ immobiliser. If the rider ID tag is not present, the ATV will not start, even if the original ignition key is used. Once the rider moves away from the machine, the system automatically re-arms. Owners can also use the Datatool app to view the location of their KingQuad in real time and access journey history. Alongside the Datatool system, new Suzuki KingQuads are also protected by the CESAR Security System powered by Datatag, which is Farming

fitted as a standard feature and gives each machine a unique and permanent forensic identity. CESAR uses a combination of security technologies, including UV etching, RFID chips, microscopic Datadots and tamperevident warning labels. Together, these make a stolen ATV more difficult to disguise. Mark Beeley, Head of ATV & Marine at Suzuki GB, said, “ATVs are essential working tools for many of our customers, and unfortunately that also makes them an attractive target for thieves. Security is therefore an important consideration when choosing a new ATV. By combining the Datatool tracker and immobiliser with the CESAR system, our customers benefit from several layers of security from the moment they take delivery of their KingQuad, providing additional peace of mind and helping to protect an important working asset.” The enhanced security package is included with Suzuki’s current KingQuad utility ATV range, including the KingQuad 500 and 750 models. Suzuki KingQuads are designed for a range of agricultural, estate, land management and commercial applications, combining all-terrain capability and durability with practical features designed to support operators in their day-today work. Interested customers can find their nearest Authorised Suzuki Dealer online at: https://atv. suzuki.co.uk/find-a-dealer/

Farming

| T YRES

BKT broadens URC partnership

The leading Off-Highway tyre manufacturer rugby, extending its collaboration with the U new chapter for BKT and the United Rugby Championship was officially unveiled. BKT, a leading tyre manufacturer in the Off-Highway sector, and the United Rugby Championship have extended their partnership until 2030, featuring a significantly renewed scope and positioning. The multinational company, already Title Sponsor in the Northern Hemisphere, now proudly becomes the Official Global Tyre Partner of the tournament, maintaining its status in the Northern Hemisphere and broadening its reach across all URC territories: Ireland, Italy, Scotland, Wales and South Africa.

This marks an eight-season partnership, building on the collaboration initiated in 2022, and substantially enhances BKT's influence in international rugby through passion, performance, talent, and support for young generations that will continue to fuel this enduring relationship. Indeed, fans remain central to BKT's activities: dedicated activations, including moneycan't-buy experiences, pregame events, and grassroots rugby support, will resume from the start of the 26/27 season, bringing together every URC fan all around the world. The Lanfranchi Stadium in Parma served as the symbolic location for BKT and URC to reaffirm their commitment at the presence Farming

of Lucia Salmaso, Managing Director of BKT Europe, and Martin Anayi, CEO of the United Rugby Championship. This renewed agreement further solidifies BKT’s overarching strategy in global sports. Beyond rugby, where the brand partners with significant international competitions like URC and Six Nations, BKT’s presence spans some of the world’s most followed sports. These include the main football championships (LALIGA, Serie BKT, and

| T YRES

p to Official Global Tyre Partner

r strengthens its presence in international United Rugby Championship to a global scale Ligue 2 BKT), basketball leagues (EuroLeague and BKT EuroCup), curling in Canada, cricket in India and Australia, and Monster Jam motorsport competition. "This milestone marks a significant step forward in our growth trajectory within sports. Becoming the Official Global Tyre Partner of the URC strengthens an already solid collaboration and projects it onto a global stage. Rugby embodies values that BKT deeply identifies with - passion, determination,

and team spirit - and serves as an ideal platform to continue building meaningful relationships with fans, communities and stakeholders. With this new global positioning, we aim to leverage the love for rugby in every part of the world, engaging every fan." – stated Lucia Salmaso, Managing Director of BKT Europe. Martin Anayi, CEO of the United Rugby Championship, added: “BKT’s decision to expand its partnership with the United Rugby Championship to a global level is a significant milestone for our league and a strong endorsement of the growth and international potential of the URC. We are delighted that BKT will now extend its investment across all five of our territories, now including South Africa, while continuing as our Title Partner in the Northern Hemisphere. This expansion reflects the confidence BKT has in the URC, our clubs and our passionate supporters, and creates exciting new opportunities to connect with rugby communities across both hemispheres. Once more, BKT underscores its concrete commitment to sports through long-term partnerships that consistently generate value for the brand, the competition, the sport enthusiasts, and the communities involved. Through this amplified engagement, BKT reinforces its vision: leveraging sport as a strategic platform to promote its principles, create tangible value for society, and contribute to the development of an increasingly connected global community.

Farming

| Motors

Sparkies and brickies may lead the switch to electric vans

ew research commissioned by Farizon* has revealed a strong majority of UK tradespeople are considering a switch to electric vans. 71 percent of respondents in the trades would consider an electric van as their next work vehicle.

These findings are contrary to conclusions that may be drawn from the current sales figures. According to Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT) data, 13.9 percent of LCVs under 3.5 tonnes sold in July 2026 were electric**. Of the general public responding to the same question in the same survey, 55 percent said they were considering switching to electric. The latest SMMT data identifies 27.5 percent of passenger car sales as BEVs last month***. Calum James, Country General Manager at Farizon Auto UK, said: “This survey is really encouraging. Interest in electric vans among tradespeople is strong, even more so than among the wider public. With electric van sales across the industry not matching the levels of interest, it suggests a huge, untapped opportunity is there for the taking. We know that our born-electric model line-up is more than a match for traditional diesel vans in terms of capability and versatility, and beats them hands down for total cost of ownership. It’s clear purchasing behaviour is shifting.” Younger tradies are keener to go greener Farizon’s research identified a clear generational difference in attitudes towards electric vans. Among tradespeople aged 18-24, 85 percent said they would consider switching to an electric van, compared with only 33 percent of those aged 65 and over. James added: “Older generations of tradies have spent their working lives trusting in diesel-powered vans, and maybe younger drivers are keener to embrace a new technology. It’s imperative that we make a clear case to all tradespeople about the real-world benefits of our latest generation electric vans. Farizon vans incorporate useful new tech like a payload monitoring system and domestic threepin outlets to power equipment and charge up tool batteries, making the working day easier for everyone.”

Farming

Wales most willing to switch

Views towards electrification also varied across the UK. Tradespeople in Wales recorded the highest levels of interest in electric vans (67 percent), followed by those in London (52 percent). By contrast, no respondents in Northern Ireland said they’d consider making the switch.

| Motors The findings bear some correlation to the regional accessibility of public charging infrastructure. According to data obtained from Zapmap and published by the Department for Transport (DfT)****, Northern Ireland has the lowest number of public EV chargers per head, with 39 devices per 100,000 residents. By comparison, Wales has 122 devices per 100,000 residents. London has the highest concentration of EV chargers per head, with 301 devices per 100,000 residents. James said: “It’s interesting that regional disparities in the interest in going electric seems to line up with the strength of the public charging infrastructure. It highlights the importance of confidence in the ecosystem around EVs. Many tradespeople will find that they can save even more on running costs

if they can charge overnight at home, and the vast majority will rarely need a public charger because the range of modern electric vans is more than enough for a day or two on the job. Installing a home charger is usually very straightforward these days, and we offer comprehensive support to ensure it’s as easy and efficient as possible.” Electricians spark brightest interest Farizon’s survey also found that the confidence in eLCVs varies between professions. Half (50 percent) of electricians, builders and gardeners surveyed said they would ‘definitely consider’ switching to an electric van, whereas only 18 percent of carpenters and 20 percent of plumbers were as keen. James concluded by saying: “There are several possible explanations to the variations between different trades in their inclination to go electric. Do some tend to travel further and have concerns about range? Do some that regularly transport heavier and larger loads think electric vans won’t carry as much as their diesels? These doubts are almost all based on outdated perceptions. With payloads of up to 1.3 tonnes, capacities up to 13 m3, and electric range of up to 247 miles (WLTP combined), Farizon’s modern electric vans outperform diesels in almost every regard. “Ultimately, this research shows that there’s an encouraging level of interest among tradespeople in going electric. And we know our vans can comfortably fulfil the vast majority of their needs and dramatically reduce their running costs. We’re already seeing a significant acceleration in sales and we’re looking forward to more rapid and sustained growth in the medium and longer term.” Farizon’s growing UK line-up comprises the award-winning Farizon SV large van and the recently launched V7E medium van. Both combine class-leading payload and cargo capacity with competitive realworld range, rapid charging capability and advanced drive-by-wire technology. The Farizon V7E is available from £28,000, while the larger SV starts from £39,000 (both excluding VAT, delivery, ZEVG, first registration fee and VED). The Farizon SV was also a 2026 International Van of the Year finalist, and has won Trade Van Driver Awards for ‘Best Technical Innovation’ and ‘Best Large Zero Emission Van’.

Farming

| Motors

LEPAS REVEALS FULL UK SPECIFICATION OF ALL-NEW L6 EV

EPAS has confirmed full UK specification for the new L6 EV, an all-electric C-segment SUV bringing together elegant design, advanced technology and practicality.

Joining the flagship L8 PHEV, the L6 EV – the brand’s first all-electric SUV - has been designed around modern urban life. Its well-balanced dimensions are combined with a spacious interior, generous electric range and technology designed to make everyday driving easier.

feel, whilst also reducing the pitching sensation sometimes associated with electric vehicles.

As with the L8, LEPAS' European chassis team carried out dedicated development work to refine the L6 EV for European roads, engineered to combine smooth electric performance with the ride comfort and predictable handling expected by European drivers. Exterior styling: Leopard-inspired elegance The L6 EV brings LEPAS' Leopard Aesthetics design philosophy to the C-SUV market. Its clean, flowing shape includes details inspired by the movement, confidence and agility of one nature’s most elegant predators. Signature 'Hunting Eye' LED headlights are joined by a wide-body profile inspired by a leopard in motion and distinctive LED rear lighting. At 4,570mm long, 1,852mm wide (excluding mirrors) and 1,676mm high, the L6 EV combines SUV road presence with dimensions suited to towns and cities. A 2,700mm wheelbase helps maximise passenger space, while 159mm of ground clearance adds everyday versatility.

UK customers can choose between two generously equipped trim levels. Essence, which includes a comprehensive suite of technology, safety and comfort features and Elevate, which adds further luxury, convenience and intelligent parking technology. Both variants use a 65kWh lithium iron phosphate (LFP) battery and front-mounted electric motor producing 160kW (217PS) and 275Nm of torque, with acceleration from 0–62mph in 7.9 seconds and a top speed of 111mph. Its 279-mile WLTP range is designed to cover everyday journeys as well as longer trips. When charging is needed, the 120kW DC capability provides a 30–80 per cent charge in approximately 22 minutes. The L6 EV is built on LEPAS' LEX Platform, a newenergy architecture developed around intelligence, efficiency and safety. The EV’s integrated 12-in-1 electric drive system has been designed for efficiency and smooth power delivery, with electric power steering and an electric brake booster are standard. The L6 EV features Bosch IBP 2.0 braking technology which has been developed to improve braking performance, energy recovery and pedal Farming

Both Essence and Elevate feature 19-inch diamond-cut alloy wheels. Standard equipment also includes LED headlights with Intelligent High Beam Assist, LED daytime running lights and LED rear lights. Electrically adjustable, heated and power-folding door mirrors with puddle lights are also standard. Privacy glass is fitted to the rear windows and tailgate, while acoustic laminated front side windows help reduce outside noise. In addition to the free of charge Lucid White, L6 EV features five other pearlescent exterior colours priced at £500: Phantom Grey, Cosmic Black, Quicksilver, alongside the vibrant Solar Orange and Supernova Purple. Interior: Designed around modern urban life The L6 EV’s interior has been designed to feel calm, spacious and intuitive. Advanced technology is integrated into a clean and uncluttered cabin. A wrap-around cockpit puts the driver at the centre of the experience, while the 13.2-inch waterfallstyle central touchscreen display brings a sense of

| Motors minimalism while the large panoramic sunroof brings natural light into the cabin.

Keeping, Blind Spot Detection and Traffic Jam Assist.

LEPAS’s intelligent LEX Platform has allowed designers to create a flat floor in the rear, creating more space and giving rear passengers more room to stretch out.

Rear Traffic Cross Alert and Rear Traffic Cross Braking are also standard. Other features include Rear Collision Warning, Door Open Warning, Intelligent Speed Limit Control and Front Distance Monitoring.

The boot provides 410 litres of luggage space, increasing to 1,334 litres with the rear seats folded. A further 99 litres of hidden underfloor storage provides space for charging equipment, shopping and other items. Both models come with a panoramic sunroof with electric sunshade, dual-zone climate control, rear air vents and a heated multifunction steering wheel, whilst heated front windscreen, keyless entry and go and 40/60 split-folding rear seats are also standard. The entry-level Essence trim features Basalt Black fabric upholstery and six-way manually adjustable front seats. Elevate adds Basalt Black full leather-effect upholstery and six-way power adjustment for both front seats, with the driver also benefiting from fourway power lumbar adjustment. Heated and ventilated front seats are standard on Elevate, along with a power tailgate, Nano-Aqua Ion Air Purification System and 256-colour ambient lighting.

Front and rear parking sensors and a 540° panoramic camera system are standard on both models, with Elevate adding Advanced Parking Assist (APA) and Remote Parking Assist (RPA). Infotainment and connectivity: Intelligent technology as standard Both trim levels feature a 13.2-inch central touchscreen and 8.88-inch Retina LCD digital driver display. A Qualcomm 8155 infotainment processor powers the L6 EV’s connected features, making use sharp and responsive. The ‘Hello LEPAS’ AI-powered voice assistant allows drivers to control key vehicle functions using voice commands, limiting distractions whilst driving. Both models feature 50W wireless smartphone charging with active cooling, two front USB-C ports and USB-A and USB-C connections for rear passengers. Essence features a six-speaker audio system, whilst Elevate upgrades this to a SONY premium eight-speaker system. A standard 3.3kW Vehicle-to-Load (V2L) function also allows owners to use energy stored in the L6 EV’s battery to power compatible external electrical equipment – adding useful flexibility for everything from outdoor activities to camping trips. Warranty and ownership Every LEPAS L6 EV comes with a 7-year/100,000mile manufacturer warranty and an 8-year/ 100,000-mile high-voltage battery warranty. A 12year/unlimited-mileage corrosion perforation guarantee and 3-year/unlimited-mileage paintwork guarantee is also included.

Safety: Protection built in Safety has been engineered into the L6 EV from the start. Developed in line with 2026 Euro NCAP testing protocols, the L6 EV combines a strong passenger structure with extensive airbag protection, driver assistance technology and highvoltage battery protection. Both models feature 22 advanced driver assistance functions. These include Autonomous Emergency Braking, Forward Collision Warning, Adaptive Cruise Control, Lane Keep Assist, Emergency Lane

RAC Roadside Assistance is provided for the first 12 months and is automatically renewed for up to seven years when scheduled servicing is completed at an authorised LEPAS service centre, whilst Over-the-Air (OTA) and Firmware-Over-theAir (FOTA) updates allow software and vehicle functions to be updated throughout the car's life. Order books for LEPAS L6 EV will open in early Q4 of 2026. To find out more about LEPAS UK, please visit: www.lepasauto.co.uk/

Farming

| Motors

BYD and DENZA at CarFest 2026

YD, the world’s leading manufacturer of New Energy Vehicles (plug-in hybrid and electric) and DENZA, BYD Group’s technology-led, premium brand, will be presenting several of its newest and most exciting models at CarFest 2026.

BYD Group returns to CarFest following its first appearance in 2024, and this year arrives at the event with a range of key new models, many of which are set to go on sale imminently.

Among them is the DOLPHIN G DM-i. The all-new supermini, designed exclusively for the UK and European markets, becomes the nation’s cheapest new plug-in hybrid with an on-the-road starting price of £23,990. The show will give the public a chance to see the new model close-up, including features like its panoramic roof, head-up display and the highly efficient Dual Mode Super Hybrid powertrain, which is capable of up to 65 miles of electric-only driving and a 646-mile range with a full battery and a full tank of petrol. From superminis to SUVs, BYD’s range will soon grow with the Ti 7. CarFest attendees will be among the earliest to see a car which delivers two firsts for the UK: the brand’s first seven-seater, and first model to get a Dual Mode Performance (DM-p) powertrain. The combination delivers superb practicality for families, yet thanks to its plug-in hybrid system, achieves a 0-62 mph time of just 4.8 seconds. CarFest’s pick-up fans will also have the opportunity to view the SHARK up close. The bold pick-up newcomer combines impressive practicality and robustness with a Dual Mode Offroad (DMO) powertrain, offering 436PS and 650Nm of torque, making it an ideal choice for towing trailers or carrying significant payloads. Joining these models on the stand is the SEAL. Farming

Recently updated, the striking saloon introduces both a larger boot and frunk space, while additional driver assistance technologies, new exterior colours and revised 19-inch alloy wheels build on the already compelling all-electric package. For power used for a very different end result, festival-goers can go to the Michelin paddock to see the new DENZA Z. The brand new all-electric supercar features a three-motor powertrain to produce 1604PS – enough for a 0-62mph time of as little as 1.96 seconds. And the speed doesn’t stop at its on-track performance, because it also features FLASH Charging, enabling a recharge from 10% to 70% in just five minutes.

This year, CarFest increases its scale, by moving to Silverstone Circuit for the first time. Moving to the home of the British Grand Prix also offers a greater opportunity to continue its charity fundraising. Since 2012, the event has raised more than £28 million for UK children's charities. This year, it is supporting the Northamptonshire Community Foundation, The Pace Centre, Helen & Douglas House, The Smallpeice Trust and Roald Dahl's Marvellous Children's Charity – each of which will receive 2% of the total funds raised through CarFest this year.

Speaking ahead of the event, Steve Beattie, Deputy Country Manager for BYD UK, said: “BYD is delighted to be returning to CarFest this year. It’s one of the most varied and unique events of the automotive calendar, with so much entertainment beyond the cars and of course all the charitable causes it benefits. We’ve got a fantastic range of vehicles on display this year, so we’re really looking forward to the opportunity to give festival-goers a taster of some of the new products arriving in the coming months.” Those who wish to attend CarFest – or make a charitable donation – can do so here: https:// carfest.silverstone.co.uk/content

| Motors

CHERY STRENGTHENS ITS SEVEN-YEAR WARRANTY AS IT MARKS FIRST YEAR IN THE UK

o mark a record first year in the UK market, Chery has enhanced its vehicle warranty policy, reflecting feedback from both customers and its fastgrowing retailer network. The improvements signal the brand’s customer-first approach and long-term commitment to delivering one of the UK’s strongest ownership experiences. Among the key components now covered for seven years/ 100,000 miles are the air conditioning compressor, alternator, brake calipers, catalytic converter, infotainment unit, exhaust system, fuel injectors, fuel pump, oil pump, shock absorbers, starter motor, track rod ends, water pump, wheel bearings and electric window regulators – all were previously covered for three years/ 40,000 miles. In addition, the warranty cover on all bushes and rubber components is extended from three years/ 40,000 miles to seven years/ 60,000 miles, while cover for ball joints increases from three years/ 40,000 miles to seven years/ 60,000 miles. The enhancements provide both private and business customers with even greater peace of mind and help to reduce long-term ownership costs. Effective immediately on all new models, the enhanced cover is also applied retrospectively on every vehicle sold in the UK to date: customers do not need to take any action to benefit from the improvements, with the updated warranty terms applying automatically.

Farrel Hsu, Managing Director, CHERY UK, said: “Over the past year, we have established a solid foundation in the UK, from our compelling range of TIGGO SUVs to our comprehensive retailer network. As we continue to grow and invest in the UK, our priority remains the same: making safe, advanced, efficient vehicles more accessible to modern families, and offering an outstanding ownership experience. The enhancements we’ve made to our vehicle warranty are an integral part of that, and reflect our commitment to always putting our customers first.” Having successfully established itself in the UK market less than a year ago, Chery had the bestselling 7-seater in June with the TIGGO 8, reached a 2% market share in July, and has opened more than 85 retailers with the ambition to reach 120 by the autumn. Every model offered in the UK – TIGGO 4, TIGGO 7, TIGGO 8 and TIGGO 9 – is offered with Chery Super Hybrid (CSH) plug-in hybrid powertrains. These combine all-electric running for day-to-day journeys with the convenience and flexibility of a highly efficient petrol engine for longer trips. To further support adoption of CSH technology, CHERY is offering 0% finance across on the TIGGO 7, 8 and 9 CSH models throughout August 2026*.

Farming

PERFORMANCE ENHANCED yields

VISIT YOUR LOCAL DEALERSHIP All fuel consumption and emission values are based on the new WLTP (Worldwide Harmonised Light Vehicle Test Procedure) test cycle, which uses real-world driving data. Official fuel economy for the standard Isuzu D-Max range in MPG (l/100km): Low: 27.2 – 23.5 (10.4 - 12.0); Mid: 35.3 – 33.6 (8.0 – 8.4); High 39.8 – 38.2 (7.1 – 7.4); Extra-High 32.5 – 31.4 (8.7 - 9.0); Combined 34.0 – 32.5 (8.3 – 8.7). CO2 emissions (Combined) 217 – 229g/km. Visit Isuzu.co.uk for more information.

THREEWAYS GARAGE LTD 01745 825 847 threewaysgarage.co.uk/isuzu Faenol Avenue, Abergele, Conwy LL22 7HT

YORK VAN CENTRE 01904 470 170 yorkvancentre-isuzu.co.uk Station Lane, York YO30 1BS

EXPERIENCE THE NEW

2.2 ISUZU D-MAX STARTIN TRACTORS

DUCKWORTH ISUZU

ASHBURTON MOTOR WORKS

CULVERWELL CARS

01827 880 088 startintractors-isuzu.co.uk

01205 725 700 duckworth.co.uk/isuzu

01364 652 302 ashburtonmotorworks.co.uk

01580 880 567 culverwell-isuzu.co.uk

Ashby Road, Twycross CV9 3PW

London Road, Boston PE20 1JH

Peartree Cross, Ashburton TQ13 7RB

Robertsbridge, East Sussex TN32 5DG

PROVEEDA

TREK-TRUCKS DONCASTER

B&B TRUCKS

01473 210 000 proveeda-isuzu.co.uk

0114 551 2000 trek-trucks.co.uk

01283 521 522 bandbtrucks-isuzu.co.uk

London Road, Ipswich IP2 0ST

Belton, South Yorkshire, BN9 1NY

Castle Point Park, Staffordshire DE13 9BA

| Motors

Neue Klasse accelerates growth in fully-electric vehicle sales: Milestone of two million achieved

he Neue Klasse is providing strong momentum for fully-electric vehicle sales: Two million BEVs have been handed over to customers since sales of the very first BMW i3 launched in late 2013. Including plug-in hybrids, a total of around 3.5 million electrified vehicles have been delivered to customers worldwide since 2013. In the first half of 2026, more than one in every four vehicles sold was electrified. “Selling two million BEVs underlines how BMW and MINI models are winning over customers worldwide. In Europe, the positive development has continued since the market launch of the BMW iX3*, and we will soon be reaching the milestone of 100,000 new orders. This shows the tremendous importance of the Neue Klasse for the ongoing ramp-up of electromobility at the BMW Group,” says Jochen Goller, member of the Board of Management of BMW AG responsible for Customer, Brands, Sales. In the second quarter of 2026, European sales of BEV vehicles climbed steeply as availability of the BMW iX3 increased, with the company recording 38% growth to 81,445 units. In the first half of 2026, fully-electric vehicles accounted for around 28% of total sales on the company's home continent. Since the world premiere of the BMW iX3, one in three fully-electric BMW vehicles ordered in Europe has Farming

been a BMW iX3. Within the X3 family, one out of every two vehicles ordered is already a fully-electric iX3. The two-millionth fully-electric vehicle, a BMW i5 M60 xDrive*, was produced at Plant Dingolfing and delivered to a customer in Spain. BMW Group Plant Munich began series production of the new BMW i3 in August. High demand is leading to a steep ramp-up curve at the plant. “The second Neue Klasse model, the BMW i3, is already seeing strong demand since orders opened ahead of its market launch,“ Goller continued. With its wide range of BEVs and plug-in hybrids, the BMW Group is ideally equipped to meet customers’ growing needs and continue to offer innovative, high-quality electric vehicles. The BMW Group laid the foundation for this more than 50 years ago as an e-mobility pioneer. *Fuel consumption/emissions data: BMW iX3 50 xDrive: energy consumption combined: 18.1-15.1 kWh/100 km (WLTP); CO₂ emissions combined: 0 g/km (WLTP); CO₂ class(es): A BMW i5 M60 xDrive Sedan: energy consumption combined: 19.5-19.4 kWh/100 km (WLTP); CO₂ emissions combined: 0 g/km (WLTP); CO₂ class(es): A

| Motors

he AION UT electric supermini will cost £28,950 when order books open in September.

Offering UK motorists a new standard, with sparkling performance, premium quality, generous equipment and class-leading space, the UT will make its public debut at the British Motor Show in Farnborough from 21 to 23 August alongside the AION V SUV, the brand’s first model that launched earlier this year. The classy AION UT, designed in Europe at the company's styling house in Milan, brings B-segment supermini buyers the premium features, comfort and design flair typically found on larger cars, including a heated steering wheel, heated front seats, a 14.6” central touch screen and 360° surround-view camera.

class-leading 268 miles of electric driving. And, sprinting from 0-62 mph in just 7.3 seconds, it’s one of the perkiest superminis about town. AION’s UK team has led an extensive tuning programme specific to the typical driving habits and preferences of UK motorists. The UT has bespoke modifications to the springs, dampers and bump-stops, as well as a revised anti-roll bar to give the UT its playful character. Its nimble and responsive agility is married to a supple, compliant ride that makes for comfortable, refined journeys even on torrid British road surfaces. “The AION UT is a supermini with classleading performance, quality, space and premium features, continuing AION's work in helping customers see things differently,” said Jon Wakefield, Managing Director of AION Auto UK.

Buyers can choose to enhance their UT with an optional high-value Premium Pack to add further higher-class features including a panoramic glass roof, powered tailgate, ventilated driver’s seat and wireless phone charging, for just £1,200. A spacious cabin affords generous legroom and headroom for front and rear passengers, and 24 practical storage areas and a large 440-litre multilayer boot offer exceptional versatility. In terms of how it performs, the UT also has the jump on its rivals. Its 60kWh battery delivers the longest standard range in the segment, offering a

“Not only does the UT have an impressive list of standard kit, but it also includes equipment that isn’t available on competitor models. And with the AION Great 8 Promise included with every car, it exemplifies how we’re setting a new standard in the market,” he added. The industry-leading AION Great 8 Promise provides an eight-year warranty, eight years’ servicing, eight years’ roadside assistance and MOT until the car is eight years old. This VINlocked offering stays linked to the vehicle, ensuring that current and future AION owners benefit from the best aftersales package in the UK. Farming

| Motors

MG Brings Electrified Innovation and Performance to CarFest 2026

G will showcase its latest generation of vehicles and advanced technologies at CarFest 2026, headlined by the Cyberster taking to the track alongside static displays of the MGS9 Plug-in Hybrid, MG IM6, and MGS6 EV. Together, these models reflect the breadth of MG’s innovation, spanning fully electric performance, intelligent vehicle technologies, and advanced plug-in hybrid capability. Visitors to CarFest 2026 will have the opportunity to explore MG’s evolving electrified range and experience how cutting-edge technology is shaping the brand’s future direction.

Building on more than a century of British automotive heritage, MG continues to evolve through the integration of advanced technologies, while remaining true to the spirit of innovation, accessibility, and design excellence that has defined the brand throughout its history. At the heart of MG’s presence will be the Cyberster in dynamic on-track action, complemented by the MGS9 Plug-in Hybrid as a key static showcase. Together, they embody MG’s enduring performance DNA and its commitment to delivering advanced technologies that remain accessible to a broad audience, framed within a contemporary cultural context. William Wang, Managing Director of MG Motor UK and Europe, commented: “CarFest is a significant moment for MG to connect with families and share the next chapter of our brand journey. From the Cyberster’s exhilarating on-track performance to the advanced technologies across our flagship models, we are demonstrating how MG is evolving beyond traditional automotive boundaries-blending our proud heritage with intelligent, accessible innovation to help shape a more exciting and inclusive future of mobility for customers.” Farming

| Motors

Polestar partners with upcoming wellness members club Long Lane driving a healthier future

olestar is joining forces with Long Lane, the private members club, hotel, and public restaurant bringing together two likeminded brands with a shared focus on conscious living and modern luxury.

Set within 55 acres of countryside, Long Lane was envisioned as a new model for hospitality and social connection, with health and wellness being integrated into everyday life rather than as an occasional retreat. \ The partnership reflects a shared ambition to challenge conventional ideas of modern luxury and create a more considered way of living. For both Polestar and Long Lane, sustainability is not an additional feature but integrated into the core of the brands’ offering.

ground between health, wellness, and sustainability, with events ranging from intimate members gatherings to outdoor experiences, driving events and creative collaborations. The detailed programme will create opportunities to explore questions around how technology, design and innovation can contribute to healthier and more conscious lifestyles. Harrison Hide, co-founder of Long Lane, says: “Long Lane was built on the belief that wellbeing shouldn’t be something you retreat to, it should be how you live. Polestar shares that same conviction: that progress and conscious living aren’t a compromise, they’re the future of premium experience. Bringing their electric fleet into daily life at Long Lane means our members can move through the countryside the same way they move through the club: with intention, and without leaving anything behind.” Matt Galvin, Managing Director of Polestar UK says, “Polestar and Long Lane share a belief that modern luxury can be both progressive and responsible. Together, we’re bringing sustainability, wellbeing and design together to create a more considered way of living. Polestar’s cars combined with Long Lane’s hospitality allows these shared values to be brought to life.” The partnership reflects a common understanding that progress should not

As part of the collaboration, Long Lane will welcome fully electric performance SUVs, Polestar 3 and Polestar 4, as its house chauffeur cars. Available to Long Lane members and hotel guests, the fully electric models will provide a premium, zero-tailpipe emission way to be driven to and from the estate and explore the surrounding area. The vehicles will become an extension of the Long Lane experience, connecting the club’s focus on nature, health and conscious living with Polestar’s sustainable materials, premium comfort, and electric performance. The partnership will also see Polestar and Long Lane offer a curated programme of quarterly activations, bringing together their respective communities through a series of events throughout the year. The activations will explore the common

compromise on experience. Instead, both Polestar and Long Lane are creating new interpretations of luxury, where progressive design, technology, wellbeing and sustainability work together.

Farming

MAIDENHEAD MITSUBISHI STARTIN TRACTORS JEFFRIES OF A4 Bath Road, Littlewick Green, Maidenhead, Berkshire, SL6 3RQ Tel: 01628 822543 www.littlewick-green.co.uk

Ashby Road, Twycross, CV9 3PW Tel: 01827 880 088 www.startintractors.co.uk

Station Garage, B Stowmarket, IP14 Tel: 01449 781131 www.jeffriesofba

F BACTON YORK VAN CENTRE LTD

Broad Road, 4 4NF 1 acton.co.uk

Station Lane, Shipton by Beningbrough York, North Yorkshire, YO30 1BS Tel: 01904 470170 www.yorkvancentre.co.uk

WESTAWAY MOTORS LTD

CULVERWELL CARS

Boughton Green Road, Moulton Park, Northampton, NN2 7AH Tel: 01604 494121 www.westawaymotors.co.uk

Station Road, Robertsbridge East Sussex, TN32 5DG Tel: 01580 880 567 www.culverwells.co.uk

| Motors

INEOS GRENADIER OWNER TAKES ON 28,254-MILE GLOBAL EXPEDITION FROM KENYA TO LONDON

NEOS Grenadier owner and enthusiast, Becky Kim, has completed an unforgettable expedition in her Grenadier, leaving Nairobi on 13th February and travelling through more than 60 countries to end her journey at The Grenadier Pub in Belgravia, London on 12th June. Clocking 28,254 miles over the course of 122 days, Becky - with the help of co-driver/navigator Bonnie Koko – departed eastern Africa for South Africa’s Southern Cape and piloted the Grenadier back up the western coast across extreme terrains ranging from the harsh, dry climates of the Kalahari, Namibia and Sahara deserts to the bracing icy temperatures of the Arctic Circle. The epic adventure was completed without any expert intervention, relying only on traditional mapping to complete the expedition. For each of the countries crossed, a commemorative flag was added to the rear windscreen, including Mozambique, Malawi, Nigeria, Senegal, Republic of the Congo, Bulgaria, Greece, Switzerland and Denmark. It is believed that Becky is the first woman from Kenya to drive Cape to Cape, traversing over 28,000-miles from Cape Agulhas in South Africa, the southernmost point of Africa, to Nordkapp in Norway, the northernmost point of Europe. The pair then travelled back down to London to visit The Grenadier pub via meeting the High Commissioner to Kenya at the Kenyan Embassy. Farming

Speaking about the journey, Becky said “I can truly testify that INEOS have built the Grenadier to last a lifetime of adventure. I like to call it ‘The Wagon of Wonder’. From the BFGoodrich tyres to its overall capability, it copes tremendously. The car draws interest wherever it goes and I’m very grateful for the support from Jack at Wootton Automotive in Kenya (the supplying dealer) and Gilles (INEOS Automotive’s Business Manager in Africa).” Becky’s own Grenadier Trialmaster was unmodified and relied solely on its standard locking differentials (centre + front & rear axles), raised air intake, BFGoodrich T/A K02 all-terrain tyres and BMW B57 diesel engine for the epic expedition. INEOS Automotive has strategically mapped its support network to cover the iconic route through Africa, enabling simple planning around routine service requirements for extreme explorers. Jonathan Hill, CMO at INEOS Automotive, commented: “We congratulate Becky on this remarkable achievement, another epic adventure undertaken by a customer with an out-of-the-box Grenadier. To do something like this without a support crew is impressive. That’s one hell of a drive for a pint!” To find out more about the Grenadier, visit www. ineosgrenadier.com

| Motors

Farming

| Motors

RENAULT AT THE 2026 IAA TRANSPORTATION SHOW IN HANOVER

• Renault will be present at the 2026 IAA TRANSPORTATION show in Hanover, opening a new chapter in its LCV offensive with New Trafic Van E-Tech electric • A press conference is scheduled for 14 September at 9:20 am, when Renault will outline its LCV strategy and present New Trafic E-Tech electric in detail, a few weeks ahead of its market launch • The press conference will be streamed live and in replay via this link: https://events.renault.com/en/?utm_campaign=hanover_ 2026&utm_medium=referral&utm_source=renault_med%E2%80%A6 • Renault Pro+ will have a stand in Hall 13

key player in Europe’s LCV sector, Renault, will be present at the 2026 IAA TRANSPORTATION show in Hanover.

A press conference will be held on 14 September at 9:20 am, where Jan Ptacek (VP, Renault LCV), Frédéric Clermont (VP, Product LCV) and Zakaria Zeghari (VP, Sales and Marketing LCV) will set out Renault’s LCV strategy. They will also showcase New Trafic Farming

Van E-Tech electric in full detail, along with the latest news on services and conversions. The conference will be streamed live and in replay via this link: https://events.renault.com/? utm_campaign=hanover_2026&utm_ medium=referral&utm_source=renault_media Renault will have a stand of 1,200 m in Hall 13, where it will display 12 LCVs representing the entire range, including several converted vehicles.

| Motors

Electric van share reaches record high during low-volume August

K new light commercial vehicle (LCV) registrations rose 0.6% in August to 14,445 units, according to the latest figures published today by the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT). While August is typically a lower-volume month, with buyers often postponing purchases until the September numberplate change, the market still recorded its fifth consecutive month of growth. As a result, year-to-date registrations reached 201,671 units, up 4.0% on the first eight months of 2025.

renewal.

Mike Hawes, SMMT Chief Executive, said, “August’s traditionally low volumes often lead to market volatility – and while a record market share for electric vans should rightly be celebrated, September will show the reality of the transition as the new numberplate drives greater volume. With EV demand remaining drastically adrift of mandate

Large vans drove the overall growth, rising for a ninth month, by 5.2% to 10,943 units.1 Demand in the small volume 4x4 sector also grew, by 165.6%, with 510 registrations. The medium- and small-sized van segments, however, both fell, by 3.9% and -15.1% to 2,289 and 299 units respectively. Pickups recorded the steepest decline of -61.2% to 404 units, down to just 2.8% of the market following last year’s reclassification of double cab pickups for Benefit in Kind purposes. Given the sector’s importance to essential industries and fleet renewal, the industry continues to call for policy revision. It was a strong month for electric van uptake, with registrations rising 25.9% to 2,395 units and a record 16.3% market share, although August’s typically low overall volumes can exaggerate percentage shifts. Despite EVs accounting for more than two in three van models on sale, substantial manufacturer discounts and government incentives, year to date market share is still just 11.0% – less than half of the 24% ZEV Mandate target for 2026. With higher upfront purchase costs, insufficient charging provisions and wider operating pressures continuing to hold back demand, government’s recently announced review of the mandate is timely. Meaningful reform will strengthen the UK’s investment appeal while preserving consumer choice and sustaining fleet

targets, government’s decision to bring forward its review is essential, and meaningful change will be required to sustain a market that keeps the economy moving. Reforming the regulation to align with market conditions will drive investment, protect the UK’s competitiveness and deliver a transition that benefits everyone.”

Farming

| Motors

Hyundai Motor UK announces New IONIQ 3 electric hatchback pricing

yundai Motor UK has announced UK pricing, specification and technical information for the New Hyundai IONIQ 3, a compact electric Aero Hatch, with prices starting from £22,245 OTR.

The New Hyundai IONIQ 3 has been developed for drivers seeking an affordable, efficient and practical compact electric car. Built on a 400-volt electrical architecture, IONIQ 3 combines everyday usability, fast DC charging, AC charging up to 11 kW and two battery options, with an expected driving range of up to 308 miles. IONIQ 3 introduces Hyundai’s “Art of Steel” design language to the compact EV segment. The Aero Hatch body shape combines aerodynamic efficiency with generous interior space, supported by a target drag coefficient of approximately 0.263 and signature pixel lighting that reinforces the Hyundai IONIQ electric vehicle identity. IONIQ 3 is the first European Hyundai model to feature Pleos Connect, Hyundai’s infotainment system based on Android Automotive OS. The system is available with a 12.9-inch or 14.6-inch display and supports intuitive access to vehicle Farming

functions, navigation and connectivity. Other key technologies include Hyundai Digital Key 2, Plug & Charge, an integrated EV route planner, interior and exterior Vehicle-to-Load (V2L) functionality and Memory Reverse Assist, which can memorise the last 50 metres of driving inputs to assist with subsequent manoeuvres such as reversing out of tight parking spaces. IONIQ 3’s design ensures aerodynamic performance but customers wanting a sportier look can choose the N Line Evo. With bold N Line styling changes to the front and rear including a higher & wider rear spoiler with lower diffuser, bespoke 19” black alloy wheels, black mirror caps and N Line badging, N Line Evo captures both sporting intent and true aero hatch efficiency. Although IONIQ 3 has a B-segment footprint, its interior has been designed to deliver space and storage typically associated with larger vehicles. Practical features include an open bridge floating centre console, adjustable cup holders for large drinks bottles, Megabox underfloor storage and total boot capacity of 441 litres. The IONIQ 3 Advance is available from £22,245 and includes 16-inch alloy wheels, LED front

| Motors headlamps and rear lamps, front and rear parking sensors, a 12.9-inch infotainment screen with wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, dualzone automatic climate control, rear view monitor, smart key with push-button start, smart cruise control with stop-and-go and an electronic parking brake. Standard safety equipment includes High Beam Assist, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist, Lane Keep Assist with Lane Follow Assist, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist and BlindSpot Collision-Avoidance Assist. Advance is available with a 42kWh 147PS powertrain with an expected 213 miles of range, or a 61kWh 135PS powertrain with an expected 308 miles of range from £25,745 (£24,245 with either/or Hyundai Reservation Saving/ anticipated ECG) The IONIQ 3 Premium, priced from £27,445 (£25,945 with either/or Hyundai Reservation Saving/ anticipated ECG) builds on Advance with 17-inch alloy wheels, privacy glass, battery heating and pre-conditioning, a 9.9-inch digital information cluster, rain-sensing windscreen wipers, electrically folding door mirrors, wireless smartphone charger, seat back pockets, solar windscreen and passenger seat height adjustment. Premium options include the EV Pack with heat pump and Vehicle-to-Load functions. All Premium models use the 61kWh 135PS powertrain and offer an expected range of up to 303 miles. The IONIQ 3 Ultimate, priced from £29,945 (£28,445 with either/or Hyundai Reservation Saving/anticipated ECG), adds 18-inch alloy wheels, navigation for the 12.9inch infotainment system, matrix LED headlamps with dynamic welcome function, heated front seats, heated steering wheel, rear seat armrest, front seat lumbar support, rear air vents, reclining rear seats, cabin ambient lighting and Highway Drive Assist with hands-on detection and navigation-based smart cruise control. Optional extras include the EV Pack with V2L and Heat Pump, the Design Pack offering Vision and Twotone roof, and the Comfort Pack with an array of features from premium relaxation seats, heated front & rear seats, ventilated front seats, Bose Premium Audio and Digital Key 2.0. All Ultimate models use the 61kWh 135PS powertrain and offer an expected range of up to 300 miles.

(£30,445 with either/or Hyundai Reservation Saving/anticipated ECG) is the range-topping trim and adds N Line exterior design, 19-inch N Line alloy wheels, a 14.6-inch infotainment display with navigation and wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, suede and cloth N Line seats, N Line interior design with red accents, surround view monitor, blind spot view monitor, parking collision avoidance assist, 360-degree parking sensors, remote smart parking assist and Memory Reverse Assist. All N Line Evo models use the 61kWh 135PS powertrain and offer an expected range of up to 265 miles. Interior on Advance and Premium trims include black dashboard and black cloth seats made from 30% recycled material. Ultimate trim is available with cloth/suede seats, in either black or blue/grey and made from 90% recycled materials, combined with matching black or blue/grey dashboard and interior trim. N Line Evo models are finished with black cloth/suede seats with red contrasting stitching, black dashboard with red insert and black headlining. N Line Evo models also feature N steering wheel with black leather and red stitching.

Ashley Andrew, President of Hyundai & Genesis UK, said: “The IONIQ name is already one of the most recognised and trusted among EV buyers who recognise it stands for smart design, real-world efficiency, and leading technology. With IONIQ 3, we’re taking that legacy into a new space with a model that delivers genuine EV innovation at a price point that makes electric mobility attainable for even more households” Pricing – for the very latest information, please check www.hyundai.com/uk/en/models

The IONIQ 3 N Line Evo, priced from £31,945 Farming

| Motors

Gentlemen, do yourself a service: pick up a complimentary PSA prostate cancer screening test at Subaru UK dealers

Farming

| Motors ubaru UK invites men aged 50 and over visiting its sales dealer network to pick up a complimentary Prostate Specific Antigen (PSA) test that quickly and easily measures PSA levels in the blood.

benefits and limitations, so it’s important that men understand these before deciding whether to test. Initiatives like this can help men make an informed choice and can reach people who might not otherwise consider testing.”

The tests are funded by Subaru UK and provided by Selph, a specialist medical home testing company run by doctors. The boxed kits are discreetly available in dealerships for anonymous collection. The pin-prick blood test is done at home and mailed off to Selph’s accredited partner lab, with confidential results often available the next day. Fast results are accompanied by a doctor’s report explaining how PSA levels relate to prostate cancer risk and advice on what to do next.

Current UK clinical consensus from Prostate Cancer UK2 recommends that men are given balanced information about the benefits and limitations of PSA testing and supported to make an informed choice. It recommends that all informed men should have the potential to access a PSA blood test from the age of 50, with proactive discussions from age 45 for some men at higher risk.

PSA testing cannot diagnose prostate cancer on its own, but it can help identify men who may benefit from further investigation. Men considering testing are encouraged to familiarise themselves with the potential benefits and limitations of the PSA test (available at selph.co.uk/psa-guide) before deciding whether it is right for them. “PSA testing can't provide a diagnosis, but it can provide an important early indication of prostate cancer risk,” said Dr Alasdair Scott, Selph. “By making PSA testing available through its dealer network, Subaru UK is helping more men take a proactive step towards understanding their prostate health and seeking further medical advice where needed. Like any screening test, PSA testing has

“The average age of a new car buyer in the UK is over 50. There are also many visitors to Subaru dealers who have husbands, brothers, fathers or grandfathers, who may fit the profile of men considering a PSA test,” said Lorraine Bishton, Managing Director of Subaru UK. “Making kits available in our dealerships is an easy way to pick up a test discreetly, for men who may consider themselves at risk or are reluctant to make a testing appointment. The numbers affected by prostate cancer are significant, but studies suggest that catching the condition early can considerably improve the chances of a positive outcome.” The PSA tests will be available in the 54-strong Subaru UK sales dealer network from 26 August.

Your new happy place Subaru Forester

£1,750 2.9%

Deposit Contribution APR Representative

We typically receive commission for introducing you to International Motors Finance Ltd Financial Services to provide funding for your vehicle. The commission will either be flat fee or a percentage of the amount that you borrow. Model shown includes optional special paint finish at £695.

Jeffries of Bacton

Culverwell

Station Garage, Stowmarket, Suffolk IP14 4NF Search: Jeffries of Bacton Subaru

Station Road, Robertsbridge, Easet Sussex TN32 5DG Search: Culverwells Subaru

01449 781131

Jeffries of Bacton Mr. P. Jeffries & MR. R. B. Jeffries. Trading as Jeffries of Bacton act as a credit broker and not a lender.

01580 880567

E.O. Culverwell LTD. (R/Breidge).Trading as Culverwells acts as a credit broker and not a lender.

SUBARU Forester fuel economy and CO2 results (WLTP): Combined 34.7 mpg, CO2 emissions 185g/km. Mpg figures are official EU test figures for comparative purposes & may not reflect real driving results. Fuel consumption achieved in real life conditions & CO2 produced depends on a number of factors including accessories fitted (post-registration), variations in weather, driving styles & vehicle load. Terms of Offer: Offers available until 30.09.2026. Stock subject to availability. Subaru reserves the right to amend or withdraw offers at any time without prior notice. Private customers only, not available in conjunction with any other offers. Excludes Personal Contract Hire and Business Contract Hire. Available at participating dealers only. £1750 Subaru Deposit Contribution (incl. VAT) on a 2.0i Limited, Field or Touring Forester. Minimum 25% deposit. Credit is subject to status. Must be 18+. This credit offer is only available through Subaru Finance provided by International Motors Finance Limited, St William Subaru (UK) Ltd is a subsidiary House, Tresillian Terrace, Cardiff, CF10 5BH. ^The Lithium-ion Traction Battery is covered by an 8 year / 100,000 miles (whichever is sooner) Warranty. A comprehensive 3-Year Recovery and of International Motors Limited. Assistance Programme is included, valid in the UK and Europe. For general terms and conditions visit Subaru.co.uk.

Farming

| Motors

INNOVATION, ADVENTURE, TECHNOLOGY AND SUCCESS: OMODA&JAECOO UK RETURNS TO CARFEST 2026

MODA&JAECOO UK has confirmed its return to CarFest for the 2026 event this week, where the dual-brand house will showcase a selection of vehicles from both model ranges.

Founded by British TV and radio personality Chris Evans, CarFest is the UK’s largest family fundraising festival. It raises money for a variety of children’s charities including BBC Children in Need, Teenage Cancer Trust and Starlight. The event takes place from 28–30 August at Silverstone Circuit, Towcester, Northamptonshire, and well over 100,000 visitors are expected to attend. Located in the heart of the festival grounds, visitors to CarFest will be able to find the OMODA&JAECOO brand experience behind the pit straight, near the “car field”. The OMODA&JAECOO UK showcase will provide visitors with a welcoming space to explore the brands’ latest vehicles and discover their advanced technology, contemporary design and everyday practicality up close.

A must-visit stop for families and car enthusiasts, the OMODA&JAECOO UK stand will feature all the models from the dual-brand house’s ranges. From JAECOO UK, visitors will be able to see the allelectric JAECOO E5, the best-selling JAECOO 7 in both full-hybrid (SHS-H) and plug-in hybrid (SHSP) variants, as well as the flagship JAECOO 8 SHS-P in its Executive (4+2) trim. Meanwhile, models on display from OMODA UK will include the OMODA 5 SHS-H, the OMODA 7 SHS-P – including the newly released Noble Tech variant – and the OMODA 9 SHS-P, which will be available to view in both Noble and the recently introduced Black Noble grades. Exclusive test drives will also be available, allowing guests to experience the brands’ performance, technology and innovation firsthand. OMODA&JAECOO UK’s return to CarFest follows Farming

a period of exceptional growth for the dual-brand house. Having surpassed 100,000 sales in just two years*, the business continues to strengthen its position in one of the world’s most competitive automotive markets. Leading this success is the JAECOO 7, which has become the UK’s bestselling Chinese vehicle of 2026 to date*, cementing the company’s position as one of the country’s fastest-growing automotive success stories. Victor Zhang, Managing Director of OMODA&JAECOO UK, said: “CarFest is far more than a motoring event – it's a celebration of family, adventure and shared experiences, making it the perfect platform for OMODA&JAECOO UK to connect with customers and showcase our growing range of vehicles. In just two years, we have reached the milestone of 100,000 sales in the UK, demonstrating the strong appetite for our innovative approach to design, technology and everyday mobility. “With our full model line-up on display and exclusive test drives available, we're looking forward to welcoming visitors to experience what makes OMODA and JAECOO stand out – from intelligent technology and premium comfort to the versatility needed for modern lifestyles. CarFest gives us the ideal opportunity to celebrate this success with our customers while continuing to introduce more drivers to our brands.” CarFest provides the ideal setting for OMODA&JAECOO UK to connect with an audience that shares the dual-brand house's passion for innovation, adventure and quality family experiences. Showcasing the very best of a British summer festival – from automotive displays and live music by Jessie J, Tom Jones and Rick Astley to celebrity interviews with Rob Brydon, Maisie Adam and Lee Mack, wellbeing sessions featuring Mr Motivator and British sporting legends Sally Gunnell and Chemmy Alcott, as well as exceptional food and kids’ entertainment – the event has become one of the UK's must-attend summer extravaganzas. OMODA&JAECOO UK continues to make an impression on the UK’s automotive scene, having achieved a combined UK market share of almost 5.7%* in July in less than two years. With further product launches and customer initiatives planned throughout the remainder of 2026 and beyond, all models are now available through the dual-brand’s extensive nationwide dealer network. *SMMT figures: smmt.co.uk/vehicle-data/carregistrations

| Motors

AION V DRIVES THE NEW STANDARD FOR ELECTRIC SUV VALUE WITH ZERODEPOSIT, ZERO PERCENT FINANCE OFFER

his September, the spacious and luxurious AION V electric family SUV is available with a limited-time PCP offer from £399 per month with 0% APR, and a deposit of £2,199. For customers who want to avoid the initial outlay, the AION V is offered with zero customer deposit and 0% finance from £449 per month, as part of a suite of flexible finance tailored to customer needs*. Available through AION Financial Services, the September offer brings the AION V's class-leading range, rapid charging, generous equipment and industry-leading ownership proposition together with the attractive finance offer. Jon Wakefield, Managing Director, AION Auto UK, said: “The AION V is designed to challenge expectations of what an electric SUV should deliver. This September, we’re taking that proposition one step further. From just £399 a month, we’re making the AION V even more accessible, while continuing to do things differently - driving a new standard for electric SUV value and customer experience in the UK.” Priced from £36,450 OTR, the AION V offers the practicality of a family SUV with a premium interior and a long-range capability of up to 317 miles. Inside, the AION V delivers a spacious, high-quality environment with luxury-grade soft-touch materials and an extensive standard specification, including a full-length panoramic roof, 14.6-inch touchscreen

and multi-shade ambient lighting to create an open and premium-feeling cabin. Comfort is prioritised throughout, with electrically adjustable, heated and ventilated front seats, heated reclining rear seats and a heated steering wheel. An optional Premium Pack – only £20 extra per month on PCP – adds leather seating, massage front seats, the unique 6.6-litre AION CoolHot Box and a rear seatback tray table. The AION Great 8 Promise gives customers eight years’ peace of mind across warranty, servicing, MOT and roadside assistance. Attached to the vehicle's VIN, rather than the individual owner, every AION vehicle registered in the UK receives the same level of support whether privately purchased, leased or operated as part of a fleet. As AION continues to develop its UK retail network, customers will have nationwide access to servicing, maintenance and repair through a partnership with the AA, including its network of accredited workshops and more than 100 mobile service technicians. AION will also introduce its second UK model, the AION UT, this month, expanding the brand's proposition into the B-segment. Priced from £28,950, the AION UT brings premium features and design to the supermini segment, tuned for UK roads and with styling created at the brand’s European design centre in Milan.

Farming

| Motors

KGM MOTORS UK WELCOMES TC HARRISON AS NEW DEALER IN LINCOLNSHIRE

GM Motors UK, formerly SsangYong, is delighted to welcome TC Harrison to its dealer network. Their KGM showroom is located at Wharf Road, Stamford, PE9 2DZ, bringing a renowned family-run business with deep roots in UK retailing to the KGM brand. Established in 1931 by Thomas ‘Cuth’ Harrison, TC Harrison began as a service and repair operation built on a welcoming, customer-first experience grounded in traditional values. Those founding ideals remain central today, with the company still owned and run by the Harrison family and passed through generations to combine longstanding heritage with a modern approach to customer care. Over nine decades, TC Harrison has steadily grown into a major multi-site retailer, supporting thousands of motorists each year. Alongside its wider footprint, the Stamford location now provides customers in Lincolnshire and the surrounding areas with access to the KGM range, and the reassurance of a team recognised for friendly, efficient service and long-term commitment to the communities it serves. As an appointed KGM dealer, TC Harrison will showcase the full KGM model line-up, Farming

including the multi-award-winning 7-seater Rexton and Musso pick-up, the versatile Korando and stylish Tivoli, the all-new Torres Hybrid and Actyon Hybrid, and the fully electric Musso EV and Torres EVX. Customers will also benefit from comprehensive support throughout ownership, with dedicated aftersales services including maintenance, MOTs, accident repair support, and genuine parts and accessories to keep vehicles performing at their best. Simon Oakley, Regional Head of Sales Southern at TC Harrison, said: “We’re all very excited to join the KGM dealer network. It is an exciting new chapter for us at TC Harrison, and a partnership we will both benefit from. We look forward to introducing our customers to the quality, capability and value of the KGM range backed by the service and support we’re known for.” Kevin Griffin, Managing Director at KGM Motors UK, added: “We’re delighted to welcome TC Harrison to KGM. Their heritage, family ownership and strong reputation for customer care make them an excellent partner for the brand. With their Stamford KGM showroom, more customers across the region can now experience the KGM line-up with the confidence of expert support before, during and long after purchase.”

| Motors

TWISTED MAKES DEBUT AT THE BRIDGE X WITH A NEVER-BEFORE-SEEN COLOURWAY

wisted Automotive, the British bespoke design house renowned for re-engineering classic automotive icons, will attend The Bridge X for the first time.

Marking this debut, Twisted will unveil two custom Land Rover Defender commissions. The highlight is a bespoke T110 finished in Hyperion Blue—an iconic shade historically reserved for rare 1960s Ferraris and Maseratis. Applying such a delicate, emotive, and historic supercar hue to the boxy, unapologetic silhouette of a classic Defender represents a bold world-first for the brand, designed to excite and intrigue the US audience. "Taking a shade traditionally reserved for 1960s Italian supercars and draping it over a rugged, boxy British utility icon is unapologetically Twisted," said Phil Chapman, Twisted’s Head of Brand. "Our philosophy has always been about rebellion. We take something raw, strip away its factory flaws and elevate it to an anti-ordinary standard. Bringing our obsession to the historic grounds of Bridgehampton for the very first time, and

meeting US collectors face-to-face is a major milestone for our brand."

Alongside the Hyperion Blue T110 will sit a Stirling Moss Blue T110 commission destined for a US customer. Master technicians from the UK build team will be at the concours to answer detailed questions about what makes a Twisted so special. Each commission on display represents 2,500 hours of meticulous, hand-crafted engineering. Stripped down to bare metal and rebuilt from the chassis up, every nut, bolt, and panel has been scrutinised and aligned to uncompromising, factory-surpassing tolerances. Both models boast LT1 V8 powertrains. In addition to the Defender builds, visitors to the Twisted display will see a detailed scale model of the company's next major US debut: the TRRC (Twisted’s interpretation of the Range Rover Classic). This sneak peek aims to build anticipation ahead of its US debut later in the year. The Bridge X takes place in Bridgehampton, New York, from September 18 to September 20 2026.

Farming

| Motors

Supervisory Board approves Future Plan 2030: A strong signal for Volkswagen Group

he Supervisory Board of the Volkswagen Group unanimously approved the Executive Board’s Future Plan 2030. As the automotive industry and its markets undergo their fastest and most fundamental shift to date, it enables the Volkswagen Group to pave the way for sustainable long-term success. The Future Plan 2030 sets the stage to make the Volkswagen Group and its brands stronger, more competitive and better positioned for the future. The Executive Board will now jointly drive the necessary measures, collaborating with the brands, subsidiaries and employee representatives. Oliver Blume, CEO of Volkswagen Group: “The Supervisory Board has unanimously approved the Executive Board’s Future Plan presented today. This is a strong signal for the future of the Volkswagen Group. We are taking responsibility for our entire workforce, for our partners and for industrial jobs worldwide. Over the coming years, we will invest a three-figure billion sum to make our iconic brands even more attractive, stronger and more competitive." Hans Dieter Pötsch, Chairman of the Supervisory Board: “With the Future Plan now approved, the Supervisory Board and Executive Board of Volkswagen AG have shown that the company’s transformation is being driven forward with full force. The Supervisory Board received a thorough briefing on the transformation concept developed by the Executive Board. As the Supervisory Board, we are convinced that implementation of the Future Plan will secure the long-term viability and competitiveness of the Volkswagen Group.” Olaf Lies, Minister-President of Lower Saxony: “Given international competition, the challenges facing Volkswagen and the German automotive industry are enormous. It is all the more important that we now take a shared path toward the necessary transformation. Today’s resolution sends important signs: We are investing heavily in future viability and are improving competitiveness. At the same time, we will develop long-term prospects for our sites. And politics also has to play a supporting role: We need a competitive framework and a trade policy that strengthens our industrial base in an increasingly fierce global competition.” Farming

Christiane Benner, Deputy Chair of the Supervisory Board and First Chairwoman of IG Metall: “In this crisis situation, we fought hard for good solutions. With the Future Plan now adopted, we are facing the enormous challenges together with the Executive Board and shareholders. It is good that the Executive Board now has the foundation to tackle the major tasks ahead. This explicitly includes developing future scenarios for all plants. As Germany’s largest industrial company, Volkswagen continues to bear an enormous responsibility toward its employees and the regions it operates in. We will demonstrate that the best results are achieved when all parties face even the hardest challenges headon and together.” Daniela Cavallo, Chairwoman of the Group and Central Works Council of the Volkswagen Group: “The Future Plan is a necessity to lead our Group successfully into the next decade – without placing the burden of that transformation solely on employees. In doing so, Volkswagen once again affirms that job security and economic viability carry equal weight as shared corporate goals. They are not in opposition; they are intertwined. In this spirit, co-determination within the Group is stepping up to its responsibilities in this situation as well. This provides the basis for the company to continue driving success with attractive models and, in doing so, to help secure a future for employees at every site. The most extensive transformation programme in the Volkswagen Group’s history The Future Plan 2030 is the most strategically profound transformation programme in the Volkswagen Group’s history. Its 12 initiatives are designed to make the Group and its brands more resilient and competitive under demanding market conditions: •

Strengthening the financial basis: The core automotive business takes centre stage. As market conditions evolve, the Volkswagen Group plans for annual sales of nine million vehicles. The primary financial target is an operating margin of nine per cent by 2030. This corresponds to an operating result of approximately €31 billion, with €37 billion in

| Motors overhead costs and a target of €135 billion for capital expenditure and research and development in the planning period 2027 to 2031. Based on the Future Plan, the individual items of capital expenditure as well as research and development costs will be presented to the Supervisory Board in a validated and detailed form as part of the usual process in the course of Planning Round 75. •

Focusing on the most compelling vehicles: By 2035, the Volkswagen Group will streamline its model portfolio by around 50 per cent and reduce its offering complexity by around 75 per cent. The prioritised models aim to excel in design and technology – and benefit from the focus on fewer variants: Higher volumes per model, lower costs, stronger economies of scale. The Volkswagen Group is systematically tailoring its platforms, electronic architectures, driver assistance systems and software to the needs of both the Western and Eastern hemispheres.

•

Taking efficiency to the next level: A groupwide Operational Excellence programme pools the capabilities of research and development, procurement, production, quality, sales and overhead. The programme targets significantly higher efficiency, smoother processes, greater speed and a measurable boost in competitiveness.

•

Strengthening leadership, accelerating decisions: Leaner leadership structures, clear accountability and shorter lines of decision making empower teams to act faster and take greater ownership. A unified performance and bonus system for executives will drive accountability for individual results and collective performance.

•

Establishing a competitive production structure: Consistent with the agreed target vision, a concept for a sustainable and competitive production structure is to be developed for the European plants by the end of June 2027. With its resolution, the Supervisory Board acknowledges that Volkswagen Group’s European capacity currently exceeds demand by more than 500,000 units and that a competitive future production allocation for the Emden, Zwickau, Hanover and Neckarsulm plants cannot currently be secured on a staggered basis from 2031 to 2034. In parallel and in addition, alternative uses for these plants are being assessed. Adjusting the workforce structure: Beyond existing programmes, a further fundamental adjustment of the global workforce capacity is necessary to achieve the objectives of the transformation programme and safeguard the

competitiveness of the Volkswagen Group. Given intensifying global competition, shifting demand and technological change in the automotive industry, a consistent alignment of workforce capacity with economic reality is essential. According to the analysis underlying the Future Plan 2030, a Group-wide workforce adjustment of approximately 50,000 positions – including management roles – will be necessary. •

Further developing the North America and China businesses: In North America, the Volkswagen Group will focus on the most profitable segments. In China, the Group is adapting to revised expectations for overall growth in the Chinese automotive market and is expanding its export business toward the “Global South.”

•

Simplifying the Group structure: The Supervisory Board has asked the Executive Board to develop a model for an evolved decision-making and group structure for the Volkswagen Group. This evolved structure will provide the basis for realising technological and other synergies that reduce costs across the Group. It will enable clear assignment of accountability and faster, more efficient, modern group governance. The Supervisory Board of Volkswagen AG will resolve to limit its reserved approval rights to measures of material significance for the Group as a whole, with thresholds adjusted accordingly to align with standard DAX practice.

•

Streamlining the investment portfolio, deploying capital more effectively: The portfolio of shareholdings and businesses will be rigorously assessed to retain only those with a clear strategic and financial contribution to the core business – it is to be streamlined by around one-third. Non-strategic activities will be divested or realigned. The real estate portfolio will also be reviewed. The goal is to have a leaner structure and more effective use of capital.

Accelerating implementation With today‘s resolution, the Future Plan 2030 moves into further implementation. Measures already under way will be pursued consistently; the further steps will be initiated immediately. Where agreements with employee representatives are required, the responsible bodies of the brands and subsidiaries will be involved and discussions will begin promptly. The Executive Board takes overall responsibility for implementation and will drive the programme forward with clear governance and the necessary pace. The Supervisory Board will be closely involved in the process, regularly updated on progress and consulted where necessary.

Farming

| Motors

RENAULT NIAGARA: THE COMFORT OF AN SUV & THE ROBUST STRENGTH OF A PICK-UP DESIGNED FOR LATIN AMERICA

iagara marks a new milestone in Renault’s international offensive. Developed for Latin American markets, this new pick-up combines the comfort and technology of an SUV with the robust strength and functional qualities of a pick-up. It is part of the brand’s ambition to launch 14 new models on international markets outside Europe by 2030.

segment. It is designed to appeal to a wider base of customers looking for a vehicle not only for everyday use, but also for leisure or businessrelated activities.

It will support the changes taking place in the Latin American market. While pick-ups are still associated with work-related activities, they are advancing into more diverse areas of use. They are now used mainly as personal vehicles, while maintaining the qualities that have fuelled their success in recent decades. Reflecting this trend, customers are looking for greater comfort, in-car technology and perceived quality, without compromising on load capacity and off-road capabilities. The Latin American market: a strategic region

Renault is accelerating the pace of expansion outside Europe With Niagara, Renault is continuing to expand into one of its most strategic markets. The first model to emerge from the futuREady plan, Niagara marks the start of a new phase in the brand’s international offensive. Between now and 2030, Renault plans to launch 14 new models outside Europe in order to consolidate its position as the world’s leading French car brand. Building on the potential offered by international markets, Renault is accelerating both growth and electrification. The goal for 2030 is to generate half its sales outside Europe, while increasing the proportion of electric and hybrid powertrains to 50% of the mix in these markets. Niagara, the first vehicle in the futuREady production offensive outside Europe Alongside Kardian and Boreal, Niagara is part of the renewal of Renault’s product range outside Europe, particularly in Latin America. Based on the RGMP pick-up platform, it is specifically designed to meet the needs of customers in Latin America. A pick-up truck designed to meet new needs Niagara marks a major renewal in the pick-up Farming

Latin America is currently one of the most dynamic markets for pick-ups. In several countries around this region, pick-ups account for a significant proportion of MPV sales. Niagara’s three main target markets are Brazil, Argentina and Colombia. Alongside these three markets, Niagara will also be imported to a number of other Latin American countries at a later date. Built for adventure Niagara has a strong sense of identity. The front end reflects the language of large pick-ups, with an upright grille and high bonnet, blending seamlessly into the front wings, reinforcing the impression of strength and well-balanced proportions. In the centre of the black grille, the name “Renault” appears in capital letters, underlining the identity of Niagara as part of the brand’s new international generation, with a pixelated chrome finish.

| Motors The full-LED headlights with their gloss black surrounds include a welcome sequence, while the daytime running lights feature a specific graphic signature. The lower section of the bumper with the LED fog lights emphasises the rugged character. Body protection in Alliance Black is combined with a front skid plate, underlining the vehicle’s allterrain capabilities. Character reflected in its proportions Renault Niagara is 4.94m long (4.91m long for the 4x2 version) and 1.72m tall. Viewed in profile, the pronounced shoulders, strong wheel arches, taut lines and 17- or 18-inch wheels – depending on the version – contribute to the robust looks of a vehicle designed to go anywhere. Renault placed particular emphasis on the integration of the cab and load bed to create a more harmonious body style with seamlessly connected parts. This sense of continuity is underlined by the rear pillar with integrated rear door handles. At the rear, the tailgate design also reflects the emphasis on contemporary styling. For example, the name “Niagara” is stamped directly into the metal of the tailgate, while the black cross strip is extended by the lights at either end, giving it a stronger stance. Designed for practical use The roof bars contribute to the functionality and style of the vehicle. They emphasise its outdoor, lifestyle mindset, while meeting the practical needs of users. Niagara can also be fitted with restyled roll bars that let users secure bulky items. The comfort of a C-SUV, the versatility of a pick-up Niagara is transforming the pick-up experience by narrowing the gap with C-SUVs. Designed for business use as well as for leisure and trips with the family, it combines a spacious and comfortable interior with the latest connected technologies. This positioning is also reflected in the powertrain range, a ride that is also inspired by SUVs, and a comprehensive suite of driving aids. In this way, Niagara is a new take on the pick-up: robust, versatile and user-friendly. A modern, connected cockpit Organised around the driver, the cockpit groups the main controls and key information in the driver’s line of vision. The horizontal dashboard emphasises the width of the cabin and contributes to the feeling of space. It integrates the multimedia system with its 10.1-inch screen for easy access to in-car functions, alongside a digital instrument panel with a 10.2-inch screen.

The electronic gear shift (e-shifter) is part of this new layout. It frees up space on the centre console while giving the interior a more contemporary look. A wireless smartphone charger is also provided. A spacious, comfortable and practical interior Wide door openings at the rear make for easy access. This focus on interior comfort is also reflected in the perceived quality, directly inspired by the world of C-SUVs. The materials, cabin layout and overall design were engineered to meet the expectations of customers. Depending on the version, Niagara gains an upholstered dashboard with a black finish on some parts, notably the air vents and doors. This upmarket positioning is extended by a customisable in-car experience, with LED ambient lighting in up to 48 colours. The front seats are available with power controls, while the rear bench seat reclines by 25 degrees to improve comfort on long journeys, for the first time in this segment. The design of the cabin provides generous legroom and headroom for passengers. At 200mm, knee room is best in class. Passengers also have access to a central armrest with built-in cup holders. Depending on the version, Niagara features fabric upholstery with top-stitching and embroidery, or TEP upholstery, underlining its SUV character. Behind the second row of seats is a 36-litre storage compartment. Accessible from the cabin via the folding bench seat, it lets users carry a range of items in a space hidden from view. OpenR Link with Google built-in – the connectivity and convenience of a smartphone Niagara is the first pick-up to feature the OpenR link multimedia system with Google built-in. With a powerful chip, the OpenR Link system operates more smoothly than other systems in the industry. Simple and intuitive, it is operated either by touch or with the built-in voice assistant. It is Farming

| Motors compatible with Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, wired and wireless. From the central display, drivers can access a wide range of Google services, continuously updated. These include Google Maps, Google Assistant voice recognition and a wide range of apps via the Google Play store. Niagara will be equipped with Google Gemini. A true AI-powered conversational assistant, Gemini is more advanced than Google Assistant. For example, instead of responding to set phrases, it will engage in natural conversation and carry out complex tasks. The driver and passengers will also be possible to pause a conversation or switch languages at any time.

long journeys. Niagara features Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB), using sensors and a camera at the front of the vehicle to constantly analyse its surroundings. When a risk of collision is detected, the driver is warned by a sound alert and a message on the dashboard. If no action is taken, the system can automatically apply the brakes to prevent a collision or minimise its impact. Completing the system, Blind Spot Warning (BSW) alerts the driver to the presence of a vehicle in an area not visible in the rearview mirrors. All of these assistance features can be configured via the multimedia system. Easy manoeuvres in all circumstances

Connected services for easier maintenance Niagara is equipped with a range of features to make parking easier in all situations. It includes front and rear parking sensors, side parking assistance, a reversing camera and a 360° panoramic camera – a first in this segment. Niagara can also be fitted with a hands-free parking system, assisting the driver with parallel parking and other parking manoeuvres. Reversing safety is reinforced by a Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA) system, as well as reverse automatic emergency braking. An Occupant Safe Exit Alert warns occupants of any approaching vehicle when a door is opened. With its connected services, Niagara makes it easier to track servicing and plan for future maintenance. Based on real-time information, drivers are notified – through the My Renault app, text message or email – of a service due date or an event requiring a workshop visit. This allows them to book an appointment at the most convenient time through the Renault network.

An efficient and versatile powertrain

Driving aids for a more relaxed driving experience

The powertrain is mated to a six-speed manual gearbox or a wet dual-clutch six-speed automatic gearbox. Fitted with an electronic gear selector (eshifter), this Efficient Dual Clutch (EDC) gearbox contributes to a smoother and more intuitive driving experience.

Adaptive cruise control with Stop & Go adjusts vehicle speed to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front, even when traffic slows down, until the car stops. The speed limiter allows the driver to set a maximum speed. When engine braking is no longer sufficient – particularly when going downhill – the system can kick in automatically to maintain the selected speed. Active safety is enhanced by a range of technologies designed to support the driver. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) help to prevent unintentional drift from the intended path, while Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) informs the driver of the current speed limits. A driver drowsiness and attention warning system (DDAW) analyses steering wheel movements to detect any potential loss of concentration during Farming

Niagara features a 1.3-litre turbocharged directinjection (GDi) engine, compatible with petrol and Flex Fuel, depending on the market. Developed to meet the needs of Latin America, it offers 115 kW (156 hp) in the 4x2 version and 120 kW (160 hp) in the 4x4 version, for maximum torque of 270 Nm.

A chassis designed for comfort Developed specifically for Niagara, the specially tuned chassis combines an exclusive rear axle, with adapted springs and shock absorbers and optimised geometry. This set-up reduces the natural frequency of body movements by 30%, improving ride comfort, minimising the vibrations felt by passengers and increasing stability on poor road surfaces. The multi-link rear suspension also contributes to a more precise, quieter ride, closer to that of a passenger vehicle, without compromising on the robust strength essential to a pick-up.

| Motors The braking system contributes to these high standards with four vented disc brakes, dissipating heat more effectively. Braking performance is optimised by dedicated electronic functions, such as hydraulic brake assist. Particularly useful at high altitudes or during long descents, these functions ensure efficiency, endurance and safety in all conditions. A cargo bed designed for everyday use The cargo bed of Niagara was designed to be robust, practical and easy to use. It has a capacity of 938 litres and a maximum load of 654 kg. Unique in its class, a sliding roll-up cover protects the load from rain and dust while providing quick access to the load area.

angles of 22.1° (22.3° on the two-wheel-drive version) complement these capabilities and allow it to navigate even the most challenging terrain with ease. A pick-up designed in Latin America for Latin America Niagara was born of a development approach closely aligned with the realities of the Latin American market. At every stage in the process, from design to development and production, the project team sought to meet the needs of customers in this region Designed, engineered, built and developed in

The generously sized electric tailgate (1,030 mm wide and 615 mm tall), also makes it easier to access the load space. A special coating protects the surface of the bed from wear and tear. Eight lashing rings positioned around the sides of the bed ensure that goods and equipment are secured during transport. An easily accessible 12V socket allows fast connection of electric accessories directly from the cargo bed. A cup holder built into the tailgate adds a further practical touch. Niagara also offers best-in-class towing capacity of 710 kg. A drivetrain for all terrains Niagara also gains its versatility from an all-wheel drive system, developed for the highly varied terrain of Latin America. Available on some versions, this system improves traction when road conditions become more challenging. Using a dedicated rotary knob at the base of the centre console, the driver can adjust the ride to suit the environment. This intuitive and ergonomic control system lets the user select different driving modes: Eco, Comfort, Sport, Smart, Mud-Sand and OffRoad (Eco, Comfort, Sport, Smart, MySense and Terrain).

Latin America Niagara is the result of a development process conducted entirely in Latin America. Designed at Renault’s design centre in Brazil, developed jointly by the engineering centres in Brazil and Argentina, and built in Argentina at the Santa Isabel plant in Córdoba. The decision to build the vehicle in Argentina demonstrates Renault’s commitment to strengthening its long-term industrial and technological presence in Latin America. Large-scale tests

For each driving mode, the distribution of torque between the front and rear axles is calculated automatically based on the available grip. Under normal conditions, power is transmitted exclusively to the front wheels. If the vehicle starts to lose grip or when traction reaches its limits, part of the torque is automatically transferred to the rear axle. In the most demanding situations, torque is distributed equally between the front and rear axles. This distribution is managed by a rear transmission module combined with an electromagnetic multi-disc clutch. All-terrain capabilities in line with requirements Designed to meet the demands of both everyday use and the most challenging terrain, Niagara has ground clearance of 233 mm (223 mm on the twowheel-drive version). The approach and departure

In order to meet high standards in quality, durability and reliability, Niagara followed an extensive development programme in which it was test driven for nearly 800,000 km. The prototypes were tested in a wide variety of conditions, both on-road and off-road, in Argentina, Brazil and Colombia, as well as at Renault’s European centres. Each phase in the validation process – from extreme heat to tough roads, long journeys and tough conditions – provided an opportunity to test the vehicle in situations representative of the reallife conditions faced by customers. This test programme ensures that Niagara meets the high standards of performance, safety, comfort, durability and reliability expected in Latin American markets.

Farming

Farming Monthly National September 2026